From a2e8317b8d7b18517f673963c09e23d6a8844cf8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "gcf-owl-bot[bot]" <78513119+gcf-owl-bot[bot]@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Fri, 14 Jan 2022 11:52:29 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 1/4] chore(python): update release.sh to use keystore (#1660) Source-Link: https://github.com/googleapis/synthtool/commit/69fda12e2994f0b595a397e8bb6e3e9f380524eb Post-Processor: gcr.io/cloud-devrel-public-resources/owlbot-python:latest@sha256:ae600f36b6bc972b368367b6f83a1d91ec2c82a4a116b383d67d547c56fe6de3 Co-authored-by: Owl Bot --- .github/.OwlBot.lock.yaml | 2 +- .kokoro/release.sh | 2 +- .kokoro/release/common.cfg | 12 +++++++++++- 3 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/.github/.OwlBot.lock.yaml b/.github/.OwlBot.lock.yaml index ff5126c188d..eecb84c21b2 100644 --- a/.github/.OwlBot.lock.yaml +++ b/.github/.OwlBot.lock.yaml @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ docker: image: gcr.io/cloud-devrel-public-resources/owlbot-python:latest - digest: sha256:dfa9b663b32de8b5b327e32c1da665a80de48876558dd58091d8160c60ad7355 + digest: sha256:ae600f36b6bc972b368367b6f83a1d91ec2c82a4a116b383d67d547c56fe6de3 diff --git a/.kokoro/release.sh b/.kokoro/release.sh index e10bd8921a7..2df773a7632 100755 --- a/.kokoro/release.sh +++ b/.kokoro/release.sh @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ python3 -m pip install --upgrade twine wheel setuptools export PYTHONUNBUFFERED=1 # Move into the package, build the distribution and upload. -TWINE_PASSWORD=$(cat "${KOKORO_GFILE_DIR}/secret_manager/google-cloud-pypi-token") +TWINE_PASSWORD=$(cat "${KOKORO_KEYSTORE_DIR}/73713_google-cloud-pypi-token-keystore-1") cd github/google-api-python-client python3 setup.py sdist bdist_wheel twine upload --username __token__ --password "${TWINE_PASSWORD}" dist/* diff --git a/.kokoro/release/common.cfg b/.kokoro/release/common.cfg index 2ea8e554f8d..40e322d97a9 100644 --- a/.kokoro/release/common.cfg +++ b/.kokoro/release/common.cfg @@ -23,8 +23,18 @@ env_vars: { value: "github/google-api-python-client/.kokoro/release.sh" } +# Fetch PyPI password +before_action { + fetch_keystore { + keystore_resource { + keystore_config_id: 73713 + keyname: "google-cloud-pypi-token-keystore-1" + } + } +} + # Tokens needed to report release status back to GitHub env_vars: { key: "SECRET_MANAGER_KEYS" - value: "releasetool-publish-reporter-app,releasetool-publish-reporter-googleapis-installation,releasetool-publish-reporter-pem,google-cloud-pypi-token" + value: "releasetool-publish-reporter-app,releasetool-publish-reporter-googleapis-installation,releasetool-publish-reporter-pem" } From 456d5f1c639639552fd40d9a7ee33acca26b227f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: WhiteSource Renovate Date: Sat, 15 Jan 2022 22:19:44 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 2/4] chore(deps): update dependency google-api-python-client to v2.35.0 (#1659) --- samples/compute/requirements.txt | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/samples/compute/requirements.txt b/samples/compute/requirements.txt index 2802f988f5c..7c7432b2c2d 100644 --- a/samples/compute/requirements.txt +++ b/samples/compute/requirements.txt @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -google-api-python-client==2.34.0 +google-api-python-client==2.35.0 google-auth==2.3.3 google-auth-httplib2==0.1.0 From 4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: yoshi-code-bot <70984784+yoshi-code-bot@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Mon, 17 Jan 2022 23:24:13 -0800 Subject: [PATCH 3/4] chore: Update discovery artifacts (#1662) ## Deleted keys were detected in the following stable discovery artifacts: artifactregistry v1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0d1152f61591215b004f3f293cc37b995abe422c displayvideo v1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/459a6363792c76c3b62f0351f6c11c19ebec69bd run v2 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/59c518fb1802074b03a4e55be3efb9ab25692b84 ## Deleted keys were detected in the following pre-stable discovery artifacts: analyticsadmin v1alpha https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/981bbe36878d2c3d5687c56e89bedf562ff9b619 artifactregistry v1beta1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0d1152f61591215b004f3f293cc37b995abe422c sasportal v1alpha1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1517d9dcd845edf8a55baaef3d27db88f4beaa54 ## Discovery Artifact Change Summary: feat(analyticsadmin): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/981bbe36878d2c3d5687c56e89bedf562ff9b619 feat(artifactregistry): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0d1152f61591215b004f3f293cc37b995abe422c feat(content): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/195bfc241437417c544b89025ca16e9962915830 feat(datapipelines): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3bb19370a5aac772774c64c703411c6cc7343e4e feat(dataproc): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2fc3a16831166c7ffe87864723f3fecc5edadf66 feat(datastream): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d51a6ee7486c646b061964e8a960a4a7969c0fae feat(displayvideo): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/459a6363792c76c3b62f0351f6c11c19ebec69bd feat(drive): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/92ec7cf5969f4630ef6b626aaa102edbefcce2e9 feat(eventarc): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8fd4b62bb45609f892902340386691d08916577b feat(metastore): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b7f92e49126ce0a2b51699f1cdcd9688050202a1 feat(ondemandscanning): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e8a20085b2c69058644955733a2806e3e2ca7fa6 feat(osconfig): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/974f389117b61e70dcae964a4cbbc09de3506c25 feat(privateca): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f48c5289642548735424198ab5ed131521e5d680 feat(recaptchaenterprise): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/edd3d24b7b41b0bcfe851358dbf58939be9e64cc feat(redis): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0a68f42ad8d594cb024d998e83b536d18d07d35a feat(run): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/59c518fb1802074b03a4e55be3efb9ab25692b84 feat(sasportal): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1517d9dcd845edf8a55baaef3d27db88f4beaa54 feat(servicedirectory): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/298a0e1617d486b3a6353b1b965def9dbc4f76e2 --- ...sadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html | 5 + ...ataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html | 246 +++ .../analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html | 12 +- ...min_v1alpha.properties.webDataStreams.html | 189 -- ...anizations.environments.targetservers.html | 24 +- docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.html | 55 + ...s.locations.repositories.aptArtifacts.html | 136 ++ ...s.locations.repositories.aptartifacts.html | 134 ++ ...projects.locations.repositories.files.html | 175 ++ ...ocations.repositories.gooGetArtifacts.html | 136 ++ ...ocations.repositories.googetartifacts.html | 134 ++ ...ry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html | 332 +++- ...jects.locations.repositories.packages.html | 208 +++ ....locations.repositories.packages.tags.html | 242 +++ ...ations.repositories.packages.versions.html | 228 +++ ...s.locations.repositories.yumArtifacts.html | 136 ++ ...s.locations.repositories.yumartifacts.html | 134 ++ ...beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html | 2 +- ...jects.locations.repositories.packages.html | 2 +- ....locations.repositories.packages.tags.html | 14 +- ...ations.repositories.packages.versions.html | 6 +- .../artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.html | 8 +- ...beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html | 8 +- ...jects.locations.repositories.packages.html | 6 +- docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html | 8 +- ...dscheduler_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html | 72 +- ...duler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html | 72 +- ...s_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/content_v2.pos.html | 42 + docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html | 170 +- docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/content_v2_1.pos.html | 42 + ...lines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html | 5 + ..._v1.projects.locations.pipelines.jobs.html | 156 ++ ...ataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html | 531 ++++++ docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.html | 5 + docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html | 286 +--- docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html | 286 +--- ...projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html | 20 +- .../dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html | 6 +- ...s.locations.privateConnections.routes.html | 8 +- ...astream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html | 4 +- ...v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html | 56 +- ...atastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html | 4 +- ...a1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html | 32 +- ...yvideo_v1.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html | 4 +- ...dlp_v2.organizations.inspectTemplates.html | 48 +- ...lp_v2.organizations.locations.dlpJobs.html | 16 +- ...anizations.locations.inspectTemplates.html | 48 +- ...2.organizations.locations.jobTriggers.html | 48 +- docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html | 24 +- docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.dlpJobs.html | 56 +- docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.image.html | 8 +- .../dyn/dlp_v2.projects.inspectTemplates.html | 48 +- docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.jobTriggers.html | 64 +- .../dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html | 24 +- .../dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html | 56 +- docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.image.html | 8 +- ...2.projects.locations.inspectTemplates.html | 48 +- ...dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html | 64 +- docs/dyn/dns_v1.changes.html | 96 +- docs/dyn/dns_v1.resourceRecordSets.html | 72 +- docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicyRules.html | 96 +- docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.changes.html | 192 +-- docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html | 144 +- docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicyRules.html | 192 +-- .../dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html | 4 +- ...documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html | 4 + docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html | 8 + docs/dyn/drive_v2.teamdrives.html | 6 + docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html | 2 + docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html | 8 + docs/dyn/drive_v3.teamdrives.html | 6 + ...entarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html | 16 +- ...gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html | 14 +- ...b_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html | 14 +- ...ub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html | 14 +- .../iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.keys.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/ids_v1.html | 111 ++ docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.html | 91 + .../ids_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 453 +++++ docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html | 181 ++ .../ids_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 235 +++ docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.metrics.html | 12 +- ...a.projects.locations.services.backups.html | 3 + ...re_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html | 4 + ...jects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html | 70 +- ....projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html | 38 +- ....projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html | 38 +- ...jects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html | 70 +- ....projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html | 38 +- ....projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html | 38 +- ...jects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html | 17 +- ...jects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html | 17 +- ...osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html | 8 + docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchJobs.html | 5 + ...nfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html | 8 + .../osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchJobs.html | 5 + docs/dyn/people_v1.contactGroups.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html | 32 +- docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html | 5 + ...eca_v1.projects.locations.managedPkis.html | 137 ++ ...chaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html | 2 + ...redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html | 4 + ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html | 4 + .../dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html | 12 +- .../dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html | 36 +- ..._v1.projects.locations.configurations.html | 12 +- ..._v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html | 8 +- .../run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html | 12 +- .../dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html | 4 +- .../run_v1.projects.locations.services.html | 36 +- docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html | 16 +- ...projects.locations.services.revisions.html | 12 - ...portal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.html | 24 - ..._v1alpha1.customers.nodes.deployments.html | 12 - docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.html | 4 - .../sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.html | 16 - ...rtal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.deployments.html | 12 - ...cations.namespaces.services.endpoints.html | 6 + ...rojects.locations.namespaces.services.html | 7 + docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html | 1093 +++++++++++- docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html | 7 +- ...projects.instances.databases.sessions.html | 66 +- docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html | 2 +- .../acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json | 2 +- .../accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/admin.directory_v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/admin.reports_v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/admob.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json | 1524 ++++------------- .../documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/androidenterprise.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/androidpublisher.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/apigateway.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/apigateway.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json | 6 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/appengine.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/appengine.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/appengine.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/artifactregistry.v1.json | 1482 ++++++++++++++-- .../documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json | 255 +-- .../documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json | 30 +- .../documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json | 2 +- .../authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigquery.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json | 2 +- .../bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/billingbudgets.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/calendar.v3.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/chromemanagement.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/chromepolicy.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/classroom.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudasset.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudbuild.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudchannel.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/clouddebugger.v2.json | 2 +- .../clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudidentity.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudiot.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudkms.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json | 2 +- .../cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json | 2 +- .../cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json | 10 +- .../documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json | 10 +- .../documents/cloudsearch.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudshell.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudtasks.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json | 2 +- .../documents/composer.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/composer.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json | 22 +- .../documents/content.v2.1.json | 135 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json | 25 +- .../documents/customsearch.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datacatalog.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/dataflow.v1b3.json | 2 +- .../documents/datapipelines.v1.json | 62 +- .../documents/dataproc.v1.json | 564 +++++- .../documents/datastore.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datastore.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datastore.v1beta3.json | 2 +- .../documents/datastream.v1.json | 42 +- .../documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json | 12 +- .../documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/displayvideo.v1.json | 5 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json | 12 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/documentai.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/documentai.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/documentai.v1beta3.json | 4 +- .../documents/domainsrdap.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json | 2 +- .../documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json | 12 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json | 12 +- .../documents/driveactivity.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/eventarc.v1.json | 18 +- .../documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/file.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebase.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebaseml.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/firestore.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firestore.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firestore.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/gameservices.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json | 16 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json | 16 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1beta.json | 16 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json | 2 +- .../gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/groupsmigration.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/groupssettings.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/iamcredentials.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/iap.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/ideahub.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json | 1016 +++++++++++ .../documents/indexing.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/kgsearch.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/language.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/libraryagent.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/licensing.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/localservices.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json | 8 +- .../documents/manufacturers.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/metastore.v1beta.json | 16 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/monitoring.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/monitoring.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json | 4 +- .../documents/networksecurity.v1.json | 30 +- .../documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json | 30 +- .../documents/networkservices.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json | 18 +- .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json | 18 +- .../documents/orgpolicy.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/osconfig.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/osconfig.v1beta.json | 6 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/oslogin.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json | 2 +- .../paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json | 26 +- .../documents/playcustomapp.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json | 2 +- .../policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/privateca.v1.json | 37 +- .../documents/privateca.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json | 2 +- .../documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/pubsublite.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/realtimebidding.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json | 7 +- .../recommendationengine.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/recommender.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/recommender.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/redis.v1beta1.json | 6 +- .../documents/reseller.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/resourcesettings.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json | 8 +- .../documents/run.v1alpha1.json | 6 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json | 25 +- .../documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/safebrowsing.v4.json | 2 +- .../documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json | 33 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/searchconsole.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/secretmanager.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/securitycenter.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json | 2 +- .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicecontrol.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicecontrol.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicedirectory.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicemanagement.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicenetworking.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/serviceusage.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/speech.v2beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/storagetransfer.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/tagmanager.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/tagmanager.v2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json | 2 +- .../documents/translate.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/translate.v3beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/versionhistory.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/webfonts.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/workflows.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/youtubereporting.v1.json | 2 +- 386 files changed, 10956 insertions(+), 4044 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.aptArtifacts.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.aptartifacts.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.files.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.gooGetArtifacts.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.googetartifacts.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.yumArtifacts.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.yumartifacts.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.jobs.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/ids_v1.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.operations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.managedPkis.html create mode 100644 googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html index 4d17ed1a074..4f133330802 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Google Analytics Admin API . properties . dataStreams

Instance Methods

+

+ measurementProtocolSecrets() +

+

Returns the measurementProtocolSecrets Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5c7f29eae8a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.html @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ + + + +

Google Analytics Admin API . properties . dataStreams . measurementProtocolSecrets

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a measurement protocol secret.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes target MeasurementProtocolSecret.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lookup for a single "GA4" MeasurementProtocolSecret.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns child MeasurementProtocolSecrets under the specified parent Property.

+

+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a measurement protocol secret.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Creates a measurement protocol secret.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this secret will be created. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}
+  "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}
+  "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Deletes target MeasurementProtocolSecret.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the MeasurementProtocolSecret to delete. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Lookup for a single "GA4" MeasurementProtocolSecret.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the measurement protocol secret to lookup. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}
+  "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Returns child MeasurementProtocolSecrets under the specified parent Property.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListMeasurementProtocolSecret RPC
+  "measurementProtocolSecrets": [ # A list of secrets for the parent stream specified in the request.
+    { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}
+      "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response) + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Updates a measurement protocol secret.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}
+  "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated. Omitted fields will not be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for this secret.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}
+  "secretValue": "A String", # Output only. The measurement protocol secret value. Pass this value to the api_secret field of the Measurement Protocol API when sending hits to this secret's parent property.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html index 8d54cf47c00..944226338ea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html @@ -74,11 +74,6 @@

Google Analytics Admin API . properties

Instance Methods

-

- androidAppDataStreams() -

-

Returns the androidAppDataStreams Resource.

-

conversionEvents()

@@ -119,11 +114,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the googleAdsLinks Resource.

-

- iosAppDataStreams() -

-

Returns the iosAppDataStreams Resource.

-

userLinks()

@@ -355,7 +345,7 @@

Method Details

Returns child Properties under the specified parent Account. Only "GA4" properties will be returned. Properties will be excluded if the caller does not have access. Soft-deleted (ie: "trashed") properties are excluded by default. Returns an empty list if no relevant properties are found.
 
 Args:
-  filter: string, Required. An expression for filtering the results of the request. Fields eligible for filtering are: `parent:`(The resource name of the parent account) or `firebase_project:`(The id or number of the linked firebase project). Some examples of filters: ``` | Filter | Description | |-----------------------------|-------------------------------------------| | parent:accounts/123 | The account with account id: 123. | | firebase_project:project-id | The firebase project with id: project-id. | | firebase_project:123 | The firebase project with number: 123. | ```
+  filter: string, Required. An expression for filtering the results of the request. Fields eligible for filtering are: `parent:`(The resource name of the parent account) or `ancestor:`(The resource name of the parent account) or `firebase_project:`(The id or number of the linked firebase project). Some examples of filters: ``` | Filter | Description | |-----------------------------|-------------------------------------------| | parent:accounts/123 | The account with account id: 123. | | ancestor:accounts/123 | The account with account id: 123. | | firebase_project:project-id | The firebase project with id: project-id. | | firebase_project:123 | The firebase project with number: 123. | ```
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
   pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListProperties` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListProperties` must match the call that provided the page token.
   showDeleted: boolean, Whether to include soft-deleted (ie: "trashed") Properties in the results. Properties can be inspected to determine whether they are deleted or not.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.webDataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.webDataStreams.html
index 1ffbe9b1b4b..adaa0cf5ad3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.webDataStreams.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.webDataStreams.html
@@ -74,122 +74,18 @@
 
 
Google Analytics Admin API . properties . webDataStreams

 
Instance Methods

-

-  measurementProtocolSecrets()
-

-
Returns the measurementProtocolSecrets Resource.

-
 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

-

-  create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Creates a web stream with the specified location and attributes.

-

-  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Deletes a web stream on a property.

-

-  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Lookup for a single WebDataStream

 

   getGlobalSiteTag(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns the Site Tag for the specified web stream. Site Tags are immutable singletons.

-

-  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Returns child web data streams under the specified parent property. Web data streams will be excluded if the caller does not have access. Returns an empty list if no relevant web data streams are found.

-

-  list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

-
Retrieves the next page of results.

-

-  patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Updates a web stream on a property.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
   
Close httplib2 connections.

 

 
-

-    create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Creates a web stream with the specified location and attributes.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this web data stream will be created. Format: properties/123 (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
-  "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
-  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
-  "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
-  "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E"
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000"
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
-  "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
-  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
-  "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
-  "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E"
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000"
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
-}

-

-
-

-    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Deletes a web stream on a property.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the web data stream to delete. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/123/webDataStreams/456" (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
-}

-

-
-

-    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Lookup for a single WebDataStream
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the web data stream to lookup. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/123/webDataStreams/456" (required)
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
-  "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
-  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
-  "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
-  "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E"
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000"
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
-}

-

-
 

     getGlobalSiteTag(name, x__xgafv=None)
   
Returns the Site Tag for the specified web stream. Site Tags are immutable singletons.
@@ -210,89 +106,4 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
-

-    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Returns child web data streams under the specified parent property. Web data streams will be excluded if the caller does not have access. Returns an empty list if no relevant web data streams are found.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The name of the parent property. For example, to list results of web streams under the property with Id 123: "properties/123" (required)
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
-  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListWebDataStreams` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListWebDataStreams` must match the call that provided the page token.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Request message for ListWebDataStreams RPC.
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
-  "webDataStreams": [ # Results that matched the filter criteria and were accessible to the caller.
-    { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
-      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
-      "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
-      "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
-      "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
-      "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E"
-      "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000"
-      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
-    },
-  ],
-}

-

-
-

-    list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
-  
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-Args:
-  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-Returns:
-  A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-    

-

-
-

-    patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates a web stream on a property.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000" (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
-  "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
-  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
-  "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
-  "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E"
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000"
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
-}
-
-  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. Field names must be in snake case (e.g., "field_to_update"). Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string "*" to match all fields.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.
-  "defaultUri": "A String", # Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: "http://www.google.com", "https://www.google.com"
-  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.
-  "firebaseAppId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.
-  "measurementId": "A String", # Output only. Analytics "Measurement ID", without the "G-" prefix. Example: "G-1A2BCD345E" would just be "1A2BCD345E"
-  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: "properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000"
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.
-}

-

-
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.targetservers.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.targetservers.html
index 19d300b7ff1..70e45dff76e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.targetservers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.targetservers.html
@@ -123,11 +123,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "enabled": True or False, # Required. Enables TLS. If false, neither one-way nor two-way TLS will be enabled.
     "ignoreValidationErrors": True or False, # If true, Edge ignores TLS certificate errors. Valid when configuring TLS for target servers and target endpoints, and when configuring virtual hosts that use 2-way TLS. When used with a target endpoint/target server, if the backend system uses SNI and returns a cert with a subject Distinguished Name (DN) that does not match the hostname, there is no way to ignore the error and the connection fails.
     "keyAlias": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID for the alias containing the private key and cert.
-    "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore. References not yet supported.
+    "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore.
     "protocols": [ # The TLS versioins to be used.
       "A String",
     ],
-    "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore. References not yet supported.
+    "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore.
   },
 }
 
@@ -159,11 +159,11 @@ 
Method Details

     "enabled": True or False, # Required. Enables TLS. If false, neither one-way nor two-way TLS will be enabled.
     "ignoreValidationErrors": True or False, # If true, Edge ignores TLS certificate errors. Valid when configuring TLS for target servers and target endpoints, and when configuring virtual hosts that use 2-way TLS. When used with a target endpoint/target server, if the backend system uses SNI and returns a cert with a subject Distinguished Name (DN) that does not match the hostname, there is no way to ignore the error and the connection fails.
     "keyAlias": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID for the alias containing the private key and cert.
-    "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore. References not yet supported.
+    "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore.
     "protocols": [ # The TLS versioins to be used.
       "A String",
     ],
-    "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore. References not yet supported.
+    "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore.
   },
 }
@@ -201,11 +201,11 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # Required. Enables TLS. If false, neither one-way nor two-way TLS will be enabled. "ignoreValidationErrors": True or False, # If true, Edge ignores TLS certificate errors. Valid when configuring TLS for target servers and target endpoints, and when configuring virtual hosts that use 2-way TLS. When used with a target endpoint/target server, if the backend system uses SNI and returns a cert with a subject Distinguished Name (DN) that does not match the hostname, there is no way to ignore the error and the connection fails. "keyAlias": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID for the alias containing the private key and cert. - "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore. References not yet supported. + "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore. "protocols": [ # The TLS versioins to be used. "A String", ], - "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore. References not yet supported. + "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore. }, } @@ -243,11 +243,11 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # Required. Enables TLS. If false, neither one-way nor two-way TLS will be enabled. "ignoreValidationErrors": True or False, # If true, Edge ignores TLS certificate errors. Valid when configuring TLS for target servers and target endpoints, and when configuring virtual hosts that use 2-way TLS. When used with a target endpoint/target server, if the backend system uses SNI and returns a cert with a subject Distinguished Name (DN) that does not match the hostname, there is no way to ignore the error and the connection fails. "keyAlias": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID for the alias containing the private key and cert. - "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore. References not yet supported. + "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore. "protocols": [ # The TLS versioins to be used. "A String", ], - "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore. References not yet supported. + "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore. }, } @@ -280,11 +280,11 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # Required. Enables TLS. If false, neither one-way nor two-way TLS will be enabled. "ignoreValidationErrors": True or False, # If true, Edge ignores TLS certificate errors. Valid when configuring TLS for target servers and target endpoints, and when configuring virtual hosts that use 2-way TLS. When used with a target endpoint/target server, if the backend system uses SNI and returns a cert with a subject Distinguished Name (DN) that does not match the hostname, there is no way to ignore the error and the connection fails. "keyAlias": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID for the alias containing the private key and cert. - "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore. References not yet supported. + "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore. "protocols": [ # The TLS versioins to be used. "A String", ], - "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore. References not yet supported. + "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore. }, } @@ -315,11 +315,11 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # Required. Enables TLS. If false, neither one-way nor two-way TLS will be enabled. "ignoreValidationErrors": True or False, # If true, Edge ignores TLS certificate errors. Valid when configuring TLS for target servers and target endpoints, and when configuring virtual hosts that use 2-way TLS. When used with a target endpoint/target server, if the backend system uses SNI and returns a cert with a subject Distinguished Name (DN) that does not match the hostname, there is no way to ignore the error and the connection fails. "keyAlias": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID for the alias containing the private key and cert. - "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore. References not yet supported. + "keyStore": "A String", # Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore. "protocols": [ # The TLS versioins to be used. "A String", ], - "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore. References not yet supported. + "trustStore": "A String", # The resource ID of the truststore. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.html index 3d057cf4270..2640ccae90e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.html @@ -82,10 +82,65 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getProjectSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the Settings for the Project.

+

+ updateProjectSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the Settings for the Project.

Method Details

close() 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ getProjectSettings(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Retrieves the Settings for the Project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the projectSettings resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Artifact Registry settings that apply to a Project.
+  "legacyRedirectionState": "A String", # The redirection state of the legacy repositories in this project.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the project's settings. Always of the form: projects/{project-id}/projectSettings In update request: never set In response: always set
+}
+
+ +
+ updateProjectSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Updates the Settings for the Project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the project's settings. Always of the form: projects/{project-id}/projectSettings In update request: never set In response: always set (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The Artifact Registry settings that apply to a Project.
+  "legacyRedirectionState": "A String", # The redirection state of the legacy repositories in this project.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the project's settings. Always of the form: projects/{project-id}/projectSettings In update request: never set In response: always set
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Field mask to support partial updates.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Artifact Registry settings that apply to a Project.
+  "legacyRedirectionState": "A String", # The redirection state of the legacy repositories in this project.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the project's settings. Always of the form: projects/{project-id}/projectSettings In update request: never set In response: always set
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.aptArtifacts.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.aptArtifacts.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b64b9f32d6d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.aptArtifacts.html @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . repositories . aptArtifacts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Imports Apt artifacts. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are imported. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifacts. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Imports Apt artifacts. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are imported. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifacts. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be imported. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to import new apt artifacts.
+  "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage location where the artifacts currently reside. # Google Cloud Storage location where input content is located.
+    "uris": [ # Cloud Storage paths URI (e.g., gs://my_bucket//my_object).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "useWildcards": True or False, # Supports URI wildcards for matching multiple objects from a single URI.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.aptartifacts.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.aptartifacts.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5d773ebfe73 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.aptartifacts.html @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . repositories . aptartifacts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Directly uploads an Apt artifact. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifact. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Directly uploads an Apt artifact. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifact. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be uploaded. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to upload an artifact.
+}
+
+  media_body: string, The filename of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  media_mime_type: string, The MIME type of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response to upload an artifact.
+  "operation": { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. # Operation to be returned to the user.
+    "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+    "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.files.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.files.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a4cac154f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.files.html @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . repositories . files

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a file.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists files.

+

+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Gets a file.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the file to retrieve. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Files store content that is potentially associated with Packages or Versions.
+  "createTime": "A String", # The time when the File was created.
+  "hashes": [ # The hashes of the file content.
+    { # A hash of file content.
+      "type": "A String", # The algorithm used to compute the hash value.
+      "value": "A String", # The hash value.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the file, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/files/a%2Fb%2Fc.txt". If the file ID part contains slashes, they are escaped.
+  "owner": "A String", # The name of the Package or Version that owns this file, if any.
+  "sizeBytes": "A String", # The size of the File in bytes.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the File was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Lists files.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, The name of the parent resource whose files will be listed. (required)
+  filter: string, An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are: * `name` * `owner` An example of using a filter: * `name="projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/files/a/b/*"` --> Files with an ID starting with "a/b/". * `owner="projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/1.0"` --> Files owned by the version `1.0` in package `pkg1`.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of files to return.
+  pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response from listing files.
+  "files": [ # The files returned.
+    { # Files store content that is potentially associated with Packages or Versions.
+      "createTime": "A String", # The time when the File was created.
+      "hashes": [ # The hashes of the file content.
+        { # A hash of file content.
+          "type": "A String", # The algorithm used to compute the hash value.
+          "value": "A String", # The hash value.
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # The name of the file, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/files/a%2Fb%2Fc.txt". If the file ID part contains slashes, they are escaped.
+      "owner": "A String", # The name of the Package or Version that owns this file, if any.
+      "sizeBytes": "A String", # The size of the File in bytes.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the File was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The token to retrieve the next page of files, or empty if there are no more files to return.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response) + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.gooGetArtifacts.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.gooGetArtifacts.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..427f2996daf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.gooGetArtifacts.html @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . repositories . gooGetArtifacts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Imports GooGet artifacts. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are imported. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifacts. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Imports GooGet artifacts. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are imported. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifacts. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be imported. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to import new googet artifacts.
+  "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage location where the artifacts currently reside. # Google Cloud Storage location where input content is located.
+    "uris": [ # Cloud Storage paths URI (e.g., gs://my_bucket/my_object).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "useWildcards": True or False, # Supports URI wildcards for matching multiple objects from a single URI.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.googetartifacts.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.googetartifacts.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..89fb2011179 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.googetartifacts.html @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . repositories . googetartifacts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Directly uploads a GooGet artifact. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifact. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Directly uploads a GooGet artifact. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifact. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be uploaded. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to upload an artifact.
+}
+
+  media_body: string, The filename of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  media_mime_type: string, The MIME type of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response to upload an artifact.
+  "operation": { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. # Operation to be returned to the user.
+    "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+    "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html index 2227338bb29..da291cf86dd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.html @@ -74,29 +74,177 @@

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . repositories

Instance Methods

+

+ aptArtifacts() +

+

Returns the aptArtifacts Resource.

+ +

+ aptartifacts() +

+

Returns the aptartifacts Resource.

+

dockerImages()

Returns the dockerImages Resource.

+

+ files() +

+

Returns the files Resource.

+ +

+ gooGetArtifacts() +

+

Returns the gooGetArtifacts Resource.

+ +

+ googetartifacts() +

+

Returns the googetartifacts Resource.

+ +

+ packages() +

+

Returns the packages Resource.

+ +

+ yumArtifacts() +

+

Returns the yumArtifacts Resource.

+ +

+ yumartifacts() +

+

Returns the yumartifacts Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, repositoryId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a repository. The returned Operation will finish once the repository has been created. Its response will be the created Repository.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a repository and all of its contents. The returned Operation will finish once the repository has been deleted. It will not have any Operation metadata and will return a google.protobuf.Empty response.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a repository.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the IAM policy for a given resource.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists repositories.

list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a repository.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the IAM policy for a given resource.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Tests if the caller has a list of permissions on a resource.

Method Details

close() 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, repositoryId=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Creates a repository. The returned Operation will finish once the repository has been created. Its response will be the created Repository.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource where the repository will be created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Repository for storing artifacts with a specific format.
+  "createTime": "A String", # The time when the repository was created.
+  "description": "A String", # The user-provided description of the repository.
+  "format": "A String", # The format of packages that are stored in the repository.
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The Cloud KMS resource name of the customer managed encryption key that’s used to encrypt the contents of the Repository. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. This value may not be changed after the Repository has been created.
+  "labels": { # Labels with user-defined metadata. This field may contain up to 64 entries. Label keys and values may be no longer than 63 characters. Label keys must begin with a lowercase letter and may only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "mavenConfig": { # MavenRepositoryConfig is maven related repository details. Provides additional configuration details for repositories of the maven format type. # Maven repository config contains repository level configuration for the repositories of maven type.
+    "allowSnapshotOverwrites": True or False, # The repository with this flag will allow publishing the same snapshot versions.
+    "versionPolicy": "A String", # Version policy defines the versions that the registry will accept.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1".
+  "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the repository was last updated.
+}
+
+  repositoryId: string, The repository id to use for this repository.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Deletes a repository and all of its contents. The returned Operation will finish once the repository has been deleted. It will not have any Operation metadata and will return a google.protobuf.Empty response.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the repository to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None) 
Gets a repository.
@@ -119,18 +267,57 @@ 
Method Details

   "labels": { # Labels with user-defined metadata. This field may contain up to 64 entries. Label keys and values may be no longer than 63 characters. Label keys must begin with a lowercase letter and may only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes.
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
+  "mavenConfig": { # MavenRepositoryConfig is maven related repository details. Provides additional configuration details for repositories of the maven format type. # Maven repository config contains repository level configuration for the repositories of maven type.
+    "allowSnapshotOverwrites": True or False, # The repository with this flag will allow publishing the same snapshot versions.
+    "versionPolicy": "A String", # Version policy defines the versions that the registry will accept.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1".
   "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the repository was last updated.
 }
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Gets the IAM policy for a given resource.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Lists repositories.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource whose repositories will be listed. (required)
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of repositories to return.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of repositories to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -151,6 +338,10 @@ 
Method Details

       "labels": { # Labels with user-defined metadata. This field may contain up to 64 entries. Label keys and values may be no longer than 63 characters. Label keys must begin with a lowercase letter and may only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
+      "mavenConfig": { # MavenRepositoryConfig is maven related repository details. Provides additional configuration details for repositories of the maven format type. # Maven repository config contains repository level configuration for the repositories of maven type.
+        "allowSnapshotOverwrites": True or False, # The repository with this flag will allow publishing the same snapshot versions.
+        "versionPolicy": "A String", # Version policy defines the versions that the registry will accept.
+      },
       "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1".
       "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the repository was last updated.
     },
@@ -172,4 +363,143 @@ 
Method Details
+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Updates a repository.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the repository, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1". (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Repository for storing artifacts with a specific format.
+  "createTime": "A String", # The time when the repository was created.
+  "description": "A String", # The user-provided description of the repository.
+  "format": "A String", # The format of packages that are stored in the repository.
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The Cloud KMS resource name of the customer managed encryption key that’s used to encrypt the contents of the Repository. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. This value may not be changed after the Repository has been created.
+  "labels": { # Labels with user-defined metadata. This field may contain up to 64 entries. Label keys and values may be no longer than 63 characters. Label keys must begin with a lowercase letter and may only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "mavenConfig": { # MavenRepositoryConfig is maven related repository details. Provides additional configuration details for repositories of the maven format type. # Maven repository config contains repository level configuration for the repositories of maven type.
+    "allowSnapshotOverwrites": True or False, # The repository with this flag will allow publishing the same snapshot versions.
+    "versionPolicy": "A String", # Version policy defines the versions that the registry will accept.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1".
+  "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the repository was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Repository for storing artifacts with a specific format.
+  "createTime": "A String", # The time when the repository was created.
+  "description": "A String", # The user-provided description of the repository.
+  "format": "A String", # The format of packages that are stored in the repository.
+  "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The Cloud KMS resource name of the customer managed encryption key that’s used to encrypt the contents of the Repository. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. This value may not be changed after the Repository has been created.
+  "labels": { # Labels with user-defined metadata. This field may contain up to 64 entries. Label keys and values may be no longer than 63 characters. Label keys must begin with a lowercase letter and may only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "mavenConfig": { # MavenRepositoryConfig is maven related repository details. Provides additional configuration details for repositories of the maven format type. # Maven repository config contains repository level configuration for the repositories of maven type.
+    "allowSnapshotOverwrites": True or False, # The repository with this flag will allow publishing the same snapshot versions.
+    "versionPolicy": "A String", # Version policy defines the versions that the registry will accept.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the repository, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1".
+  "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the repository was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Updates the IAM policy for a given resource.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Tests if the caller has a list of permissions on a resource.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3eff37322ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . repositories . packages

+

Instance Methods

+

+ tags() +

+

Returns the tags Resource.

+ +

+ versions() +

+

Returns the versions Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a package and all of its versions and tags. The returned operation will complete once the package has been deleted.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a package.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists packages.

+

+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Deletes a package and all of its versions and tags. The returned operation will complete once the package has been deleted.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the package to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Gets a package.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the package to retrieve. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Packages are named collections of versions.
+  "createTime": "A String", # The time when the package was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the package.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the package, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1". If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the package was last updated. This includes publishing a new version of the package.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Lists packages.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource whose packages will be listed. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of packages to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.
+  pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response from listing packages.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The token to retrieve the next page of packages, or empty if there are no more packages to return.
+  "packages": [ # The packages returned.
+    { # Packages are named collections of versions.
+      "createTime": "A String", # The time when the package was created.
+      "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the package.
+      "name": "A String", # The name of the package, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1". If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the package was last updated. This includes publishing a new version of the package.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response) + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b215864d68e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.html @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . repositories . packages . tags

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, tagId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a tag.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a tag.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a tag.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists tags.

+

+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a tag.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, tagId=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Creates a tag.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, The name of the parent resource where the tag will be created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded.
+  "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+}
+
+  tagId: string, The tag id to use for this repository.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded.
+  "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Deletes a tag.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the tag to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Gets a tag.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the tag to retrieve. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded.
+  "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Lists tags.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, The name of the parent resource whose tags will be listed. (required)
+  filter: string, An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are: * `version` An example of using a filter: * `version="projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/1.0"` --> Tags that are applied to the version `1.0` in package `pkg1`.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of tags to return. Maximum page size is 10,000.
+  pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response from listing tags.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The token to retrieve the next page of tags, or empty if there are no more tags to return.
+  "tags": [ # The tags returned.
+    { # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version.
+      "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded.
+      "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response) + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Updates a tag.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded.
+  "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded.
+  "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..17ca98905ec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . repositories . packages . versions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a version and all of its content. The returned operation will complete once the version has been deleted.

+

+ get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a version

+

+ list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists versions.

+

+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Deletes a version and all of its content. The returned operation will complete once the version has been deleted.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the version to delete. (required)
+  force: boolean, By default, a version that is tagged may not be deleted. If force=true, the version and any tags pointing to the version are deleted.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Gets a version
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the version to retrieve. (required)
+  view: string, The view that should be returned in the response.
+    Allowed values
+      VERSION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
+      BASIC - Includes basic information about the version, but not any related tags.
+      FULL - Include everything.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The body of a version resource. A version resource represents a collection of components, such as files and other data. This may correspond to a version in many package management schemes.
+  "createTime": "A String", # The time when the version was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the version, as specified in its metadata.
+  "metadata": { # Output only. Repository-specific Metadata stored against this version. The fields returned are defined by the underlying repository-specific resource. Currently, the only resource in use is DockerImage
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the version, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/art1". If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+  "relatedTags": [ # Output only. A list of related tags. Will contain up to 100 tags that reference this version.
+    { # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version.
+      "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded.
+      "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the version was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Lists versions.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, The name of the parent resource whose versions will be listed. (required)
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Sorting field and order
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of versions to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.
+  pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.
+  view: string, The view that should be returned in the response.
+    Allowed values
+      VERSION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
+      BASIC - Includes basic information about the version, but not any related tags.
+      FULL - Include everything.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response from listing versions.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The token to retrieve the next page of versions, or empty if there are no more versions to return.
+  "versions": [ # The versions returned.
+    { # The body of a version resource. A version resource represents a collection of components, such as files and other data. This may correspond to a version in many package management schemes.
+      "createTime": "A String", # The time when the version was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the version, as specified in its metadata.
+      "metadata": { # Output only. Repository-specific Metadata stored against this version. The fields returned are defined by the underlying repository-specific resource. Currently, the only resource in use is DockerImage
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The name of the version, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/art1". If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+      "relatedTags": [ # Output only. A list of related tags. Will contain up to 100 tags that reference this version.
+        { # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version.
+          "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded.
+          "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.
+        },
+      ],
+      "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the version was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response) + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.yumArtifacts.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.yumArtifacts.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..15152d163a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.yumArtifacts.html @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . repositories . yumArtifacts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Imports Yum (RPM) artifacts. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are imported. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifacts. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Imports Yum (RPM) artifacts. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are imported. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifacts. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be imported. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to import new yum artifacts.
+  "gcsSource": { # Google Cloud Storage location where the artifacts currently reside. # Google Cloud Storage location where input content is located.
+    "uris": [ # Cloud Storage paths URI (e.g., gs://my_bucket//my_object).
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "useWildcards": True or False, # Supports URI wildcards for matching multiple objects from a single URI.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.yumartifacts.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.yumartifacts.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..09610c52da3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.repositories.yumartifacts.html @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ + + + +

Artifact Registry API . projects . locations . repositories . yumartifacts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Directly uploads a Yum artifact. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifact. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Directly uploads a Yum artifact. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifact. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be uploaded. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to upload an artifact.
+}
+
+  media_body: string, The filename of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  media_mime_type: string, The MIME type of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response to upload an artifact.
+  "operation": { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. # Operation to be returned to the user.
+    "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+    "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+    "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+    "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html index 2f8f04d49c2..fcf9ff21921 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource whose repositories will be listed. (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of repositories to return. + pageSize: integer, The maximum number of repositories to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html index b63365611f6..7b8b6d4de39 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource whose packages will be listed. (required) - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of packages to return. + pageSize: integer, The maximum number of packages to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.html index 5dc5bab438c..c78f0262850 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version. "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded. - "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" + "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped. } tagId: string, The tag id to use for this repository. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version. "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded. - "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" + "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped. } @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version. "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded. - "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" + "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped. } @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, The name of the parent resource whose tags will be listed. (required) filter: string, An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are: * `version` An example of using a filter: * `version="projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/1.0"` --> Tags that are applied to the version `1.0` in package `pkg1`. - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of tags to return. + pageSize: integer, The maximum number of tags to return. Maximum page size is 10,000. pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

"tags": [ # The tags returned. { # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version. "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded. - "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" + "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped. }, ], } @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version. "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded. - "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" + "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped. } updateMask: string, The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version. "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded. - "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" + "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html index f962ccfb98b..c95f46d504f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

"relatedTags": [ # Output only. A list of related tags. Will contain up to 100 tags that reference this version. { # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version. "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded. - "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" + "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped. }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the version was last updated. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, The name of the parent resource whose versions will be listed. (required) orderBy: string, Optional. Sorting field and order - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of versions to return. + pageSize: integer, The maximum number of versions to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any. view: string, The view that should be returned in the response. Allowed values @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Method Details

"relatedTags": [ # Output only. A list of related tags. Will contain up to 100 tags that reference this version. { # Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version. "name": "A String", # The name of the tag, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded. - "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" + "version": "A String", # The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped. }, ], "updateTime": "A String", # The time when the version was last updated. diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.html index 6a449366977..dca13789dfb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.html @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

getProjectSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retrieves the Settings for the Project

+

Retrieves the Settings for the Project.

updateProjectSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retrieves the Settings for the Project

+

Updates the Settings for the Project.

Method Details

close() @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Method Details

getProjectSettings(name, x__xgafv=None) - 
Retrieves the Settings for the Project
+  
Retrieves the Settings for the Project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the projectSettings resource. (required)
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     updateProjectSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Retrieves the Settings for the Project
+  
Updates the Settings for the Project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the project's settings. Always of the form: projects/{project-id}/projectSettings In update request: never set In response: always set (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html
index 691fad9a7a9..acebdaf43c2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Creates a repository. The returned Operation will finish once the repository has been created. Its response will be the created Repository.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, The name of the parent resource where the repository will be created. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource where the repository will be created. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Deletes a repository and all of its contents. The returned Operation will finish once the repository has been deleted. It will not have any Operation metadata and will return a google.protobuf.Empty response.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The name of the repository to delete. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the repository to delete. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Gets a repository.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The name of the repository to retrieve. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the repository to retrieve. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Lists repositories.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, The name of the parent resource whose repositories will be listed. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource whose repositories will be listed. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of repositories to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html
index a4998549a30..dda110d3e29 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Deletes a package and all of its versions and tags. The returned operation will complete once the package has been deleted.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The name of the package to delete. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the package to delete. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Gets a package.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The name of the package to retrieve. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The name of the package to retrieve. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Lists packages.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, The name of the parent resource whose packages will be listed. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource whose packages will be listed. (required)
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of packages to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html
index 11c6e8eba69..fa537a51981 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
       },
       "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
-        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.
         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
       },
       "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
-        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.
         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
       },
       "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
-        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.
         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
           },
           "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
-            "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+            "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.
             "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
             "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
             "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
       },
       "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
-        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.
         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
       },
       "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
-        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.
         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
index 374adcf8ca5..ba6f3f4b93f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

   analysisQuery_accessSelector_roles: string, Optional. The roles to appear in result. (repeated)
   analysisQuery_conditionContext_accessTime: string, The hypothetical access timestamp to evaluate IAM conditions. Note that this value must not be earlier than the current time; otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned.
   analysisQuery_identitySelector_identity: string, Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
-  analysisQuery_options_analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation: boolean, Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+  analysisQuery_options_analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation: boolean, Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.
   analysisQuery_options_expandGroups: boolean, Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
   analysisQuery_options_expandResources: boolean, Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
   analysisQuery_options_expandRoles: boolean, Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
       },
       "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
-        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+        "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.
         "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
         "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
         "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
         },
         "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
-          "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+          "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.
           "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
           "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
           "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
     },
     "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
-      "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+      "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.
       "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
       "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
       "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
index 935306e8c6d..7e52dd5f08c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+{ # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -128,17 +128,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -201,17 +201,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -299,17 +299,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Response message for listing jobs using ListJobs.
   "jobs": [ # The list of jobs.
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
       "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
         "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
           "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -383,17 +383,17 @@ 
Method Details

           "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
         },
         "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-        "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+        "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
         "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
         "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
       },
-      "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours.
+      "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds.
       "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
       "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
         "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-        "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+        "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
         "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+{ # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -475,17 +475,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -549,17 +549,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -635,17 +635,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -721,17 +721,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -807,17 +807,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
index afa4ea15bf2..98f2de164b2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+{ # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -128,17 +128,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -202,17 +202,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -302,17 +302,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Response message for listing jobs using ListJobs.
   "jobs": [ # The list of jobs.
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
       "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
         "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
           "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -389,17 +389,17 @@ 
Method Details

           "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
         },
         "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-        "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+        "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
         "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
         "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
       },
-      "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
+      "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
       "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
       "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
         "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-        "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+        "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
         "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+{ # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -482,17 +482,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -557,17 +557,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -644,17 +644,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -731,17 +731,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.
+    { # Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.
   "appEngineHttpTarget": { # App Engine target. The job will be pushed to a job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. Error 503 is considered an App Engine system error instead of an application error. Requests returning error 503 will be retried regardless of retry configuration and not counted against retry counts. Any other response code, or a failure to receive a response before the deadline, constitutes a failed attempt. # App Engine HTTP target.
     "appEngineRouting": { # App Engine Routing. For more information about services, versions, and instances see [An Overview of App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/an-overview-of-app-engine), [Microservices Architecture on Google App Engine](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/python/microservices-on-app-engine), [App Engine Standard request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed), and [App Engine Flex request routing](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/flexible/python/how-requests-are-routed). # App Engine Routing setting for the job.
       "host": "A String", # Output only. The host that the job is sent to. For more information about how App Engine requests are routed, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/standard/python/how-requests-are-routed). The host is constructed as: * `host = [application_domain_name]` `| [service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [version_dot_service]+ '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` `| [instance_dot_version_dot_service] + '.' + [application_domain_name]` * `application_domain_name` = The domain name of the app, for example .appspot.com, which is associated with the job's project ID. * `service =` service * `version =` version * `version_dot_service =` version `+ '.' +` service * `instance =` instance * `instance_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` service * `instance_dot_version =` instance `+ '.' +` version * `instance_dot_version_dot_service =` instance `+ '.' +` version `+ '.' +` service If service is empty, then the job will be sent to the service which is the default service when the job is attempted. If version is empty, then the job will be sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted. If instance is empty, then the job will be sent to an instance which is available when the job is attempted. If service, version, or instance is invalid, then the job will be sent to the default version of the default service when the job is attempted.
@@ -819,17 +819,17 @@ 
Method Details

       "version": "A String", # App version. By default, the job is sent to the version which is the default version when the job is attempted.
     },
     "body": "A String", # Body. HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST or PUT. It will result in invalid argument error to set a body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
+    "headers": { # HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `"application/octet-stream"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `"application/json"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # The HTTP method to use for the request. PATCH and OPTIONS are not permitted.
     "relativeUri": "A String", # The relative URI. The relative URL must begin with "/" and must be a valid HTTP relative URL. It can contain a path, query string arguments, and `#` fragments. If the relative URL is empty, then the root path "/" will be used. No spaces are allowed, and the maximum length allowed is 2083 characters.
   },
-  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
+  "attemptDeadline": "A String", # The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.
   "description": "A String", # Optionally caller-specified in CreateJob or UpdateJob. A human-readable description for the job. This string must not contain more than 500 characters.
   "httpTarget": { # Http target. The job will be pushed to the job handler by means of an HTTP request via an http_method such as HTTP POST, HTTP GET, etc. The job is acknowledged by means of an HTTP response code in the range [200 - 299]. A failure to receive a response constitutes a failed execution. For a redirected request, the response returned by the redirected request is considered. # HTTP target.
     "body": "A String", # HTTP request body. A request body is allowed only if the HTTP method is POST, PUT, or PATCH. It is an error to set body on a job with an incompatible HttpMethod.
-    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
+    "headers": { # The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `"Google-Cloud-Scheduler"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "httpMethod": "A String", # Which HTTP method to use for the request.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
index 41335d3bf15..146598157f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
@@ -646,9 +646,9 @@ 
Method Details

   name: string, Required. The name of the conversation to get. (required)
   view: string, The level of details of the conversation. Default is `FULL`.
     Allowed values
-      CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Not specified. Defaults to FULL on GetConversationRequest and BASIC for ListConversationsRequest.
-      BASIC - Transcript field is not populated in the response for Insights conversation.
-      FULL - All fields are populated for Insights conversation.
+      CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.
+      FULL - Populates all fields in the conversation.
+      BASIC - Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -891,9 +891,9 @@ 
Method Details

   pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListConversationsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListConversations` call and that the system should return the next page of data.
   view: string, The level of details of the conversation. Default is `BASIC`.
     Allowed values
-      CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Not specified. Defaults to FULL on GetConversationRequest and BASIC for ListConversationsRequest.
-      BASIC - Transcript field is not populated in the response for Insights conversation.
-      FULL - All fields are populated for Insights conversation.
+      CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.
+      FULL - Populates all fields in the conversation.
+      BASIC - Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2.pos.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2.pos.html
index 95be1c95904..c70a7efabfc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2.pos.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2.pos.html
@@ -148,9 +148,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "timestamp": "A String", # Required. The inventory timestamp, in ISO 8601 format.
       },
       "store": { # Store resource. # The store information to submit. This should be set only if the method is `insert`.
+        "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`"
+        "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number.
+        "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location.
         "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store.
         "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant.
+        "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name.
+        "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant.
       },
       "storeCode": "A String", # The store code. This should be set only if the method is `delete` or `get`.
       "targetMerchantId": "A String", # The ID of the account for which to get/submit data.
@@ -213,9 +220,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "timestamp": "A String", # Required. The inventory timestamp, in ISO 8601 format.
       },
       "store": { # Store resource. # The retrieved or updated store information.
+        "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store.
+          "A String",
+        ],
         "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`"
+        "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number.
+        "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location.
         "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store.
         "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant.
+        "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name.
+        "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant.
       },
     },
   ],
@@ -256,9 +270,16 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # Store resource.
+  "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`"
+  "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number.
+  "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location.
   "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store.
   "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant.
+  "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name.
+  "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant.
 }

 

 
@@ -273,9 +294,16 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Store resource.
+  "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`"
+  "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number.
+  "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location.
   "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store.
   "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant.
+  "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name.
+  "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant.
 }
 
   dryRun: boolean, Flag to simulate a request like in a live environment. If set to true, dry-run mode checks the validity of the request and returns errors (if any).
@@ -288,9 +316,16 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # Store resource.
+  "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`"
+  "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number.
+  "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location.
   "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store.
   "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant.
+  "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name.
+  "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant.
 }
@@ -362,9 +397,16 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "content#posListResponse". "resources": [ { # Store resource. + "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store. + "A String", + ], "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`" + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number. + "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location. "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store. "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant. + "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name. + "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant. }, ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html index 19e100568b2..1462acb68b2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

Args: merchantId: string, The ID of the managing account. If this parameter is not the same as accountId, then this account must be a multi-client account and `accountId` must be the ID of a sub-account of this account. (required) accountId: string, The ID of the account whose website is claimed. (required) - overwrite: boolean, Only available to selected merchants. When set to `True`, this flag removes any existing claim on the requested website by another account and replaces it with a claim from this account. + overwrite: boolean, Only available to selected merchants, for example multi-client accounts (MCAs) and their sub-accounts. When set to `True`, this flag removes any existing claim on the requested website and replaces it with a claim from the account that makes the request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -208,6 +208,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], "adultContent": True or False, # Indicates whether the merchant sells adult content. + "automaticImprovements": { # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. Each section inside AutomaticImprovements is updated separately. + "imageImprovements": { # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountImageImprovementsSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Image Improvements. # Determines how the images should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic image improvements. + }, + "effectiveAllowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_automatic_image_improvements. If account_image_improvements_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "itemUpdates": { # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountItemUpdatesSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Item Updates. # Determines which attributes of the items should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If availability updates are enabled, any previous availability values get overwritten if Google finds an out-of-stock annotation on the offer's page. If additionally `allow_availability_updates` field is set to true, values get overwritten if Google finds an in-stock annotation on the offer’s page. + "allowPriceUpdates": True or False, # If price updates are enabled, Google always updates the active price with the crawled information. + "allowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If allow_availability_updates is enabled, items are automatically updated in all your Shopping target countries. By default, availability updates will only be applied to items that are 'out of stock' on your website but 'in stock' on Shopping. Set this to true to also update items that are 'in stock' on your website, but 'out of stock' on Google Shopping. In order for this field to have an effect, you must also allow availability updates. + }, + "effectiveAllowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowPriceUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_price_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_strict_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "shippingImprovements": { # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: * Delivery address of an order * Current handling time and shipping time settings * Estimated weekdays or business days * Parcel tracking data # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: - Delivery address of an order - Current handling time and shipping time settings - Estimated weekdays or business days - Parcel tracking data This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "allowShippingImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic shipping improvements. + }, + }, "automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], @@ -300,6 +321,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], "adultContent": True or False, # Indicates whether the merchant sells adult content. + "automaticImprovements": { # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. Each section inside AutomaticImprovements is updated separately. + "imageImprovements": { # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountImageImprovementsSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Image Improvements. # Determines how the images should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic image improvements. + }, + "effectiveAllowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_automatic_image_improvements. If account_image_improvements_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "itemUpdates": { # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountItemUpdatesSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Item Updates. # Determines which attributes of the items should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If availability updates are enabled, any previous availability values get overwritten if Google finds an out-of-stock annotation on the offer's page. If additionally `allow_availability_updates` field is set to true, values get overwritten if Google finds an in-stock annotation on the offer’s page. + "allowPriceUpdates": True or False, # If price updates are enabled, Google always updates the active price with the crawled information. + "allowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If allow_availability_updates is enabled, items are automatically updated in all your Shopping target countries. By default, availability updates will only be applied to items that are 'out of stock' on your website but 'in stock' on Shopping. Set this to true to also update items that are 'in stock' on your website, but 'out of stock' on Google Shopping. In order for this field to have an effect, you must also allow availability updates. + }, + "effectiveAllowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowPriceUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_price_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_strict_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "shippingImprovements": { # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: * Delivery address of an order * Current handling time and shipping time settings * Estimated weekdays or business days * Parcel tracking data # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: - Delivery address of an order - Current handling time and shipping time settings - Estimated weekdays or business days - Parcel tracking data This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "allowShippingImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic shipping improvements. + }, + }, "automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], @@ -412,6 +454,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], "adultContent": True or False, # Indicates whether the merchant sells adult content. + "automaticImprovements": { # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. Each section inside AutomaticImprovements is updated separately. + "imageImprovements": { # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountImageImprovementsSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Image Improvements. # Determines how the images should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic image improvements. + }, + "effectiveAllowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_automatic_image_improvements. If account_image_improvements_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "itemUpdates": { # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountItemUpdatesSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Item Updates. # Determines which attributes of the items should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If availability updates are enabled, any previous availability values get overwritten if Google finds an out-of-stock annotation on the offer's page. If additionally `allow_availability_updates` field is set to true, values get overwritten if Google finds an in-stock annotation on the offer’s page. + "allowPriceUpdates": True or False, # If price updates are enabled, Google always updates the active price with the crawled information. + "allowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If allow_availability_updates is enabled, items are automatically updated in all your Shopping target countries. By default, availability updates will only be applied to items that are 'out of stock' on your website but 'in stock' on Shopping. Set this to true to also update items that are 'in stock' on your website, but 'out of stock' on Google Shopping. In order for this field to have an effect, you must also allow availability updates. + }, + "effectiveAllowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowPriceUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_price_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_strict_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "shippingImprovements": { # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: * Delivery address of an order * Current handling time and shipping time settings * Estimated weekdays or business days * Parcel tracking data # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: - Delivery address of an order - Current handling time and shipping time settings - Estimated weekdays or business days - Parcel tracking data This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "allowShippingImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic shipping improvements. + }, + }, "automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], @@ -482,6 +545,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], "adultContent": True or False, # Indicates whether the merchant sells adult content. + "automaticImprovements": { # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. Each section inside AutomaticImprovements is updated separately. + "imageImprovements": { # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountImageImprovementsSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Image Improvements. # Determines how the images should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic image improvements. + }, + "effectiveAllowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_automatic_image_improvements. If account_image_improvements_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "itemUpdates": { # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountItemUpdatesSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Item Updates. # Determines which attributes of the items should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If availability updates are enabled, any previous availability values get overwritten if Google finds an out-of-stock annotation on the offer's page. If additionally `allow_availability_updates` field is set to true, values get overwritten if Google finds an in-stock annotation on the offer’s page. + "allowPriceUpdates": True or False, # If price updates are enabled, Google always updates the active price with the crawled information. + "allowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If allow_availability_updates is enabled, items are automatically updated in all your Shopping target countries. By default, availability updates will only be applied to items that are 'out of stock' on your website but 'in stock' on Shopping. Set this to true to also update items that are 'in stock' on your website, but 'out of stock' on Google Shopping. In order for this field to have an effect, you must also allow availability updates. + }, + "effectiveAllowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowPriceUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_price_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_strict_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "shippingImprovements": { # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: * Delivery address of an order * Current handling time and shipping time settings * Estimated weekdays or business days * Parcel tracking data # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: - Delivery address of an order - Current handling time and shipping time settings - Estimated weekdays or business days - Parcel tracking data This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "allowShippingImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic shipping improvements. + }, + }, "automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], @@ -550,6 +634,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], "adultContent": True or False, # Indicates whether the merchant sells adult content. + "automaticImprovements": { # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. Each section inside AutomaticImprovements is updated separately. + "imageImprovements": { # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountImageImprovementsSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Image Improvements. # Determines how the images should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic image improvements. + }, + "effectiveAllowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_automatic_image_improvements. If account_image_improvements_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "itemUpdates": { # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountItemUpdatesSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Item Updates. # Determines which attributes of the items should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If availability updates are enabled, any previous availability values get overwritten if Google finds an out-of-stock annotation on the offer's page. If additionally `allow_availability_updates` field is set to true, values get overwritten if Google finds an in-stock annotation on the offer’s page. + "allowPriceUpdates": True or False, # If price updates are enabled, Google always updates the active price with the crawled information. + "allowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If allow_availability_updates is enabled, items are automatically updated in all your Shopping target countries. By default, availability updates will only be applied to items that are 'out of stock' on your website but 'in stock' on Shopping. Set this to true to also update items that are 'in stock' on your website, but 'out of stock' on Google Shopping. In order for this field to have an effect, you must also allow availability updates. + }, + "effectiveAllowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowPriceUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_price_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_strict_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "shippingImprovements": { # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: * Delivery address of an order * Current handling time and shipping time settings * Estimated weekdays or business days * Parcel tracking data # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: - Delivery address of an order - Current handling time and shipping time settings - Estimated weekdays or business days - Parcel tracking data This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "allowShippingImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic shipping improvements. + }, + }, "automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], @@ -676,6 +781,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], "adultContent": True or False, # Indicates whether the merchant sells adult content. + "automaticImprovements": { # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. Each section inside AutomaticImprovements is updated separately. + "imageImprovements": { # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountImageImprovementsSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Image Improvements. # Determines how the images should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic image improvements. + }, + "effectiveAllowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_automatic_image_improvements. If account_image_improvements_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "itemUpdates": { # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountItemUpdatesSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Item Updates. # Determines which attributes of the items should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If availability updates are enabled, any previous availability values get overwritten if Google finds an out-of-stock annotation on the offer's page. If additionally `allow_availability_updates` field is set to true, values get overwritten if Google finds an in-stock annotation on the offer’s page. + "allowPriceUpdates": True or False, # If price updates are enabled, Google always updates the active price with the crawled information. + "allowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If allow_availability_updates is enabled, items are automatically updated in all your Shopping target countries. By default, availability updates will only be applied to items that are 'out of stock' on your website but 'in stock' on Shopping. Set this to true to also update items that are 'in stock' on your website, but 'out of stock' on Google Shopping. In order for this field to have an effect, you must also allow availability updates. + }, + "effectiveAllowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowPriceUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_price_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_strict_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "shippingImprovements": { # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: * Delivery address of an order * Current handling time and shipping time settings * Estimated weekdays or business days * Parcel tracking data # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: - Delivery address of an order - Current handling time and shipping time settings - Estimated weekdays or business days - Parcel tracking data This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "allowShippingImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic shipping improvements. + }, + }, "automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], @@ -841,6 +967,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], "adultContent": True or False, # Indicates whether the merchant sells adult content. + "automaticImprovements": { # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. Each section inside AutomaticImprovements is updated separately. + "imageImprovements": { # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountImageImprovementsSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Image Improvements. # Determines how the images should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic image improvements. + }, + "effectiveAllowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_automatic_image_improvements. If account_image_improvements_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "itemUpdates": { # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountItemUpdatesSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Item Updates. # Determines which attributes of the items should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If availability updates are enabled, any previous availability values get overwritten if Google finds an out-of-stock annotation on the offer's page. If additionally `allow_availability_updates` field is set to true, values get overwritten if Google finds an in-stock annotation on the offer’s page. + "allowPriceUpdates": True or False, # If price updates are enabled, Google always updates the active price with the crawled information. + "allowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If allow_availability_updates is enabled, items are automatically updated in all your Shopping target countries. By default, availability updates will only be applied to items that are 'out of stock' on your website but 'in stock' on Shopping. Set this to true to also update items that are 'in stock' on your website, but 'out of stock' on Google Shopping. In order for this field to have an effect, you must also allow availability updates. + }, + "effectiveAllowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowPriceUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_price_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_strict_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "shippingImprovements": { # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: * Delivery address of an order * Current handling time and shipping time settings * Estimated weekdays or business days * Parcel tracking data # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: - Delivery address of an order - Current handling time and shipping time settings - Estimated weekdays or business days - Parcel tracking data This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "allowShippingImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic shipping improvements. + }, + }, "automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], @@ -909,6 +1056,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], "adultContent": True or False, # Indicates whether the merchant sells adult content. + "automaticImprovements": { # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. # The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. Each section inside AutomaticImprovements is updated separately. + "imageImprovements": { # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) # This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountImageImprovementsSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Image Improvements. # Determines how the images should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic image improvements. + }, + "effectiveAllowAutomaticImageImprovements": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_automatic_image_improvements. If account_image_improvements_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "itemUpdates": { # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. # Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "accountItemUpdatesSettings": { # Settings for the Automatic Item Updates. # Determines which attributes of the items should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator. + "allowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If availability updates are enabled, any previous availability values get overwritten if Google finds an out-of-stock annotation on the offer's page. If additionally `allow_availability_updates` field is set to true, values get overwritten if Google finds an in-stock annotation on the offer’s page. + "allowPriceUpdates": True or False, # If price updates are enabled, Google always updates the active price with the crawled information. + "allowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # If allow_availability_updates is enabled, items are automatically updated in all your Shopping target countries. By default, availability updates will only be applied to items that are 'out of stock' on your website but 'in stock' on Shopping. Set this to true to also update items that are 'in stock' on your website, but 'out of stock' on Google Shopping. In order for this field to have an effect, you must also allow availability updates. + }, + "effectiveAllowAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowPriceUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_price_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + "effectiveAllowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": True or False, # Output only. The effective value of allow_strict_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only. + }, + "shippingImprovements": { # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: * Delivery address of an order * Current handling time and shipping time settings * Estimated weekdays or business days * Parcel tracking data # Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: - Delivery address of an order - Current handling time and shipping time settings - Estimated weekdays or business days - Parcel tracking data This field is only updated (cleared) if provided. + "allowShippingImprovements": True or False, # Enables automatic shipping improvements. + }, + }, "automaticLabelIds": [ # Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html index da1205c4c84..f75e9e48b26 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

Method Details

"excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center). "A String", ], - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. List of supported destinations (if available to the account): - DisplayAds - Shopping - ShoppingActions - SurfacesAcrossGoogle + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

"excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center). "A String", ], - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. List of supported destinations (if available to the account): - DisplayAds - Shopping - ShoppingActions - SurfacesAcrossGoogle + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@

Method Details

"excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center). "A String", ], - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. List of supported destinations (if available to the account): - DisplayAds - Shopping - ShoppingActions - SurfacesAcrossGoogle + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@

Method Details

"excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center). "A String", ], - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. List of supported destinations (if available to the account): - DisplayAds - Shopping - ShoppingActions - SurfacesAcrossGoogle + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@

Method Details

"excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center). "A String", ], - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. List of supported destinations (if available to the account): - DisplayAds - Shopping - ShoppingActions - SurfacesAcrossGoogle + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@

Method Details

"excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center). "A String", ], - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. List of supported destinations (if available to the account): - DisplayAds - Shopping - ShoppingActions - SurfacesAcrossGoogle + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@

Method Details

"excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center). "A String", ], - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. List of supported destinations (if available to the account): - DisplayAds - Shopping - ShoppingActions - SurfacesAcrossGoogle + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@

Method Details

"excludedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to exclude for this target (corresponds to unchecked check boxes in Merchant Center). "A String", ], - "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. List of supported destinations (if available to the account): - DisplayAds - Shopping - ShoppingActions - SurfacesAcrossGoogle + "includedDestinations": [ # The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. "A String", ], "language": "A String", # The two-letter ISO 639-1 language of the items in the feed. Must be a valid language for `targets[].country`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.pos.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.pos.html index 0dc673532ac..dcf286d46f5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.pos.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.pos.html @@ -148,9 +148,16 @@

Method Details

"timestamp": "A String", # Required. The inventory timestamp, in ISO 8601 format. }, "store": { # Store resource. # The store information to submit. This should be set only if the method is `insert`. + "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store. + "A String", + ], "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`" + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number. + "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location. "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store. "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant. + "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name. + "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant. }, "storeCode": "A String", # The store code. This should be set only if the method is `delete` or `get`. "targetMerchantId": "A String", # The ID of the account for which to get/submit data. @@ -212,9 +219,16 @@

Method Details

"timestamp": "A String", # Required. The inventory timestamp, in ISO 8601 format. }, "store": { # Store resource. # The retrieved or updated store information. + "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store. + "A String", + ], "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`" + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number. + "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location. "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store. "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant. + "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name. + "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant. }, }, ], @@ -254,9 +268,16 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Store resource. + "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store. + "A String", + ], "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`" + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number. + "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location. "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store. "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant. + "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name. + "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant. }
@@ -271,9 +292,16 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Store resource. + "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store. + "A String", + ], "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`" + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number. + "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location. "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store. "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant. + "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name. + "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -285,9 +313,16 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Store resource. + "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store. + "A String", + ], "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`" + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number. + "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location. "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store. "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant. + "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name. + "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant. } @@ -358,9 +393,16 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posListResponse`". "resources": [ { # Store resource. + "gcidCategory": [ # The business type of the store. + "A String", + ], "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "`content#posStore`" + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The store phone number. + "placeId": "A String", # The Google Place Id of the store location. "storeAddress": "A String", # Required. The street address of the store. "storeCode": "A String", # Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant. + "storeName": "A String", # The merchant or store name. + "websiteUrl": "A String", # The website url for the store or merchant. }, ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html index aa3a61e2623..0ef7281a81d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Data pipelines API . projects . locations . pipelines

Instance Methods

+

+ jobs() +

+

Returns the jobs Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.jobs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d547af2974a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.jobs.html @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ + + + +

Data pipelines API . projects . locations . pipelines . jobs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists jobs for a given pipeline. Throws a "FORBIDDEN" error if the caller doesn't have permission to access it.

+

+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Lists jobs for a given pipeline. Throws a "FORBIDDEN" error if the caller doesn't have permission to access it.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of entities to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, the max limit will be determined by the backend implementation.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListJobs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListJobs` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListJobs
+  "jobs": [ # Results that were accessible to the caller. Results are always in descending order of job creation date.
+    { # Definition of the job information maintained by the pipeline. Fields in this entity are retrieved from the executor API (e.g. Dataflow API).
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of job creation.
+      "dataflowJobDetails": { # Pipeline job details specific to the Dataflow API. This is encapsulated here to allow for more executors to store their specific details separately. # All the details that are specific to a Dataflow job.
+        "currentWorkers": 42, # Output only. The current number of workers used to run the jobs. Only set to a value if the job is still running.
+        "resourceInfo": { # Cached version of all the metrics of interest for the job. This value gets stored here when the job is terminated. As long as the job is running, this field is populated from the Dataflow API.
+          "a_key": 3.14,
+        },
+        "sdkVersion": { # The version of the SDK used to run the job. # Output only. The SDK version used to run the job.
+          "sdkSupportStatus": "A String", # The support status for this SDK version.
+          "version": "A String", # The version of the SDK used to run the job.
+          "versionDisplayName": "A String", # A readable string describing the version of the SDK.
+        },
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of job termination. This is absent if the job is still running.
+      "id": "A String", # Output only. The internal ID for the job.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The fully qualified resource name for the job.
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of the job.
+      "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Status capturing any error code or message related to job creation or execution.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response) + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b1905ae675 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html @@ -0,0 +1,531 @@ + + + +

Cloud Dataproc API . projects . locations . batches

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, batchId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a batch workload that executes asynchronously.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the batch workload resource. If the batch is not in terminal state, the delete fails and the response returns FAILED_PRECONDITION.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the batch workload resource representation.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists batch workloads.

+

+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, batchId=None, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Creates a batch workload that executes asynchronously.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this batch will be created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A representation of a batch workload in the service.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the batch was created.
+  "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the batch.
+  "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the batch execution.
+    "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+      "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+      "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+    },
+    "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+      "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+      "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+        "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with this batch. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a batch.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the batch.
+  "operation": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the operation associated with this batch.
+  "pysparkBatch": { # A configuration for running an Apache PySpark (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/python/getting_started/quickstart.html) batch workload. # Optional. PySpark batch config.
+    "archiveUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "args": [ # Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "jarFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the classpath of the Spark driver and tasks.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "mainPythonFileUri": "A String", # Required. The HCFS URI of the main Python file to use as the Spark driver. Must be a .py file.
+    "pythonFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS file URIs of Python files to pass to the PySpark framework. Supported file types: .py, .egg, and .zip.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for the batch execution.
+    "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+    "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+  },
+  "runtimeInfo": { # Runtime information about workload execution. # Output only. Runtime information about batch execution.
+    "diagnosticOutputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the diagnostics tarball.
+    "endpoints": { # Output only. Map of remote access endpoints (such as web interfaces and APIs) to their URIs.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "outputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the stdout and stderr of the workload.
+  },
+  "sparkBatch": { # A configuration for running an Apache Spark (http://spark.apache.org/) batch workload. # Optional. Spark batch config.
+    "archiveUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "args": [ # Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "jarFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the classpath of the Spark driver and tasks.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "mainClass": "A String", # Optional. The name of the driver main class. The jar file that contains the class must be in the classpath or specified in jar_file_uris.
+    "mainJarFileUri": "A String", # Optional. The HCFS URI of the jar file that contains the main class.
+  },
+  "sparkRBatch": { # A configuration for running an Apache SparkR (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/sparkr.html) batch workload. # Optional. SparkR batch config.
+    "archiveUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "args": [ # Optional. The arguments to pass to the Spark driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "mainRFileUri": "A String", # Required. The HCFS URI of the main R file to use as the driver. Must be a .R or .r file.
+  },
+  "sparkSqlBatch": { # A configuration for running Apache Spark SQL (http://spark.apache.org/sql/) queries as a batch workload. # Optional. SparkSql batch config.
+    "jarFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to be added to the Spark CLASSPATH.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "queryFileUri": "A String", # Required. The HCFS URI of the script that contains Spark SQL queries to execute.
+    "queryVariables": { # Optional. Mapping of query variable names to values (equivalent to the Spark SQL command: SET name="value";).
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the batch.
+  "stateHistory": [ # Output only. Historical state information for the batch.
+    { # Historical state information.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the batch at this point in history.
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Details about the state at this point in history.
+      "stateStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the batch entered the historical state.
+    },
+  ],
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Batch state details, such as a failure description if the state is FAILED.
+  "stateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the batch entered a current state.
+  "uuid": "A String", # Output only. A batch UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). The service generates this value when it creates the batch.
+}
+
+  batchId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the batch, which will become the final component of the batch's resource name.This value must be 4-63 characters. Valid characters are /[a-z][0-9]-/.
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateBatchRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.CreateBatchRequest)s with the same request_id, the second request is ignored and the Operation that corresponds to the first Batch created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Deletes the batch workload resource. If the batch is not in terminal state, the delete fails and the response returns FAILED_PRECONDITION.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the batch resource to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Gets the batch workload resource representation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the batch to retrieve. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A representation of a batch workload in the service.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the batch was created.
+  "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the batch.
+  "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the batch execution.
+    "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+      "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+      "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+    },
+    "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+      "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+      "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+        "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with this batch. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a batch.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the batch.
+  "operation": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the operation associated with this batch.
+  "pysparkBatch": { # A configuration for running an Apache PySpark (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/python/getting_started/quickstart.html) batch workload. # Optional. PySpark batch config.
+    "archiveUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "args": [ # Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "jarFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the classpath of the Spark driver and tasks.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "mainPythonFileUri": "A String", # Required. The HCFS URI of the main Python file to use as the Spark driver. Must be a .py file.
+    "pythonFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS file URIs of Python files to pass to the PySpark framework. Supported file types: .py, .egg, and .zip.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for the batch execution.
+    "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+    "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+  },
+  "runtimeInfo": { # Runtime information about workload execution. # Output only. Runtime information about batch execution.
+    "diagnosticOutputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the diagnostics tarball.
+    "endpoints": { # Output only. Map of remote access endpoints (such as web interfaces and APIs) to their URIs.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "outputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the stdout and stderr of the workload.
+  },
+  "sparkBatch": { # A configuration for running an Apache Spark (http://spark.apache.org/) batch workload. # Optional. Spark batch config.
+    "archiveUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "args": [ # Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "jarFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the classpath of the Spark driver and tasks.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "mainClass": "A String", # Optional. The name of the driver main class. The jar file that contains the class must be in the classpath or specified in jar_file_uris.
+    "mainJarFileUri": "A String", # Optional. The HCFS URI of the jar file that contains the main class.
+  },
+  "sparkRBatch": { # A configuration for running an Apache SparkR (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/sparkr.html) batch workload. # Optional. SparkR batch config.
+    "archiveUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "args": [ # Optional. The arguments to pass to the Spark driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "mainRFileUri": "A String", # Required. The HCFS URI of the main R file to use as the driver. Must be a .R or .r file.
+  },
+  "sparkSqlBatch": { # A configuration for running Apache Spark SQL (http://spark.apache.org/sql/) queries as a batch workload. # Optional. SparkSql batch config.
+    "jarFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to be added to the Spark CLASSPATH.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "queryFileUri": "A String", # Required. The HCFS URI of the script that contains Spark SQL queries to execute.
+    "queryVariables": { # Optional. Mapping of query variable names to values (equivalent to the Spark SQL command: SET name="value";).
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the batch.
+  "stateHistory": [ # Output only. Historical state information for the batch.
+    { # Historical state information.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the batch at this point in history.
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Details about the state at this point in history.
+      "stateStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the batch entered the historical state.
+    },
+  ],
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Batch state details, such as a failure description if the state is FAILED.
+  "stateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the batch entered a current state.
+  "uuid": "A String", # Output only. A batch UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). The service generates this value when it creates the batch.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Lists batch workloads.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of batches. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of batches to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this value. The default page size is 20; the maximum page size is 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token received from a previous ListBatches call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A list of batch workloads.
+  "batches": [ # The batches from the specified collection.
+    { # A representation of a batch workload in the service.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the batch was created.
+      "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the batch.
+      "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the batch execution.
+        "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+          "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+          "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+          "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+          "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+        },
+        "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+          "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+          "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+            "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with this batch. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a batch.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the batch.
+      "operation": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the operation associated with this batch.
+      "pysparkBatch": { # A configuration for running an Apache PySpark (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/python/getting_started/quickstart.html) batch workload. # Optional. PySpark batch config.
+        "archiveUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "args": [ # Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "fileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "jarFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the classpath of the Spark driver and tasks.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "mainPythonFileUri": "A String", # Required. The HCFS URI of the main Python file to use as the Spark driver. Must be a .py file.
+        "pythonFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS file URIs of Python files to pass to the PySpark framework. Supported file types: .py, .egg, and .zip.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for the batch execution.
+        "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+        "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+      },
+      "runtimeInfo": { # Runtime information about workload execution. # Output only. Runtime information about batch execution.
+        "diagnosticOutputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the diagnostics tarball.
+        "endpoints": { # Output only. Map of remote access endpoints (such as web interfaces and APIs) to their URIs.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "outputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the stdout and stderr of the workload.
+      },
+      "sparkBatch": { # A configuration for running an Apache Spark (http://spark.apache.org/) batch workload. # Optional. Spark batch config.
+        "archiveUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "args": [ # Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "fileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "jarFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the classpath of the Spark driver and tasks.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "mainClass": "A String", # Optional. The name of the driver main class. The jar file that contains the class must be in the classpath or specified in jar_file_uris.
+        "mainJarFileUri": "A String", # Optional. The HCFS URI of the jar file that contains the main class.
+      },
+      "sparkRBatch": { # A configuration for running an Apache SparkR (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/sparkr.html) batch workload. # Optional. SparkR batch config.
+        "archiveUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "args": [ # Optional. The arguments to pass to the Spark driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "fileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "mainRFileUri": "A String", # Required. The HCFS URI of the main R file to use as the driver. Must be a .R or .r file.
+      },
+      "sparkSqlBatch": { # A configuration for running Apache Spark SQL (http://spark.apache.org/sql/) queries as a batch workload. # Optional. SparkSql batch config.
+        "jarFileUris": [ # Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to be added to the Spark CLASSPATH.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "queryFileUri": "A String", # Required. The HCFS URI of the script that contains Spark SQL queries to execute.
+        "queryVariables": { # Optional. Mapping of query variable names to values (equivalent to the Spark SQL command: SET name="value";).
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the batch.
+      "stateHistory": [ # Output only. Historical state information for the batch.
+        { # Historical state information.
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the batch at this point in history.
+          "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Details about the state at this point in history.
+          "stateStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the batch entered the historical state.
+        },
+      ],
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Batch state details, such as a failure description if the state is FAILED.
+      "stateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the batch entered a current state.
+      "uuid": "A String", # Output only. A batch UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). The service generates this value when it creates the batch.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response) + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.html index 32924931ab8..188d2d2e3b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the autoscalingPolicies Resource.

+

+ batches() +

+

Returns the batches Resource.

+

workflowTemplates()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html index 96acf9cb890..4f71a3fd441 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html @@ -248,40 +248,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "update": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path. @@ -299,40 +266,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "upsert": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key's final path element may be incomplete. @@ -350,40 +284,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, }, @@ -602,40 +503,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads. @@ -659,40 +527,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads. @@ -790,7 +625,24 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -829,7 +681,24 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -890,7 +759,24 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -977,40 +863,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads. @@ -1049,7 +902,24 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html index 68130019c47..5bd9b3632f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html @@ -232,40 +232,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "update": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path. @@ -283,40 +250,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "upsert": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key's final path element may be incomplete. @@ -334,40 +268,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, }, @@ -480,40 +381,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads. @@ -537,40 +405,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads. @@ -668,7 +503,24 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -707,7 +559,24 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -768,7 +637,24 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -855,40 +741,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads. @@ -927,7 +780,24 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html index e70a0903dc0..39464267645 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html @@ -78,14 +78,14 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- create(parent, body=None, connectionProfileId=None, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ create(parent, body=None, connectionProfileId=None, force=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Use this method to create a connection profile in a project and location.

delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Use this method to delete a connection profile..

+

Use this method to delete a connection profile.

discover(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Use this method to discover a connection profile. The discover API call exposes the data objects and metadata belonging to the profile. Typically, a request returns children data objects under a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.

+

Use this method to discover a connection profile. The discover API call exposes the data objects and metadata belonging to the profile. Typically, a request returns children data objects of a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Use this method to get details about a connection profile.

@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, body=None, force=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, body=None, force=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Use this method to update the parameters of a connection profile.

Method Details

@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Method Details

- create(parent, body=None, connectionProfileId=None, force=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + create(parent, body=None, connectionProfileId=None, force=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Use this method to create a connection profile in a project and location.
 
 Args:
@@ -166,6 +166,7 @@ 
Method Details

   connectionProfileId: string, Required. The connection profile identifier.
   force: boolean, Optional. Create the connection profile without validating it.
   requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the connection profile, but don't create any resources. The default is false.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -197,7 +198,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Use this method to delete a connection profile..
+  
Use this method to delete a connection profile.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the connection profile resource to delete. (required)
@@ -233,7 +234,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     discover(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Use this method to discover a connection profile. The discover API call exposes the data objects and metadata belonging to the profile. Typically, a request returns children data objects under a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.
+  
Use this method to discover a connection profile. The discover API call exposes the data objects and metadata belonging to the profile. Typically, a request returns children data objects of a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the connection profile type. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
@@ -560,7 +561,7 @@ 
Method Details

 

 
 

-    patch(name, body=None, force=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+    patch(name, body=None, force=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Use this method to update the parameters of a connection profile.
 
 Args:
@@ -618,9 +619,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The update time of the resource.
 }
 
-  force: boolean, Optional. Execute the update without validating it.
+  force: boolean, Optional. Update the connection profile without validating it.
   requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ConnectionProfile resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the connection profile, but don't update any resources. The default is false.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html
index 79f66792a30..55184b06171 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   fetchStaticIps(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static ips used by Datastream. Typically, a request returns children data objects under a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.

+
The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static IP addresses used by Datastream.

 

   fetchStaticIps_next(previous_request, previous_response)

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -120,10 +120,10 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     fetchStaticIps(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static ips used by Datastream. Typically, a request returns children data objects under a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.
+  
The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static IP addresses used by Datastream.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name resource of the Response type. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name for the location for which static IPs should be returned. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Maximum number of Ips to return, will likely not be specified.
   pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListStaticIps` call. will likely not be specified.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.routes.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.routes.html
index c4a41a6bd87..0326de351a2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.routes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.privateConnections.routes.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, routeId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Use this method to create a route for a private connectivity in a project and location.

+
Use this method to create a route for a private connectivity configuration in a project and location.

 

   delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Use this method to delete a route.

@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Use this method to get details about a route.

 

   list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Use this method to list routes created for a private connectivity in a project and location.

+
Use this method to list routes created for a private connectivity configuration in a project and location.

 

   list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, routeId=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Use this method to create a route for a private connectivity in a project and location.
+  
Use this method to create a route for a private connectivity configuration in a project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent that owns the collection of Routes. (required)
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Use this method to list routes created for a private connectivity in a project and location.
+  
Use this method to list routes created for a private connectivity configuration in a project and location.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent that owns the collection of Routess. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html
index e677b2dcbd1..e8b5ad22be3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.html
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ 
Method Details

   force: boolean, Optional. Create the stream without validating it.
   requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   streamId: string, Required. The stream identifier.
-  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the stream, but do not create any resources. The default is false.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the stream, but don't create any resources. The default is false.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the stream.
 }
 
-  force: boolean, Optional. Create the stream without validating it.
+  force: boolean, Optional. Update the stream without validating it.
   requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the stream resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.
   validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the stream with the changes, without actually updating it. The default is false.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
index 775cb638130..a8445663eb8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
@@ -91,10 +91,10 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Use this method to look up a stream object by its source object identifier.

 

   startBackfillJob(object, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts backfill job for the specified stream object.

+
Use this method to start a backfill job for the specified stream object.

 

   stopBackfillJob(object, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Stops the backfill job for the specified stream object.

+
Use this method to stop a backfill job for the specified stream object.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -149,12 +149,12 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. The object resource's name.
   "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
     "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
-      "database": "A String", # The database name.
-      "table": "A String", # The table name.
+      "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
+      "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
     },
     "oracleIdentifier": { # Oracle data source object identifier. # Oracle data source object identifier.
-      "schema": "A String", # The schema name.
-      "table": "A String", # The table name.
+      "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema name.
+      "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
     },
   },
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the object.
@@ -214,12 +214,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Output only. The object resource's name.
       "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
         "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
-          "database": "A String", # The database name.
-          "table": "A String", # The table name.
+          "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
+          "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
         },
         "oracleIdentifier": { # Oracle data source object identifier. # Oracle data source object identifier.
-          "schema": "A String", # The schema name.
-          "table": "A String", # The table name.
+          "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema name.
+          "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
         },
       },
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the object.
@@ -254,12 +254,12 @@ 
Method Details

 { # Request for looking up a specific stream object by its source object identifier.
   "sourceObjectIdentifier": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # Required. The source object identifier which maps to the stream object.
     "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
-      "database": "A String", # The database name.
-      "table": "A String", # The table name.
+      "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
+      "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
     },
     "oracleIdentifier": { # Oracle data source object identifier. # Oracle data source object identifier.
-      "schema": "A String", # The schema name.
-      "table": "A String", # The table name.
+      "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema name.
+      "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
     },
   },
 }
@@ -306,12 +306,12 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. The object resource's name.
   "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
     "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
-      "database": "A String", # The database name.
-      "table": "A String", # The table name.
+      "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
+      "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
     },
     "oracleIdentifier": { # Oracle data source object identifier. # Oracle data source object identifier.
-      "schema": "A String", # The schema name.
-      "table": "A String", # The table name.
+      "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema name.
+      "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
     },
   },
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the object.
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     startBackfillJob(object, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts backfill job for the specified stream object.
+  
Use this method to start a backfill job for the specified stream object.
 
 Args:
   object: string, Required. The name of the stream object resource to start a backfill job for. (required)
@@ -373,12 +373,12 @@ 
Method Details

     "name": "A String", # Output only. The object resource's name.
     "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
       "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
-        "database": "A String", # The database name.
-        "table": "A String", # The table name.
+        "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
+        "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
       },
       "oracleIdentifier": { # Oracle data source object identifier. # Oracle data source object identifier.
-        "schema": "A String", # The schema name.
-        "table": "A String", # The table name.
+        "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema name.
+        "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
       },
     },
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the object.
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     stopBackfillJob(object, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Stops the backfill job for the specified stream object.
+  
Use this method to stop a backfill job for the specified stream object.
 
 Args:
   object: string, Required. The name of the stream object resource to stop the backfill job for. (required)
@@ -441,12 +441,12 @@ 
Method Details

     "name": "A String", # Output only. The object resource's name.
     "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
       "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
-        "database": "A String", # The database name.
-        "table": "A String", # The table name.
+        "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
+        "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
       },
       "oracleIdentifier": { # Oracle data source object identifier. # Oracle data source object identifier.
-        "schema": "A String", # The schema name.
-        "table": "A String", # The table name.
+        "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema name.
+        "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
       },
     },
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the object.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
index 056c62e5aab..6ea1b6b6254 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   fetchStaticIps(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static ips used by Datastream. Typically, a request returns children data objects under a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.

+
The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static IP addresses used by Datastream.

 

   fetchStaticIps_next(previous_request, previous_response)

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     fetchStaticIps(name, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static ips used by Datastream. Typically, a request returns children data objects under a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.
+  
The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static IP addresses used by Datastream.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name resource of the Response type. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
index 0aecaf999e5..5da636ab5ee 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.projects.locations.streams.objects.html
@@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. The object's name.
   "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
     "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
-      "database": "A String", # The database name.
-      "table": "A String", # The table name.
+      "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
+      "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
     },
     "oracleIdentifier": { # Oracle data source object identifier. # Oracle data source object identifier.
-      "schema": "A String", # The schema name.
-      "table": "A String", # The table name.
+      "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema name.
+      "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
     },
   },
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the object.
@@ -211,12 +211,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Output only. The object's name.
       "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
         "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
-          "database": "A String", # The database name.
-          "table": "A String", # The table name.
+          "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
+          "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
         },
         "oracleIdentifier": { # Oracle data source object identifier. # Oracle data source object identifier.
-          "schema": "A String", # The schema name.
-          "table": "A String", # The table name.
+          "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema name.
+          "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
         },
       },
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the object.
@@ -288,12 +288,12 @@ 
Method Details

     "name": "A String", # Output only. The object's name.
     "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
       "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
-        "database": "A String", # The database name.
-        "table": "A String", # The table name.
+        "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
+        "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
       },
       "oracleIdentifier": { # Oracle data source object identifier. # Oracle data source object identifier.
-        "schema": "A String", # The schema name.
-        "table": "A String", # The table name.
+        "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema name.
+        "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
       },
     },
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the object.
@@ -350,12 +350,12 @@ 
Method Details

     "name": "A String", # Output only. The object's name.
     "sourceObject": { # Represents an identifier of an object in the data source. # The object identifier in the data source.
       "mysqlIdentifier": { # Mysql data source object identifier. # Mysql data source object identifier.
-        "database": "A String", # The database name.
-        "table": "A String", # The table name.
+        "database": "A String", # Required. The database name.
+        "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
       },
       "oracleIdentifier": { # Oracle data source object identifier. # Oracle data source object identifier.
-        "schema": "A String", # The schema name.
-        "table": "A String", # The table name.
+        "schema": "A String", # Required. The schema name.
+        "table": "A String", # Required. The table name.
       },
     },
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of the object.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html
index 50e61a8a78d..00d9c197926 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "displayMobileWebAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated mobile web audience size in Display network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request.
   "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the first and third party audience.
   "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the first and third party audience. Assigned by the system.
-  "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceType": "A String", # Output only. Whether the audience is a first or third party audience.
+  "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceType": "A String", # Whether the audience is a first or third party audience.
   "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request.
   "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. Only applicable to first party audiences.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the first and third party audience.
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "displayMobileWebAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated mobile web audience size in Display network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request.
       "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the first and third party audience.
       "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the first and third party audience. Assigned by the system.
-      "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceType": "A String", # Output only. Whether the audience is a first or third party audience.
+      "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceType": "A String", # Whether the audience is a first or third party audience.
       "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request.
       "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. Only applicable to first party audiences.
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the first and third party audience.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.inspectTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.inspectTemplates.html
index 0609924a31d..76bdc53effb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.inspectTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.inspectTemplates.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
     "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -171,15 +171,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -326,15 +326,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -503,15 +503,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
       "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
       "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-        "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+        "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
           "A String",
         ],
         "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -668,15 +668,15 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
         "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
           { # Type of information detected by the API.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
             "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
           },
         ],
-        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
           "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
             { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
               "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
     "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -840,15 +840,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -994,15 +994,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.dlpJobs.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.dlpJobs.html
index c49294006b4..6d457770d2a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.dlpJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.dlpJobs.html
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             ],
             "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-              "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+              "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -218,15 +218,15 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                 },
               ],
-              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
               "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
                 { # Type of information detected by the API.
                   "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
                   "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
                 },
               ],
-              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
                 "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
                   { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                     "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
             "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
             "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-              "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+              "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -441,15 +441,15 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                 },
               ],
-              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
               "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
                 { # Type of information detected by the API.
                   "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
                   "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
                 },
               ],
-              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
                 "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
                   { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                     "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.inspectTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.inspectTemplates.html
index 7092cfa77c5..93feeb3235c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.inspectTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.inspectTemplates.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
     "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -171,15 +171,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -326,15 +326,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -503,15 +503,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
       "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
       "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-        "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+        "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
           "A String",
         ],
         "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -668,15 +668,15 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
         "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
           { # Type of information detected by the API.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
             "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
           },
         ],
-        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
           "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
             { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
               "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
     "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -840,15 +840,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -994,15 +994,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.jobTriggers.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.jobTriggers.html
index 7d8534f8e45..14881500d7f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.jobTriggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.jobTriggers.html
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
       "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-        "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+        "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
           "A String",
         ],
         "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -213,15 +213,15 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
         "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
           { # Type of information detected by the API.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
             "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
           },
         ],
-        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
           "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
             { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
               "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -504,15 +504,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -817,15 +817,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1124,15 +1124,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
       "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-        "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+        "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
           "A String",
         ],
         "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1432,15 +1432,15 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
         "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
           { # Type of information detected by the API.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
             "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
           },
         ],
-        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
           "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
             { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
               "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1722,15 +1722,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html
index 3f44eb76944..c8c1dd3726f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.content.html
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "deidentifyTemplateName": "A String", # Template to use. Any configuration directly specified in deidentify_config will override those set in the template. Singular fields that are set in this request will replace their corresponding fields in the template. Repeated fields are appended. Singular sub-messages and groups are recursively merged.
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # Configuration for the inspector. Items specified here will override the template referenced by the inspect_template_name argument.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -964,15 +964,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request to search for potentially sensitive info in a ContentItem.
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # Configuration for the inspector. What specified here will override the template referenced by the inspect_template_name argument.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2007,15 +2007,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request to re-identify an item.
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # Configuration for the inspector.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2331,15 +2331,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.dlpJobs.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.dlpJobs.html
index ba24cd1267d..b2c9d9dfb18 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.dlpJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.dlpJobs.html
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -217,15 +217,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -635,15 +635,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
         "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -858,15 +858,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1625,15 +1625,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1793,7 +1793,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
         "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1848,15 +1848,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             ],
             "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-              "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+              "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2609,15 +2609,15 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                 },
               ],
-              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
               "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
                 { # Type of information detected by the API.
                   "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
                   "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
                 },
               ],
-              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
                 "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
                   { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                     "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2777,7 +2777,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
             "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
             "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-              "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+              "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2832,15 +2832,15 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                 },
               ],
-              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
               "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
                 { # Type of information detected by the API.
                   "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
                   "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
                 },
               ],
-              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
                 "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
                   { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                     "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.image.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.image.html
index ab67009f989..9d35f35f16e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.image.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.image.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "includeFindings": True or False, # Whether the response should include findings along with the redacted image.
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # Configuration for the inspector.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -171,15 +171,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.inspectTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.inspectTemplates.html
index 0a09281a055..fb68672810d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.inspectTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.inspectTemplates.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
     "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -171,15 +171,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -326,15 +326,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -503,15 +503,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
       "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
       "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-        "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+        "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
           "A String",
         ],
         "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -668,15 +668,15 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
         "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
           { # Type of information detected by the API.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
             "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
           },
         ],
-        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
           "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
             { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
               "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
     "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -840,15 +840,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -994,15 +994,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.jobTriggers.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.jobTriggers.html
index 39953de2beb..3f30a648e62 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.jobTriggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.jobTriggers.html
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -222,15 +222,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
         "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -445,15 +445,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
       "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-        "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+        "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
           "A String",
         ],
         "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1194,15 +1194,15 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
         "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
           { # Type of information detected by the API.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
             "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
           },
         ],
-        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
           "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
             { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
               "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1485,15 +1485,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1798,15 +1798,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2105,15 +2105,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
       "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-        "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+        "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
           "A String",
         ],
         "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2413,15 +2413,15 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
         "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
           { # Type of information detected by the API.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
             "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
           },
         ],
-        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
           "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
             { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
               "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2648,7 +2648,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2703,15 +2703,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html
index ccf4d0f112d..30a4e3fbc79 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.content.html
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "deidentifyTemplateName": "A String", # Template to use. Any configuration directly specified in deidentify_config will override those set in the template. Singular fields that are set in this request will replace their corresponding fields in the template. Repeated fields are appended. Singular sub-messages and groups are recursively merged.
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # Configuration for the inspector. Items specified here will override the template referenced by the inspect_template_name argument.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -964,15 +964,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request to search for potentially sensitive info in a ContentItem.
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # Configuration for the inspector. What specified here will override the template referenced by the inspect_template_name argument.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2007,15 +2007,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request to re-identify an item.
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # Configuration for the inspector.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2331,15 +2331,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html
index b16ce51b0c5..b2fa2150899 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.dlpJobs.html
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -223,15 +223,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -641,15 +641,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
         "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -864,15 +864,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1655,15 +1655,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
         "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1878,15 +1878,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2672,7 +2672,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             ],
             "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-              "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+              "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2727,15 +2727,15 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                 },
               ],
-              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
               "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
                 { # Type of information detected by the API.
                   "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
                   "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
                 },
               ],
-              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
                 "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
                   { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                     "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2895,7 +2895,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
             "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
             "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-              "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+              "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
                 "A String",
               ],
               "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2950,15 +2950,15 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                 },
               ],
-              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+              "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+              "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
               "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
                 { # Type of information detected by the API.
                   "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
                   "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
                 },
               ],
-              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+              "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
                 "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
                   { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                     "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.image.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.image.html
index e7344c3575a..075d4628abc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.image.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.image.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "includeFindings": True or False, # Whether the response should include findings along with the redacted image.
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # Configuration for the inspector.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -171,15 +171,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.inspectTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.inspectTemplates.html
index 47eaaa5e3fe..82893ee2ab3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.inspectTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.inspectTemplates.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
     "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -171,15 +171,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -326,15 +326,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -503,15 +503,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
       "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
       "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-        "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+        "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
           "A String",
         ],
         "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -668,15 +668,15 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
         "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
           { # Type of information detected by the API.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
             "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
           },
         ],
-        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
           "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
             { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
               "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
     "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -840,15 +840,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
   "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
   "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-    "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+    "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
       "A String",
     ],
     "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -994,15 +994,15 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+    "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+    "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
     "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
       { # Type of information detected by the API.
         "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
         "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
       },
     ],
-    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+    "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
       "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
         { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
           "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html
index c2d82d1728d..a40aed27451 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.jobTriggers.html
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -225,15 +225,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "description": "A String", # Short description (max 256 chars).
         "displayName": "A String", # Display name (max 256 chars).
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -448,15 +448,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
       "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-        "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+        "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
           "A String",
         ],
         "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1197,15 +1197,15 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
         "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
           { # Type of information detected by the API.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
             "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
           },
         ],
-        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
           "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
             { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
               "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1488,15 +1488,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -1801,15 +1801,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
         "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-          "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+          "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
             "A String",
           ],
           "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2196,15 +2196,15 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
           ],
-          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+          "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+          "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
           "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
             { # Type of information detected by the API.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
               "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
             },
           ],
-          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+          "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
             "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
               { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
                 "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2449,7 +2449,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
       "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-        "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+        "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
           "A String",
         ],
         "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2504,15 +2504,15 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
         ],
-        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+        "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+        "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
         "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
           { # Type of information detected by the API.
             "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
             "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
           },
         ],
-        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+        "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
           "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
             { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
               "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
@@ -2739,7 +2739,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
     "inspectConfig": { # Configuration description of the scanning process. When used with redactContent only info_types and min_likelihood are currently used. # How and what to scan for.
-      "contentOptions": [ # List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.
+      "contentOptions": [ # Deprecated and unused.
         "A String",
       ],
       "customInfoTypes": [ # CustomInfoTypes provided by the user. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/creating-custom-infotypes to learn more.
@@ -2794,15 +2794,15 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings.
-      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.
+      "excludeInfoTypes": True or False, # When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.
+      "includeQuote": True or False, # When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.
       "infoTypes": [ # Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference. When no InfoTypes or CustomInfoTypes are specified in a request, the system may automatically choose what detectors to run. By default this may be all types, but may change over time as detectors are updated. If you need precise control and predictability as to what detectors are run you should specify specific InfoTypes listed in the reference, otherwise a default list will be used, which may change over time.
         { # Type of information detected by the API.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the information type. Either a name of your choosing when creating a CustomInfoType, or one of the names listed at https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/infotypes-reference when specifying a built-in type. When sending Cloud DLP results to Data Catalog, infoType names should conform to the pattern `[A-Za-z0-9$-_]{1,64}`.
           "version": "A String", # Optional version name for this InfoType.
         },
       ],
-      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned.
+      "limits": { # Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling. # Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling.
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": [ # Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
           { # Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long running DlpJob.
             "infoType": { # Type of information detected by the API. # Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.changes.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.changes.html
index 6104416c129..4b50d91b48a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.changes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.changes.html
@@ -111,15 +111,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -127,14 +127,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -158,15 +158,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -174,14 +174,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -222,15 +222,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -238,14 +238,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -269,15 +269,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -285,14 +285,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -342,15 +342,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -358,14 +358,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -389,15 +389,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -405,14 +405,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -468,15 +468,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
           "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
           "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-            "geo": {
+            "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
@@ -484,14 +484,14 @@ 
Method Details

               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-            "wrr": {
+            "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -515,15 +515,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
           "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
           "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-            "geo": {
+            "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
@@ -531,14 +531,14 @@ 
Method Details

               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-            "wrr": {
+            "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.resourceRecordSets.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.resourceRecordSets.html
index 14a49a8d384..24c3f6422bb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.resourceRecordSets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.resourceRecordSets.html
@@ -115,15 +115,15 @@ 
Method Details

   "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
   "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
   "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-    "geo": {
+    "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -131,14 +131,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-    "wrr": {
+    "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -170,15 +170,15 @@ 
Method Details

   "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
   "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
   "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-    "geo": {
+    "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -186,14 +186,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-    "wrr": {
+    "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -257,15 +257,15 @@ 
Method Details

   "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
   "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
   "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-    "geo": {
+    "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -273,14 +273,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-    "wrr": {
+    "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -330,15 +330,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -346,14 +346,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -405,15 +405,15 @@ 
Method Details

   "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
   "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
   "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-    "geo": {
+    "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -421,14 +421,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-    "wrr": {
+    "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -460,15 +460,15 @@ 
Method Details

   "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
   "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
   "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-    "geo": {
+    "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -476,14 +476,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-    "wrr": {
+    "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicyRules.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicyRules.html
index ae28536063e..76644690b29 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicyRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicyRules.html
@@ -124,15 +124,15 @@ 
Method Details

         "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
         "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
         "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-          "geo": {
+          "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
@@ -140,14 +140,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-          "wrr": {
+          "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -189,15 +189,15 @@ 
Method Details

         "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
         "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
         "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-          "geo": {
+          "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
@@ -205,14 +205,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-          "wrr": {
+          "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -279,15 +279,15 @@ 
Method Details

         "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
         "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
         "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-          "geo": {
+          "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
@@ -295,14 +295,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-          "wrr": {
+          "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -359,15 +359,15 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
             "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
             "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-              "geo": {
+              "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
                 "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                  {
+                  { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                     "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                     "rrdatas": [
                       "A String",
                     ],
-                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                       "A String",
                     ],
                   },
@@ -375,14 +375,14 @@ 
Method Details

                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
               },
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-              "wrr": {
+              "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
                 "items": [
-                  {
+                  { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                     "rrdatas": [
                       "A String",
                     ],
-                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                       "A String",
                     ],
                     "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -443,15 +443,15 @@ 
Method Details

         "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
         "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
         "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-          "geo": {
+          "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
@@ -459,14 +459,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-          "wrr": {
+          "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -512,15 +512,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
           "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
           "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-            "geo": {
+            "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
@@ -528,14 +528,14 @@ 
Method Details

               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-            "wrr": {
+            "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -581,15 +581,15 @@ 
Method Details

         "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
         "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
         "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-          "geo": {
+          "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
@@ -597,14 +597,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-          "wrr": {
+          "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -650,15 +650,15 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
           "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
           "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-            "geo": {
+            "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
@@ -666,14 +666,14 @@ 
Method Details

               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-            "wrr": {
+            "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.changes.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.changes.html
index e22c2db58a4..8852b2397f2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.changes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.changes.html
@@ -111,30 +111,30 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
-        "geoPolicy": {
+        "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -142,14 +142,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -157,14 +157,14 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
         },
-        "wrrPolicy": {
+        "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -188,30 +188,30 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
-        "geoPolicy": {
+        "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -219,14 +219,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -234,14 +234,14 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
         },
-        "wrrPolicy": {
+        "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -282,30 +282,30 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
-        "geoPolicy": {
+        "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -313,14 +313,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -328,14 +328,14 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
         },
-        "wrrPolicy": {
+        "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -359,30 +359,30 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
-        "geoPolicy": {
+        "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -405,14 +405,14 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
         },
-        "wrrPolicy": {
+        "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -462,30 +462,30 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
-        "geoPolicy": {
+        "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -493,14 +493,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -508,14 +508,14 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
         },
-        "wrrPolicy": {
+        "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -539,30 +539,30 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
-        "geoPolicy": {
+        "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -570,14 +570,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -585,14 +585,14 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
         },
-        "wrrPolicy": {
+        "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -648,30 +648,30 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
           "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
           "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-            "geo": {
+            "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
               ],
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
-            "geoPolicy": {
+            "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
@@ -679,14 +679,14 @@ 
Method Details

               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-            "wrr": {
+            "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -694,14 +694,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
             },
-            "wrrPolicy": {
+            "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -725,30 +725,30 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
           "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
           "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-            "geo": {
+            "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
               ],
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
-            "geoPolicy": {
+            "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
@@ -756,14 +756,14 @@ 
Method Details

               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-            "wrr": {
+            "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -771,14 +771,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
             },
-            "wrrPolicy": {
+            "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html
index 48dad0f013e..df02b4c7f67 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html
@@ -115,30 +115,30 @@ 
Method Details

   "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
   "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
   "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-    "geo": {
+    "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
       ],
       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
-    "geoPolicy": {
+    "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -146,14 +146,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-    "wrr": {
+    "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -161,14 +161,14 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
     },
-    "wrrPolicy": {
+    "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -200,30 +200,30 @@ 
Method Details

   "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
   "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
   "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-    "geo": {
+    "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
       ],
       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
-    "geoPolicy": {
+    "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -231,14 +231,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-    "wrr": {
+    "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -246,14 +246,14 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
     },
-    "wrrPolicy": {
+    "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -312,30 +312,30 @@ 
Method Details

   "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
   "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
   "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-    "geo": {
+    "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
       ],
       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
-    "geoPolicy": {
+    "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -343,14 +343,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-    "wrr": {
+    "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -358,14 +358,14 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
     },
-    "wrrPolicy": {
+    "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -415,30 +415,30 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
       "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
       "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-        "geo": {
+        "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
-        "geoPolicy": {
+        "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
           "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-            {
+            { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
               "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -446,14 +446,14 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
         },
         "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-        "wrr": {
+        "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -461,14 +461,14 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
         },
-        "wrrPolicy": {
+        "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
           "items": [
-            {
+            { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
               "rrdatas": [
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+              "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                 "A String",
               ],
               "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -520,30 +520,30 @@ 
Method Details

   "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
   "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
   "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-    "geo": {
+    "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
       ],
       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
-    "geoPolicy": {
+    "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -551,14 +551,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-    "wrr": {
+    "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -566,14 +566,14 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
     },
-    "wrrPolicy": {
+    "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -605,30 +605,30 @@ 
Method Details

   "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
   "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
   "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-    "geo": {
+    "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
       ],
       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
-    "geoPolicy": {
+    "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
       "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-        {
+        { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
           "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -636,14 +636,14 @@ 
Method Details

       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
     },
     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-    "wrr": {
+    "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -651,14 +651,14 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
     },
-    "wrrPolicy": {
+    "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
       "items": [
-        {
+        { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
           "rrdatas": [
             "A String",
           ],
-          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+          "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
             "A String",
           ],
           "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicyRules.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicyRules.html
index 1306f112b4f..0fd6ab69a21 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicyRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicyRules.html
@@ -124,30 +124,30 @@ 
Method Details

         "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
         "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
         "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-          "geo": {
+          "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
             ],
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
-          "geoPolicy": {
+          "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
@@ -155,14 +155,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-          "wrr": {
+          "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -170,14 +170,14 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
           },
-          "wrrPolicy": {
+          "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -219,30 +219,30 @@ 
Method Details

         "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
         "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
         "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-          "geo": {
+          "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
             ],
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
-          "geoPolicy": {
+          "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
@@ -250,14 +250,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-          "wrr": {
+          "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -265,14 +265,14 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
           },
-          "wrrPolicy": {
+          "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -339,30 +339,30 @@ 
Method Details

         "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
         "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
         "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-          "geo": {
+          "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
             ],
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
-          "geoPolicy": {
+          "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
@@ -370,14 +370,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-          "wrr": {
+          "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -385,14 +385,14 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
           },
-          "wrrPolicy": {
+          "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -449,30 +449,30 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
             "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
             "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-              "geo": {
+              "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
                 "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                  {
+                  { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                     "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                     "rrdatas": [
                       "A String",
                     ],
-                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                       "A String",
                     ],
                   },
                 ],
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
               },
-              "geoPolicy": {
+              "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
                 "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                  {
+                  { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                     "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                     "rrdatas": [
                       "A String",
                     ],
-                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                       "A String",
                     ],
                   },
@@ -480,14 +480,14 @@ 
Method Details

                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
               },
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-              "wrr": {
+              "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
                 "items": [
-                  {
+                  { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                     "rrdatas": [
                       "A String",
                     ],
-                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                       "A String",
                     ],
                     "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -495,14 +495,14 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
               },
-              "wrrPolicy": {
+              "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
                 "items": [
-                  {
+                  { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                     "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                     "rrdatas": [
                       "A String",
                     ],
-                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                    "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                       "A String",
                     ],
                     "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -563,30 +563,30 @@ 
Method Details

         "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
         "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
         "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-          "geo": {
+          "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
             ],
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
-          "geoPolicy": {
+          "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
@@ -594,14 +594,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-          "wrr": {
+          "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -609,14 +609,14 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
           },
-          "wrrPolicy": {
+          "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -662,30 +662,30 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
           "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
           "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-            "geo": {
+            "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
               ],
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
-            "geoPolicy": {
+            "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
@@ -693,14 +693,14 @@ 
Method Details

               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-            "wrr": {
+            "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -708,14 +708,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
             },
-            "wrrPolicy": {
+            "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -761,30 +761,30 @@ 
Method Details

         "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
         "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
         "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-          "geo": {
+          "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
             ],
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
-          "geoPolicy": {
+          "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
             "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-              {
+              { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                 "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
               },
@@ -792,14 +792,14 @@ 
Method Details

             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
           },
           "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-          "wrr": {
+          "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -807,14 +807,14 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
           },
-          "wrrPolicy": {
+          "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
             "items": [
-              {
+              { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                 "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                 "rrdatas": [
                   "A String",
                 ],
-                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -860,30 +860,30 @@ 
Method Details

           "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet",
           "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com.
           "routingPolicy": { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
-            "geo": {
+            "geo": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
               ],
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
-            "geoPolicy": {
+            "geoPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes based on the geo location of the querying user.
               "items": [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
-                {
+                { # ResourceRecordSet data for one geo location.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem",
                   "location": "A String", # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. "us-east1", "southamerica-east1", "asia-east1", etc.
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                 },
@@ -891,14 +891,14 @@ 
Method Details

               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy",
             },
             "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicy",
-            "wrr": {
+            "wrr": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
@@ -906,14 +906,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
               "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicy",
             },
-            "wrrPolicy": {
+            "wrrPolicy": { # Configures a RRSetRoutingPolicy that routes in a weighted round robin fashion.
               "items": [
-                {
+                { # A routing block which contains the routing information for one WRR item.
                   "kind": "dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyWrrPolicyWrrPolicyItem",
                   "rrdatas": [
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above wrr_rrdata.
+                  "signatureRrdatas": [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for all the rrdata within this item. Note that if health checked targets are provided for DNSSEC enabled zones, there's a restriction of 1 ip per item. .
                     "A String",
                   ],
                   "weight": 3.14, # The weight corresponding to this subset of rrdata. When multiple WeightedRoundRobinPolicyItems are configured, the probability of returning an rrset is proportional to its weight relative to the sum of weights configured for all items. This weight should be non-negative.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
index 88831a483ba..3fd1a771ab2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   fetchProcessorTypes(parent, x__xgafv=None)

-
Fetches processor types.

+
Fetches processor types. Note that we do not use ListProcessorTypes here because it is not paginated.

 

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets information about a location.

@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     fetchProcessorTypes(parent, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Fetches processor types.
+  
Fetches processor types. Note that we do not use ListProcessorTypes here because it is not paginated.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the allow-listing on projects. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
index 447f5129292..575a1a9aa4f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   fetchProcessorTypes(parent, x__xgafv=None)

-
Fetches processor types.

+
Fetches processor types. Note that we do not use ListProcessorTypes here because it is not paginated.

 

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets information about a location.

@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     fetchProcessorTypes(parent, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Fetches processor types.
+  
Fetches processor types. Note that we do not use ListProcessorTypes here because it is not paginated.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the allow-listing on projects. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html
index d9c1f11253d..51605d7dd86 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html
@@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
     "kind": "drive#drive", # This is always drive#drive
     "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+    "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
     "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
       "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
       "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -573,6 +574,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
     "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # This is always drive#teamDrive
     "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+    "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
     "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
       "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
       "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
@@ -668,6 +670,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
         "kind": "drive#drive", # This is always drive#drive
         "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+        "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
         "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
           "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
           "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -1092,6 +1095,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
         "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # This is always drive#teamDrive
         "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+        "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
         "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
           "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
           "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html
index ed99df2ff87..c8af5db8f3f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html
@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # This is always drive#drive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -215,6 +216,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # This is always drive#drive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -268,6 +270,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # This is always drive#drive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -315,6 +318,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # This is always drive#drive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -374,6 +378,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
       "kind": "drive#drive", # This is always drive#drive
       "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+      "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
       "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
         "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
         "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -446,6 +451,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # This is always drive#drive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -499,6 +505,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # This is always drive#drive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -547,6 +554,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # This is always drive#drive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.teamdrives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.teamdrives.html
index d35b8f5db9f..1f432b69e86 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.teamdrives.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.teamdrives.html
@@ -155,6 +155,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
   "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # This is always drive#teamDrive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
@@ -208,6 +209,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
   "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # This is always drive#teamDrive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
@@ -255,6 +257,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
   "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # This is always drive#teamDrive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
@@ -314,6 +317,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
       "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # This is always drive#teamDrive
       "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+      "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
       "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
         "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
         "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
@@ -385,6 +389,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
   "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # This is always drive#teamDrive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
@@ -433,6 +438,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
   "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # This is always drive#teamDrive
   "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
index 24ba61550bc..ff1b8c59807 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html
@@ -174,6 +174,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
         "kind": "drive#drive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#drive".
         "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+        "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
         "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
           "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
           "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -482,6 +483,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
         "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#teamDrive".
         "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+        "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
         "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
           "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
           "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
index 2e72bf1e512..410cb0b874e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html
@@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#drive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -197,6 +198,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#drive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -261,6 +263,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#drive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -315,6 +318,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#drive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -374,6 +378,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
       "kind": "drive#drive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#drive".
       "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+      "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
       "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
         "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
         "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -446,6 +451,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#drive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -499,6 +505,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#drive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
@@ -547,6 +554,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this shared drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this shared drive.
   "kind": "drive#drive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#drive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this shared drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this shared drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this shared drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this shared drive.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.teamdrives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.teamdrives.html
index 033f020f0a3..1e04cd27cfb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.teamdrives.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.teamdrives.html
@@ -144,6 +144,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
   "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#teamDrive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
@@ -191,6 +192,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
   "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#teamDrive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
@@ -255,6 +257,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
   "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#teamDrive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
@@ -316,6 +319,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
       "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#teamDrive".
       "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+      "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
       "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
         "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
         "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
@@ -385,6 +389,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
   "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#teamDrive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
@@ -433,6 +438,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # The ID of this Team Drive which is also the ID of the top level folder of this Team Drive.
   "kind": "drive#teamDrive", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#teamDrive".
   "name": "A String", # The name of this Team Drive.
+  "orgUnitId": "A String", # The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.
   "restrictions": { # A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.
     "adminManagedRestrictions": True or False, # Whether administrative privileges on this Team Drive are required to modify restrictions.
     "copyRequiresWriterPermission": True or False, # Whether the options to copy, print, or download files inside this Team Drive, should be disabled for readers and commenters. When this restriction is set to true, it will override the similarly named field to true for any file inside this Team Drive.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
index ce06ed1bdde..af45bf89bfc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
@@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A representation of the trigger resource.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time.
   "destination": { # Represents a target of an invocation over HTTP. # Required. Destination specifies where the events should be sent to.
+    "cloudFunction": "A String", # The Cloud Function resource name. Only Cloud Functions V2 is supported. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/functions/{function}
     "cloudRun": { # Represents a Cloud Run destination. # Cloud Run fully-managed resource that receives the events. The resource should be in the same project as the trigger.
       "path": "A String", # Optional. The relative path on the Cloud Run service the events should be sent to. The value must conform to the definition of a URI path segment (section 3.3 of RFC2396). Examples: "/route", "route", "route/subroute".
       "region": "A String", # Required. The region the Cloud Run service is deployed in.
@@ -158,7 +159,7 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   triggerId: string, Required. The user-provided ID to be assigned to the trigger.
-  validateOnly: boolean, Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually post it.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not post it.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -196,7 +197,7 @@ 
Method Details

   name: string, Required. The name of the trigger to be deleted. (required)
   allowMissing: boolean, If set to true, and the trigger is not found, the request will succeed but no action will be taken on the server.
   etag: string, If provided, the trigger will only be deleted if the etag matches the current etag on the resource.
-  validateOnly: boolean, Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually post it.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not post it.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -243,6 +244,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A representation of the trigger resource.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time.
   "destination": { # Represents a target of an invocation over HTTP. # Required. Destination specifies where the events should be sent to.
+    "cloudFunction": "A String", # The Cloud Function resource name. Only Cloud Functions V2 is supported. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/functions/{function}
     "cloudRun": { # Represents a Cloud Run destination. # Cloud Run fully-managed resource that receives the events. The resource should be in the same project as the trigger.
       "path": "A String", # Optional. The relative path on the Cloud Run service the events should be sent to. The value must conform to the definition of a URI path segment (section 3.3 of RFC2396). Examples: "/route", "route", "route/subroute".
       "region": "A String", # Required. The region the Cloud Run service is deployed in.
@@ -333,7 +335,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent collection to list triggers on. (required)
-  orderBy: string, The sorting order of the resources returned. Value should be a comma separated list of fields. The default sorting oder is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a ` desc` suffix; for example: `name desc, trigger_id`.
+  orderBy: string, The sorting order of the resources returned. Value should be a comma-separated list of fields. The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a `desc` suffix; for example: `name desc, trigger_id`.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of triggers to return on each page. Note: The service may send fewer.
   pageToken: string, The page token; provide the value from the `next_page_token` field in a previous `ListTriggers` call to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListTriggers` must match the call that provided the page token.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -344,12 +346,13 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # The response message for the ListTriggers method.
+    { # The response message for the `ListTriggers` method.
   "nextPageToken": "A String", # A page token that can be sent to ListTriggers to request the next page. If this is empty, then there are no more pages.
   "triggers": [ # The requested triggers, up to the number specified in `page_size`.
     { # A representation of the trigger resource.
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time.
       "destination": { # Represents a target of an invocation over HTTP. # Required. Destination specifies where the events should be sent to.
+        "cloudFunction": "A String", # The Cloud Function resource name. Only Cloud Functions V2 is supported. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/functions/{function}
         "cloudRun": { # Represents a Cloud Run destination. # Cloud Run fully-managed resource that receives the events. The resource should be in the same project as the trigger.
           "path": "A String", # Optional. The relative path on the Cloud Run service the events should be sent to. The value must conform to the definition of a URI path segment (section 3.3 of RFC2396). Examples: "/route", "route", "route/subroute".
           "region": "A String", # Required. The region the Cloud Run service is deployed in.
@@ -417,6 +420,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A representation of the trigger resource.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time.
   "destination": { # Represents a target of an invocation over HTTP. # Required. Destination specifies where the events should be sent to.
+    "cloudFunction": "A String", # The Cloud Function resource name. Only Cloud Functions V2 is supported. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/functions/{function}
     "cloudRun": { # Represents a Cloud Run destination. # Cloud Run fully-managed resource that receives the events. The resource should be in the same project as the trigger.
       "path": "A String", # Optional. The relative path on the Cloud Run service the events should be sent to. The value must conform to the definition of a URI path segment (section 3.3 of RFC2396). Examples: "/route", "route", "route/subroute".
       "region": "A String", # Required. The region the Cloud Run service is deployed in.
@@ -453,8 +457,8 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   allowMissing: boolean, If set to true, and the trigger is not found, a new trigger will be created. In this situation, `update_mask` is ignored.
-  updateMask: string, The fields to be updated; only fields explicitly provided will be updated. If no field mask is provided, all provided fields in the request will be updated. To update all fields, provide a field mask of "*".
-  validateOnly: boolean, Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually post it.
+  updateMask: string, The fields to be updated; only fields explicitly provided are updated. If no field mask is provided, all provided fields in the request are updated. To update all fields, provide a field mask of "*".
+  validateOnly: boolean, Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not post it.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
index d1fb580c29e..f8348b1a418 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Adds a new Feature.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   featureId: string, The ID of the feature to create.
-  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Removes a Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
   force: boolean, If set to true, the delete will ignore any outstanding resources for this Feature (that is, `FeatureState.has_resources` is set to true). These resources will NOT be cleaned up or modified in any way.
   requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Gets details of a single Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Lists Features in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
   filter: string, Lists Features that match the filter expression, following the syntax outlined in https://google.aip.dev/160. Examples: - Feature with the name "servicemesh" in project "foo-proj": name = "projects/foo-proj/locations/global/features/servicemesh" - Features that have a label called `foo`: labels.foo:* - Features that have a label called `foo` whose value is `bar`: labels.foo = bar
   orderBy: string, One or more fields to compare and use to sort the output. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering.
   pageSize: integer, When requesting a 'page' of resources, `page_size` specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified or set to 0, all resources will be returned.
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Updates an existing Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Feature resource was last updated.
 }
 
-  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   updateMask: string, Mask of fields to update.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
index 86cfcf22697..143da104544 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Adds a new Feature.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   featureId: string, The ID of the feature to create.
-  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Removes a Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
   force: boolean, If set to true, the delete will ignore any outstanding resources for this Feature (that is, `FeatureState.has_resources` is set to true). These resources will NOT be cleaned up or modified in any way.
   requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Gets details of a single Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Lists Features in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
   filter: string, Lists Features that match the filter expression, following the syntax outlined in https://google.aip.dev/160. Examples: - Feature with the name "servicemesh" in project "foo-proj": name = "projects/foo-proj/locations/global/features/servicemesh" - Features that have a label called `foo`: labels.foo:* - Features that have a label called `foo` whose value is `bar`: labels.foo = bar
   orderBy: string, One or more fields to compare and use to sort the output. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering.
   pageSize: integer, When requesting a 'page' of resources, `page_size` specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified or set to 0, all resources will be returned.
@@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Updates an existing Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Feature resource was last updated.
 }
 
-  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   updateMask: string, Mask of fields to update.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
index f91912fbea6..142bd9a87c3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Adds a new Feature.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

 }
 
   featureId: string, The ID of the feature to create.
-  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Removes a Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
   force: boolean, If set to true, the delete will ignore any outstanding resources for this Feature (that is, `FeatureState.has_resources` is set to true). These resources will NOT be cleaned up or modified in any way.
   requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Gets details of a single Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Lists Features in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
   filter: string, Lists Features that match the filter expression, following the syntax outlined in https://google.aip.dev/160. Examples: - Feature with the name "servicemesh" in project "foo-proj": name = "projects/foo-proj/locations/global/features/servicemesh" - Features that have a label called `foo`: labels.foo:* - Features that have a label called `foo` whose value is `bar`: labels.foo = bar
   orderBy: string, One or more fields to compare and use to sort the output. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering.
   pageSize: integer, When requesting a 'page' of resources, `page_size` specifies number of resources to return. If unspecified or set to 0, all resources will be returned.
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Updates an existing Feature.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the Feature resource was last updated.
 }
 
-  requestId: string, Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   updateMask: string, Mask of fields to update.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.keys.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.keys.html
index f5549d5625a..eb70828b8f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.keys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.keys.html
@@ -212,9 +212,9 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the service account key in the following format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT}/keys/{key}`. Using `-` as a wildcard for the `PROJECT_ID` will infer the project from the account. The `ACCOUNT` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. (required)
-  publicKeyType: string, The output format of the public key requested. X509_PEM is the default output format.
+  publicKeyType: string, Optional. The output format of the public key. The default is `TYPE_NONE`, which means that the public key is not returned.
     Allowed values
-      TYPE_NONE - Unspecified. Returns nothing here.
+      TYPE_NONE - Do not return the public key.
       TYPE_X509_PEM_FILE - X509 PEM format.
       TYPE_RAW_PUBLIC_KEY - Raw public key.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ids_v1.html b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fea9a2d4fab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+
+
+
+
Cloud IDS API

+
Instance Methods

+

+  projects()
+

+
Returns the projects Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  new_batch_http_request()

+
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    new_batch_http_request()
+  
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+        Args:
+          callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+            form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+            request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+            third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+            error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+            occurred.
+
+        Returns:
+          A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1067820fef5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+
+
+
Cloud IDS API . projects

+
Instance Methods

+

+  locations()
+

+
Returns the locations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c35aa999c11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
+
+
+
+
Cloud IDS API . projects . locations . endpoints

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  create(parent, body=None, endpointId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a new Endpoint in a given project and location.

+

+  delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a single Endpoint.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets details of a single Endpoint.

+

+  getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.

+

+  list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

+

+  testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    create(parent, body=None, endpointId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a new Endpoint in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The endpoint's parent. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Endpoint describes a single IDS endpoint. It defines a forwarding rule to which packets can be sent for IDS inspection.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The create time timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # User-provided description of the endpoint
+  "endpointForwardingRule": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified URL of the endpoint's ILB Forwarding Rule.
+  "endpointIp": "A String", # Output only. The IP address of the IDS Endpoint's ILB.
+  "labels": { # The labels of the endpoint.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the endpoint.
+  "network": "A String", # Required. The fully qualified URL of the network to which the IDS Endpoint is attached.
+  "severity": "A String", # Required. Lowest threat severity that this endpoint will alert on.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint.
+  "trafficLogs": True or False, # Whether the endpoint should report traffic logs in addition to threat logs.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The update time timestamp.
+}
+
+  endpointId: string, Required. The endpoint identifier. This will be part of the endpoint's resource name. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. Values that do not match this pattern will trigger an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the endpoint to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets details of a single Endpoint.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the endpoint to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Endpoint describes a single IDS endpoint. It defines a forwarding rule to which packets can be sent for IDS inspection.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The create time timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # User-provided description of the endpoint
+  "endpointForwardingRule": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified URL of the endpoint's ILB Forwarding Rule.
+  "endpointIp": "A String", # Output only. The IP address of the IDS Endpoint's ILB.
+  "labels": { # The labels of the endpoint.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the endpoint.
+  "network": "A String", # Required. The fully qualified URL of the network to which the IDS Endpoint is attached.
+  "severity": "A String", # Required. Lowest threat severity that this endpoint will alert on.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint.
+  "trafficLogs": True or False, # Whether the endpoint should report traffic logs in addition to threat logs.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The update time timestamp.
+}

+

+
+

+    getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of endpoints. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter expression, following the syntax outlined in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. One or more fields to compare and use to sort the output. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of endpoints to return. The service may return fewer than this value.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListEndpoints` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListEndpoints` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "endpoints": [ # The list of endpoints response.
+    { # Endpoint describes a single IDS endpoint. It defines a forwarding rule to which packets can be sent for IDS inspection.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The create time timestamp.
+      "description": "A String", # User-provided description of the endpoint
+      "endpointForwardingRule": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified URL of the endpoint's ILB Forwarding Rule.
+      "endpointIp": "A String", # Output only. The IP address of the IDS Endpoint's ILB.
+      "labels": { # The labels of the endpoint.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the endpoint.
+      "network": "A String", # Required. The fully qualified URL of the network to which the IDS Endpoint is attached.
+      "severity": "A String", # Required. Lowest threat severity that this endpoint will alert on.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint.
+      "trafficLogs": True or False, # Whether the endpoint should report traffic logs in addition to threat logs.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The update time timestamp.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    

+

+
+

+    setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}

+

+
+

+    testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3f7c72ce960
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+
+
+
+
Cloud IDS API . projects . locations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  endpoints()
+

+
Returns the endpoints Resource.

+
+

+  operations()
+

+
Returns the operations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets information about a location.

+

+  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

+  list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+  "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+}

+

+
+

+    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like "displayName=tokyo", and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+      "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+      "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..501b94ece78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/ids_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+
+
+
+
Cloud IDS API . projects . locations . operations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`. NOTE: the `name` binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as `users/*/operations`. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as `"/v1/{name=users/*}/operations"` to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id.

+

+  list_next(previous_request, previous_response)

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}

+

+
+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`. NOTE: the `name` binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as `users/*/operations`. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as `"/v1/{name=users/*}/operations"` to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
index 7a4df635c21..640e5be17f4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "labels": { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels "project_id", "instance_id", and "zone".
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
-        "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. Some descriptors include the service name in the type; for example, the type of a Datastream stream is datastream.googleapis.com/Stream.
       },
       "severity": "A String", # Optional. The severity of the log entry. The default value is LogSeverity.DEFAULT.
       "sourceLocation": { # Additional information about the source code location that produced the log entry. # Optional. Source code location information associated with the log entry, if any.
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "labels": { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels "project_id", "instance_id", and "zone".
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
-        "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. Some descriptors include the service name in the type; for example, the type of a Datastream stream is datastream.googleapis.com/Stream.
       },
       "severity": "A String", # Optional. The severity of the log entry. The default value is LogSeverity.DEFAULT.
       "sourceLocation": { # Additional information about the source code location that produced the log entry. # Optional. Source code location information associated with the log entry, if any.
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "labels": { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels "project_id", "instance_id", and "zone".
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
-        "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance.
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. Some descriptors include the service name in the type; for example, the type of a Datastream stream is datastream.googleapis.com/Stream.
       },
       "severity": "A String", # Optional. The severity of the log entry. The default value is LogSeverity.DEFAULT.
       "sourceLocation": { # Additional information about the source code location that produced the log entry. # Optional. Source code location information associated with the log entry, if any.
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "labels": { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels "project_id", "instance_id", and "zone".
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
-    "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance.
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. Some descriptors include the service name in the type; for example, the type of a Datastream stream is datastream.googleapis.com/Stream.
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.metrics.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.metrics.html
index 416b008ddcd..44498f985d7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.metrics.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.metrics.html
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "unit": "A String", # The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The unit defines the representation of the stored metric values.Different systems might scale the values to be more easily displayed (so a value of 0.02kBy might be displayed as 20By, and a value of 3523kBy might be displayed as 3.5MBy). However, if the unit is kBy, then the value of the metric is always in thousands of bytes, no matter how it might be displayed.If you want a custom metric to record the exact number of CPU-seconds used by a job, you can create an INT64 CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is s{CPU} (or equivalently 1s{CPU} or just s). If the job uses 12,005 CPU-seconds, then the value is written as 12005.Alternatively, if you want a custom metric to record data in a more granular way, you can create a DOUBLE CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is ks{CPU}, and then write the value 12.005 (which is 12005/1000), or use Kis{CPU} and write 11.723 (which is 12005/1024).The supported units are a subset of The Unified Code for Units of Measure (https://unitsofmeasure.org/ucum.html) standard:Basic units (UNIT) bit bit By byte s second min minute h hour d day 1 dimensionlessPrefixes (PREFIX) k kilo (10^3) M mega (10^6) G giga (10^9) T tera (10^12) P peta (10^15) E exa (10^18) Z zetta (10^21) Y yotta (10^24) m milli (10^-3) u micro (10^-6) n nano (10^-9) p pico (10^-12) f femto (10^-15) a atto (10^-18) z zepto (10^-21) y yocto (10^-24) Ki kibi (2^10) Mi mebi (2^20) Gi gibi (2^30) Ti tebi (2^40) Pi pebi (2^50)GrammarThe grammar also includes these connectors: / division or ratio (as an infix operator). For examples, kBy/{email} or MiBy/10ms (although you should almost never have /s in a metric unit; rates should always be computed at query time from the underlying cumulative or delta value). . multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For examples, GBy.d or k{watt}.h.The grammar for a unit is as follows: Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; Notes: Annotation is just a comment if it follows a UNIT. If the annotation is used alone, then the unit is equivalent to 1. For examples, {request}/s == 1/s, By{transmitted}/s == By/s. NAME is a sequence of non-blank printable ASCII characters not containing { or }. 1 represents a unitary dimensionless unit (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dimensionless_quantity) of 1, such as in 1/s. It is typically used when none of the basic units are appropriate. For example, "new users per day" can be represented as 1/d or {new-users}/d (and a metric value 5 would mean "5 new users). Alternatively, "thousands of page views per day" would be represented as 1000/d or k1/d or k{page_views}/d (and a metric value of 5.3 would mean "5300 page views per day"). % represents dimensionless value of 1/100, and annotates values giving a percentage (so the metric values are typically in the range of 0..100, and a metric value 3 means "3 percent"). 10^2.% indicates a metric contains a ratio, typically in the range 0..1, that will be multiplied by 100 and displayed as a percentage (so a metric value 0.03 means "3 percent").
     "valueType": "A String", # Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc. Some combinations of metric_kind and value_type might not be supported.
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.The metric identifier in this field must not be URL-encoded (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Percent-encoding). However, when the metric identifier appears as the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric_name API parameter, then the metric identifier must be URL-encoded. Example: "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests".
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.This field is the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric resource name in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/metrics/METRIC_ID". Example: If the resource name of a metric is "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests", this field's value is "nginx/requests".
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
   "valueExtractor": "A String", # Optional. A value_extractor is required when using a distribution logs-based metric to extract the values to record from a log entry. Two functions are supported for value extraction: EXTRACT(field) or REGEXP_EXTRACT(field, regex). The argument are: 1. field: The name of the log entry field from which the value is to be extracted. 2. regex: A regular expression using the Google RE2 syntax (https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) with a single capture group to extract data from the specified log entry field. The value of the field is converted to a string before applying the regex. It is an error to specify a regex that does not include exactly one capture group.The result of the extraction must be convertible to a double type, as the distribution always records double values. If either the extraction or the conversion to double fails, then those values are not recorded in the distribution.Example: REGEXP_EXTRACT(jsonPayload.request, ".*quantity=(\d+).*")
   "version": "A String", # Deprecated. The API version that created or updated this metric. The v2 format is used by default and cannot be changed.
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "unit": "A String", # The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The unit defines the representation of the stored metric values.Different systems might scale the values to be more easily displayed (so a value of 0.02kBy might be displayed as 20By, and a value of 3523kBy might be displayed as 3.5MBy). However, if the unit is kBy, then the value of the metric is always in thousands of bytes, no matter how it might be displayed.If you want a custom metric to record the exact number of CPU-seconds used by a job, you can create an INT64 CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is s{CPU} (or equivalently 1s{CPU} or just s). If the job uses 12,005 CPU-seconds, then the value is written as 12005.Alternatively, if you want a custom metric to record data in a more granular way, you can create a DOUBLE CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is ks{CPU}, and then write the value 12.005 (which is 12005/1000), or use Kis{CPU} and write 11.723 (which is 12005/1024).The supported units are a subset of The Unified Code for Units of Measure (https://unitsofmeasure.org/ucum.html) standard:Basic units (UNIT) bit bit By byte s second min minute h hour d day 1 dimensionlessPrefixes (PREFIX) k kilo (10^3) M mega (10^6) G giga (10^9) T tera (10^12) P peta (10^15) E exa (10^18) Z zetta (10^21) Y yotta (10^24) m milli (10^-3) u micro (10^-6) n nano (10^-9) p pico (10^-12) f femto (10^-15) a atto (10^-18) z zepto (10^-21) y yocto (10^-24) Ki kibi (2^10) Mi mebi (2^20) Gi gibi (2^30) Ti tebi (2^40) Pi pebi (2^50)GrammarThe grammar also includes these connectors: / division or ratio (as an infix operator). For examples, kBy/{email} or MiBy/10ms (although you should almost never have /s in a metric unit; rates should always be computed at query time from the underlying cumulative or delta value). . multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For examples, GBy.d or k{watt}.h.The grammar for a unit is as follows: Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; Notes: Annotation is just a comment if it follows a UNIT. If the annotation is used alone, then the unit is equivalent to 1. For examples, {request}/s == 1/s, By{transmitted}/s == By/s. NAME is a sequence of non-blank printable ASCII characters not containing { or }. 1 represents a unitary dimensionless unit (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dimensionless_quantity) of 1, such as in 1/s. It is typically used when none of the basic units are appropriate. For example, "new users per day" can be represented as 1/d or {new-users}/d (and a metric value 5 would mean "5 new users). Alternatively, "thousands of page views per day" would be represented as 1000/d or k1/d or k{page_views}/d (and a metric value of 5.3 would mean "5300 page views per day"). % represents dimensionless value of 1/100, and annotates values giving a percentage (so the metric values are typically in the range of 0..100, and a metric value 3 means "3 percent"). 10^2.% indicates a metric contains a ratio, typically in the range 0..1, that will be multiplied by 100 and displayed as a percentage (so a metric value 0.03 means "3 percent").
     "valueType": "A String", # Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc. Some combinations of metric_kind and value_type might not be supported.
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.The metric identifier in this field must not be URL-encoded (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Percent-encoding). However, when the metric identifier appears as the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric_name API parameter, then the metric identifier must be URL-encoded. Example: "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests".
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.This field is the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric resource name in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/metrics/METRIC_ID". Example: If the resource name of a metric is "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests", this field's value is "nginx/requests".
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
   "valueExtractor": "A String", # Optional. A value_extractor is required when using a distribution logs-based metric to extract the values to record from a log entry. Two functions are supported for value extraction: EXTRACT(field) or REGEXP_EXTRACT(field, regex). The argument are: 1. field: The name of the log entry field from which the value is to be extracted. 2. regex: A regular expression using the Google RE2 syntax (https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) with a single capture group to extract data from the specified log entry field. The value of the field is converted to a string before applying the regex. It is an error to specify a regex that does not include exactly one capture group.The result of the extraction must be convertible to a double type, as the distribution always records double values. If either the extraction or the conversion to double fails, then those values are not recorded in the distribution.Example: REGEXP_EXTRACT(jsonPayload.request, ".*quantity=(\d+).*")
   "version": "A String", # Deprecated. The API version that created or updated this metric. The v2 format is used by default and cannot be changed.
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "unit": "A String", # The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The unit defines the representation of the stored metric values.Different systems might scale the values to be more easily displayed (so a value of 0.02kBy might be displayed as 20By, and a value of 3523kBy might be displayed as 3.5MBy). However, if the unit is kBy, then the value of the metric is always in thousands of bytes, no matter how it might be displayed.If you want a custom metric to record the exact number of CPU-seconds used by a job, you can create an INT64 CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is s{CPU} (or equivalently 1s{CPU} or just s). If the job uses 12,005 CPU-seconds, then the value is written as 12005.Alternatively, if you want a custom metric to record data in a more granular way, you can create a DOUBLE CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is ks{CPU}, and then write the value 12.005 (which is 12005/1000), or use Kis{CPU} and write 11.723 (which is 12005/1024).The supported units are a subset of The Unified Code for Units of Measure (https://unitsofmeasure.org/ucum.html) standard:Basic units (UNIT) bit bit By byte s second min minute h hour d day 1 dimensionlessPrefixes (PREFIX) k kilo (10^3) M mega (10^6) G giga (10^9) T tera (10^12) P peta (10^15) E exa (10^18) Z zetta (10^21) Y yotta (10^24) m milli (10^-3) u micro (10^-6) n nano (10^-9) p pico (10^-12) f femto (10^-15) a atto (10^-18) z zepto (10^-21) y yocto (10^-24) Ki kibi (2^10) Mi mebi (2^20) Gi gibi (2^30) Ti tebi (2^40) Pi pebi (2^50)GrammarThe grammar also includes these connectors: / division or ratio (as an infix operator). For examples, kBy/{email} or MiBy/10ms (although you should almost never have /s in a metric unit; rates should always be computed at query time from the underlying cumulative or delta value). . multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For examples, GBy.d or k{watt}.h.The grammar for a unit is as follows: Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; Notes: Annotation is just a comment if it follows a UNIT. If the annotation is used alone, then the unit is equivalent to 1. For examples, {request}/s == 1/s, By{transmitted}/s == By/s. NAME is a sequence of non-blank printable ASCII characters not containing { or }. 1 represents a unitary dimensionless unit (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dimensionless_quantity) of 1, such as in 1/s. It is typically used when none of the basic units are appropriate. For example, "new users per day" can be represented as 1/d or {new-users}/d (and a metric value 5 would mean "5 new users). Alternatively, "thousands of page views per day" would be represented as 1000/d or k1/d or k{page_views}/d (and a metric value of 5.3 would mean "5300 page views per day"). % represents dimensionless value of 1/100, and annotates values giving a percentage (so the metric values are typically in the range of 0..100, and a metric value 3 means "3 percent"). 10^2.% indicates a metric contains a ratio, typically in the range 0..1, that will be multiplied by 100 and displayed as a percentage (so a metric value 0.03 means "3 percent").
     "valueType": "A String", # Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc. Some combinations of metric_kind and value_type might not be supported.
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.The metric identifier in this field must not be URL-encoded (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Percent-encoding). However, when the metric identifier appears as the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric_name API parameter, then the metric identifier must be URL-encoded. Example: "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests".
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.This field is the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric resource name in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/metrics/METRIC_ID". Example: If the resource name of a metric is "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests", this field's value is "nginx/requests".
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
   "valueExtractor": "A String", # Optional. A value_extractor is required when using a distribution logs-based metric to extract the values to record from a log entry. Two functions are supported for value extraction: EXTRACT(field) or REGEXP_EXTRACT(field, regex). The argument are: 1. field: The name of the log entry field from which the value is to be extracted. 2. regex: A regular expression using the Google RE2 syntax (https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) with a single capture group to extract data from the specified log entry field. The value of the field is converted to a string before applying the regex. It is an error to specify a regex that does not include exactly one capture group.The result of the extraction must be convertible to a double type, as the distribution always records double values. If either the extraction or the conversion to double fails, then those values are not recorded in the distribution.Example: REGEXP_EXTRACT(jsonPayload.request, ".*quantity=(\d+).*")
   "version": "A String", # Deprecated. The API version that created or updated this metric. The v2 format is used by default and cannot be changed.
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "unit": "A String", # The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The unit defines the representation of the stored metric values.Different systems might scale the values to be more easily displayed (so a value of 0.02kBy might be displayed as 20By, and a value of 3523kBy might be displayed as 3.5MBy). However, if the unit is kBy, then the value of the metric is always in thousands of bytes, no matter how it might be displayed.If you want a custom metric to record the exact number of CPU-seconds used by a job, you can create an INT64 CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is s{CPU} (or equivalently 1s{CPU} or just s). If the job uses 12,005 CPU-seconds, then the value is written as 12005.Alternatively, if you want a custom metric to record data in a more granular way, you can create a DOUBLE CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is ks{CPU}, and then write the value 12.005 (which is 12005/1000), or use Kis{CPU} and write 11.723 (which is 12005/1024).The supported units are a subset of The Unified Code for Units of Measure (https://unitsofmeasure.org/ucum.html) standard:Basic units (UNIT) bit bit By byte s second min minute h hour d day 1 dimensionlessPrefixes (PREFIX) k kilo (10^3) M mega (10^6) G giga (10^9) T tera (10^12) P peta (10^15) E exa (10^18) Z zetta (10^21) Y yotta (10^24) m milli (10^-3) u micro (10^-6) n nano (10^-9) p pico (10^-12) f femto (10^-15) a atto (10^-18) z zepto (10^-21) y yocto (10^-24) Ki kibi (2^10) Mi mebi (2^20) Gi gibi (2^30) Ti tebi (2^40) Pi pebi (2^50)GrammarThe grammar also includes these connectors: / division or ratio (as an infix operator). For examples, kBy/{email} or MiBy/10ms (although you should almost never have /s in a metric unit; rates should always be computed at query time from the underlying cumulative or delta value). . multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For examples, GBy.d or k{watt}.h.The grammar for a unit is as follows: Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; Notes: Annotation is just a comment if it follows a UNIT. If the annotation is used alone, then the unit is equivalent to 1. For examples, {request}/s == 1/s, By{transmitted}/s == By/s. NAME is a sequence of non-blank printable ASCII characters not containing { or }. 1 represents a unitary dimensionless unit (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dimensionless_quantity) of 1, such as in 1/s. It is typically used when none of the basic units are appropriate. For example, "new users per day" can be represented as 1/d or {new-users}/d (and a metric value 5 would mean "5 new users). Alternatively, "thousands of page views per day" would be represented as 1000/d or k1/d or k{page_views}/d (and a metric value of 5.3 would mean "5300 page views per day"). % represents dimensionless value of 1/100, and annotates values giving a percentage (so the metric values are typically in the range of 0..100, and a metric value 3 means "3 percent"). 10^2.% indicates a metric contains a ratio, typically in the range 0..1, that will be multiplied by 100 and displayed as a percentage (so a metric value 0.03 means "3 percent").
         "valueType": "A String", # Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc. Some combinations of metric_kind and value_type might not be supported.
       },
-      "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.The metric identifier in this field must not be URL-encoded (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Percent-encoding). However, when the metric identifier appears as the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric_name API parameter, then the metric identifier must be URL-encoded. Example: "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests".
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.This field is the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric resource name in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/metrics/METRIC_ID". Example: If the resource name of a metric is "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests", this field's value is "nginx/requests".
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
       "valueExtractor": "A String", # Optional. A value_extractor is required when using a distribution logs-based metric to extract the values to record from a log entry. Two functions are supported for value extraction: EXTRACT(field) or REGEXP_EXTRACT(field, regex). The argument are: 1. field: The name of the log entry field from which the value is to be extracted. 2. regex: A regular expression using the Google RE2 syntax (https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) with a single capture group to extract data from the specified log entry field. The value of the field is converted to a string before applying the regex. It is an error to specify a regex that does not include exactly one capture group.The result of the extraction must be convertible to a double type, as the distribution always records double values. If either the extraction or the conversion to double fails, then those values are not recorded in the distribution.Example: REGEXP_EXTRACT(jsonPayload.request, ".*quantity=(\d+).*")
       "version": "A String", # Deprecated. The API version that created or updated this metric. The v2 format is used by default and cannot be changed.
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "unit": "A String", # The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The unit defines the representation of the stored metric values.Different systems might scale the values to be more easily displayed (so a value of 0.02kBy might be displayed as 20By, and a value of 3523kBy might be displayed as 3.5MBy). However, if the unit is kBy, then the value of the metric is always in thousands of bytes, no matter how it might be displayed.If you want a custom metric to record the exact number of CPU-seconds used by a job, you can create an INT64 CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is s{CPU} (or equivalently 1s{CPU} or just s). If the job uses 12,005 CPU-seconds, then the value is written as 12005.Alternatively, if you want a custom metric to record data in a more granular way, you can create a DOUBLE CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is ks{CPU}, and then write the value 12.005 (which is 12005/1000), or use Kis{CPU} and write 11.723 (which is 12005/1024).The supported units are a subset of The Unified Code for Units of Measure (https://unitsofmeasure.org/ucum.html) standard:Basic units (UNIT) bit bit By byte s second min minute h hour d day 1 dimensionlessPrefixes (PREFIX) k kilo (10^3) M mega (10^6) G giga (10^9) T tera (10^12) P peta (10^15) E exa (10^18) Z zetta (10^21) Y yotta (10^24) m milli (10^-3) u micro (10^-6) n nano (10^-9) p pico (10^-12) f femto (10^-15) a atto (10^-18) z zepto (10^-21) y yocto (10^-24) Ki kibi (2^10) Mi mebi (2^20) Gi gibi (2^30) Ti tebi (2^40) Pi pebi (2^50)GrammarThe grammar also includes these connectors: / division or ratio (as an infix operator). For examples, kBy/{email} or MiBy/10ms (although you should almost never have /s in a metric unit; rates should always be computed at query time from the underlying cumulative or delta value). . multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For examples, GBy.d or k{watt}.h.The grammar for a unit is as follows: Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; Notes: Annotation is just a comment if it follows a UNIT. If the annotation is used alone, then the unit is equivalent to 1. For examples, {request}/s == 1/s, By{transmitted}/s == By/s. NAME is a sequence of non-blank printable ASCII characters not containing { or }. 1 represents a unitary dimensionless unit (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dimensionless_quantity) of 1, such as in 1/s. It is typically used when none of the basic units are appropriate. For example, "new users per day" can be represented as 1/d or {new-users}/d (and a metric value 5 would mean "5 new users). Alternatively, "thousands of page views per day" would be represented as 1000/d or k1/d or k{page_views}/d (and a metric value of 5.3 would mean "5300 page views per day"). % represents dimensionless value of 1/100, and annotates values giving a percentage (so the metric values are typically in the range of 0..100, and a metric value 3 means "3 percent"). 10^2.% indicates a metric contains a ratio, typically in the range 0..1, that will be multiplied by 100 and displayed as a percentage (so a metric value 0.03 means "3 percent").
     "valueType": "A String", # Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc. Some combinations of metric_kind and value_type might not be supported.
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.The metric identifier in this field must not be URL-encoded (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Percent-encoding). However, when the metric identifier appears as the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric_name API parameter, then the metric identifier must be URL-encoded. Example: "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests".
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.This field is the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric resource name in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/metrics/METRIC_ID". Example: If the resource name of a metric is "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests", this field's value is "nginx/requests".
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
   "valueExtractor": "A String", # Optional. A value_extractor is required when using a distribution logs-based metric to extract the values to record from a log entry. Two functions are supported for value extraction: EXTRACT(field) or REGEXP_EXTRACT(field, regex). The argument are: 1. field: The name of the log entry field from which the value is to be extracted. 2. regex: A regular expression using the Google RE2 syntax (https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) with a single capture group to extract data from the specified log entry field. The value of the field is converted to a string before applying the regex. It is an error to specify a regex that does not include exactly one capture group.The result of the extraction must be convertible to a double type, as the distribution always records double values. If either the extraction or the conversion to double fails, then those values are not recorded in the distribution.Example: REGEXP_EXTRACT(jsonPayload.request, ".*quantity=(\d+).*")
   "version": "A String", # Deprecated. The API version that created or updated this metric. The v2 format is used by default and cannot be changed.
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "unit": "A String", # The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The unit defines the representation of the stored metric values.Different systems might scale the values to be more easily displayed (so a value of 0.02kBy might be displayed as 20By, and a value of 3523kBy might be displayed as 3.5MBy). However, if the unit is kBy, then the value of the metric is always in thousands of bytes, no matter how it might be displayed.If you want a custom metric to record the exact number of CPU-seconds used by a job, you can create an INT64 CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is s{CPU} (or equivalently 1s{CPU} or just s). If the job uses 12,005 CPU-seconds, then the value is written as 12005.Alternatively, if you want a custom metric to record data in a more granular way, you can create a DOUBLE CUMULATIVE metric whose unit is ks{CPU}, and then write the value 12.005 (which is 12005/1000), or use Kis{CPU} and write 11.723 (which is 12005/1024).The supported units are a subset of The Unified Code for Units of Measure (https://unitsofmeasure.org/ucum.html) standard:Basic units (UNIT) bit bit By byte s second min minute h hour d day 1 dimensionlessPrefixes (PREFIX) k kilo (10^3) M mega (10^6) G giga (10^9) T tera (10^12) P peta (10^15) E exa (10^18) Z zetta (10^21) Y yotta (10^24) m milli (10^-3) u micro (10^-6) n nano (10^-9) p pico (10^-12) f femto (10^-15) a atto (10^-18) z zepto (10^-21) y yocto (10^-24) Ki kibi (2^10) Mi mebi (2^20) Gi gibi (2^30) Ti tebi (2^40) Pi pebi (2^50)GrammarThe grammar also includes these connectors: / division or ratio (as an infix operator). For examples, kBy/{email} or MiBy/10ms (although you should almost never have /s in a metric unit; rates should always be computed at query time from the underlying cumulative or delta value). . multiplication or composition (as an infix operator). For examples, GBy.d or k{watt}.h.The grammar for a unit is as follows: Expression = Component { "." Component } { "/" Component } ; Component = ( [ PREFIX ] UNIT | "%" ) [ Annotation ] | Annotation | "1" ; Annotation = "{" NAME "}" ; Notes: Annotation is just a comment if it follows a UNIT. If the annotation is used alone, then the unit is equivalent to 1. For examples, {request}/s == 1/s, By{transmitted}/s == By/s. NAME is a sequence of non-blank printable ASCII characters not containing { or }. 1 represents a unitary dimensionless unit (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dimensionless_quantity) of 1, such as in 1/s. It is typically used when none of the basic units are appropriate. For example, "new users per day" can be represented as 1/d or {new-users}/d (and a metric value 5 would mean "5 new users). Alternatively, "thousands of page views per day" would be represented as 1000/d or k1/d or k{page_views}/d (and a metric value of 5.3 would mean "5300 page views per day"). % represents dimensionless value of 1/100, and annotates values giving a percentage (so the metric values are typically in the range of 0..100, and a metric value 3 means "3 percent"). 10^2.% indicates a metric contains a ratio, typically in the range 0..1, that will be multiplied by 100 and displayed as a percentage (so a metric value 0.03 means "3 percent").
     "valueType": "A String", # Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc. Some combinations of metric_kind and value_type might not be supported.
   },
-  "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.The metric identifier in this field must not be URL-encoded (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Percent-encoding). However, when the metric identifier appears as the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric_name API parameter, then the metric identifier must be URL-encoded. Example: "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests".
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: "error_count", "nginx/requests".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.This field is the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric resource name in the format "projects/PROJECT_ID/metrics/METRIC_ID". Example: If the resource name of a metric is "projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests", this field's value is "nginx/requests".
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the metric.This field may not be present for older metrics.
   "valueExtractor": "A String", # Optional. A value_extractor is required when using a distribution logs-based metric to extract the values to record from a log entry. Two functions are supported for value extraction: EXTRACT(field) or REGEXP_EXTRACT(field, regex). The argument are: 1. field: The name of the log entry field from which the value is to be extracted. 2. regex: A regular expression using the Google RE2 syntax (https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) with a single capture group to extract data from the specified log entry field. The value of the field is converted to a string before applying the regex. It is an error to specify a regex that does not include exactly one capture group.The result of the extraction must be convertible to a double type, as the distribution always records double values. If either the extraction or the conversion to double fails, then those values are not recorded in the distribution.Example: REGEXP_EXTRACT(jsonPayload.request, ".*quantity=(\d+).*")
   "version": "A String", # Deprecated. The API version that created or updated this metric. The v2 format is used by default and cannot be changed.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html
index 9a872969103..3e2df47417d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html
@@ -127,6 +127,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
     "artifactGcsUri": "A String", # Output only. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies where artifacts related to the metastore service are stored.
     "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+    "databaseType": "A String", # Immutable. The database type that the Metastore service stores its data.
     "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # The fully qualified customer provided Cloud KMS key name to use for customer data encryption, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{key_ring_id}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key_id}.
     },
@@ -298,6 +299,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
     "artifactGcsUri": "A String", # Output only. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies where artifacts related to the metastore service are stored.
     "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+    "databaseType": "A String", # Immutable. The database type that the Metastore service stores its data.
     "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
       "kmsKey": "A String", # The fully qualified customer provided Cloud KMS key name to use for customer data encryption, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{key_ring_id}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key_id}.
     },
@@ -457,6 +459,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "serviceRevision": { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries. # Output only. The revision of the service at the time of backup.
         "artifactGcsUri": "A String", # Output only. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies where artifacts related to the metastore service are stored.
         "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+        "databaseType": "A String", # Immutable. The database type that the Metastore service stores its data.
         "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
           "kmsKey": "A String", # The fully qualified customer provided Cloud KMS key name to use for customer data encryption, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{key_ring_id}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key_id}.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html
index 3681954f82f..014cc1e6c1c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
   "artifactGcsUri": "A String", # Output only. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies where artifacts related to the metastore service are stored.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "databaseType": "A String", # Immutable. The database type that the Metastore service stores its data.
   "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
     "kmsKey": "A String", # The fully qualified customer provided Cloud KMS key name to use for customer data encryption, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{key_ring_id}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key_id}.
   },
@@ -343,6 +344,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
   "artifactGcsUri": "A String", # Output only. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies where artifacts related to the metastore service are stored.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "databaseType": "A String", # Immutable. The database type that the Metastore service stores its data.
   "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
     "kmsKey": "A String", # The fully qualified customer provided Cloud KMS key name to use for customer data encryption, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{key_ring_id}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key_id}.
   },
@@ -493,6 +495,7 @@ 
Method Details

     { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
       "artifactGcsUri": "A String", # Output only. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies where artifacts related to the metastore service are stored.
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+      "databaseType": "A String", # Immutable. The database type that the Metastore service stores its data.
       "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
         "kmsKey": "A String", # The fully qualified customer provided Cloud KMS key name to use for customer data encryption, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{key_ring_id}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key_id}.
       },
@@ -602,6 +605,7 @@ 
Method Details

 { # A managed metastore service that serves metadata queries.
   "artifactGcsUri": "A String", # Output only. A Cloud Storage URI (starting with gs://) that specifies where artifacts related to the metastore service are stored.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metastore service was created.
+  "databaseType": "A String", # Immutable. The database type that the Metastore service stores its data.
   "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption settings for the service. # Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated.
     "kmsKey": "A String", # The fully qualified customer provided Cloud KMS key name to use for customer data encryption, in the following form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/keyRings/{key_ring_id}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key_id}.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html
index 546ec84c015..b4aead69737 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html
@@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Specification of rules.
       "destinations": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.
         { # Specification of traffic destination attributes.
-          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against HOST header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
+          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
             "A String",
           ],
-          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match.
+          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.
             "headerName": "A String", # Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".
             "regexMatch": "A String", # Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.
           },
@@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "sources": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.
         { # Specification of traffic source attributes.
-          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported.
+          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.
             "A String",
           ],
-          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*".
+          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -252,10 +252,10 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Specification of rules.
       "destinations": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.
         { # Specification of traffic destination attributes.
-          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against HOST header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
+          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
             "A String",
           ],
-          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match.
+          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.
             "headerName": "A String", # Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".
             "regexMatch": "A String", # Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.
           },
@@ -269,10 +269,10 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "sources": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.
         { # Specification of traffic source attributes.
-          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported.
+          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.
             "A String",
           ],
-          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*".
+          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -312,18 +312,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -361,10 +361,10 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Specification of rules.
           "destinations": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.
             { # Specification of traffic destination attributes.
-              "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against HOST header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
+              "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match.
+              "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.
                 "headerName": "A String", # Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".
                 "regexMatch": "A String", # Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.
               },
@@ -378,10 +378,10 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sources": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.
             { # Specification of traffic source attributes.
-              "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported.
+              "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*".
+              "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -430,10 +430,10 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Specification of rules.
       "destinations": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.
         { # Specification of traffic destination attributes.
-          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against HOST header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
+          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
             "A String",
           ],
-          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match.
+          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.
             "headerName": "A String", # Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".
             "regexMatch": "A String", # Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.
           },
@@ -447,10 +447,10 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "sources": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.
         { # Specification of traffic source attributes.
-          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported.
+          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.
             "A String",
           ],
-          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*".
+          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -514,18 +514,18 @@ 
Method Details

         "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-      { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
           "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
           "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
           "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
         },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
       },
     ],
     "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -556,18 +556,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html
index cf04352988a..032943ac0f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -286,18 +286,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -462,18 +462,18 @@ 
Method Details

         "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-      { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
           "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
           "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
           "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
         },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
       },
     ],
     "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -504,18 +504,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html
index 2840e905bc8..f0c264d5e9b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -290,18 +290,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -470,18 +470,18 @@ 
Method Details

         "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-      { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
           "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
           "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
           "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
         },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
       },
     ],
     "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -512,18 +512,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html
index e131e2feb55..73dde9e0b14 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html
@@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Specification of rules.
       "destinations": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.
         { # Specification of traffic destination attributes.
-          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against HOST header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
+          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
             "A String",
           ],
-          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match.
+          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.
             "headerName": "A String", # Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".
             "regexMatch": "A String", # Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.
           },
@@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "sources": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.
         { # Specification of traffic source attributes.
-          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported.
+          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.
             "A String",
           ],
-          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*".
+          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -252,10 +252,10 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Specification of rules.
       "destinations": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.
         { # Specification of traffic destination attributes.
-          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against HOST header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
+          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
             "A String",
           ],
-          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match.
+          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.
             "headerName": "A String", # Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".
             "regexMatch": "A String", # Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.
           },
@@ -269,10 +269,10 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "sources": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.
         { # Specification of traffic source attributes.
-          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported.
+          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.
             "A String",
           ],
-          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*".
+          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -312,18 +312,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -361,10 +361,10 @@ 
Method Details

         { # Specification of rules.
           "destinations": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.
             { # Specification of traffic destination attributes.
-              "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against HOST header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
+              "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match.
+              "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.
                 "headerName": "A String", # Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".
                 "regexMatch": "A String", # Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.
               },
@@ -378,10 +378,10 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "sources": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.
             { # Specification of traffic source attributes.
-              "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported.
+              "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*".
+              "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.
                 "A String",
               ],
             },
@@ -430,10 +430,10 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Specification of rules.
       "destinations": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic destination. All of the destinations must match. A destination is a match if a request matches all the specified hosts, ports, methods and headers. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the destination.
         { # Specification of traffic destination attributes.
-          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against HOST header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
+          "hosts": [ # Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the ":authority" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example "mydomain.*") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com") or a presence(any) match "*".
             "A String",
           ],
-          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match.
+          "httpHeaderMatch": { # Specification of HTTP header match atrributes. # Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy.
             "headerName": "A String", # Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name ":authority". For matching a request's method, use the headerName ":method".
             "regexMatch": "A String", # Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.
           },
@@ -447,10 +447,10 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "sources": [ # Optional. List of attributes for the traffic source. All of the sources must match. A source is a match if both principals and ip_blocks match. If not set, the action specified in the 'action' field will be applied without any rule checks for the source.
         { # Specification of traffic source attributes.
-          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported.
+          "ipBlocks": [ # Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., "1.2.3.4") and CIDR (e.g., "1.2.3.0/24") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.
             "A String",
           ],
-          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*".
+          "principals": [ # Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, "namespace/*") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account") or a presence match "*". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.
             "A String",
           ],
         },
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -514,18 +514,18 @@ 
Method Details

         "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-      { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
           "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
           "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
           "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
         },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
       },
     ],
     "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -556,18 +556,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html
index 7f6b7c43c2d..b302f52ebfe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -286,18 +286,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -462,18 +462,18 @@ 
Method Details

         "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-      { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
           "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
           "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
           "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
         },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
       },
     ],
     "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -504,18 +504,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html
index 964a51847d5..fd7dbed26a5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -290,18 +290,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -470,18 +470,18 @@ 
Method Details

         "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-      { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
           "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
           "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
           "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
         },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
       },
     ],
     "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -512,18 +512,18 @@ 
Method Details

       "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
index abecfdd9500..45731892665 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
@@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope.
-          "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1".
-          "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance.
+          "_type": "A String", # Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.
+          "predicateType": "A String", # `https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.
           "provenance": {
             "builderConfig": { # required
               "id": "A String",
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "subject": [
             {
-              "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "name": "A String",
@@ -362,9 +362,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "compliance": { # An indication that the compliance checks in the associated ComplianceNote were not satisfied for particular resources or a specified reason. # Describes a compliance violation on a linked resource.
         "nonComplianceReason": "A String",
         "nonCompliantFiles": [
-          { # Details about files that caused a compliance check to fail.
+          { # Details about files that caused a compliance check to fail. display_command is a single command that can be used to display a list of non compliant files. When there is no such command, we can also iterate a list of non compliant file using 'path'.
             "displayCommand": "A String", # Command to display the non-compliant files.
-            "path": "A String", # display_command is a single command that can be used to display a list of non compliant files. When there is no such command, we can also iterate a list of non compliant file using 'path'. Empty if `display_command` is set.
+            "path": "A String", # Empty if `display_command` is set.
             "reason": "A String", # Explains why a file is non compliant for a CIS check.
           },
         ],
@@ -392,6 +392,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
         },
+        "archiveTime": "A String", # Output only. The time occurrences related to this discovery occurrence were archived.
         "continuousAnalysis": "A String", # Whether the resource is continuously analyzed.
         "cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned.
         "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned.
@@ -408,8 +409,8 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json".
-          "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1".
-          "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance.
+          "_type": "A String", # Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.
+          "predicateType": "A String", # `https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.
           "provenance": {
             "builderConfig": { # required
               "id": "A String",
@@ -481,7 +482,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "subject": [
             {
-              "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "name": "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
index b12997b277c..e7b8ad48385 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
@@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
         "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope.
-          "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1".
-          "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance.
+          "_type": "A String", # Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.
+          "predicateType": "A String", # `https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.
           "provenance": {
             "builderConfig": { # required
               "id": "A String",
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "subject": [
             {
-              "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "name": "A String",
@@ -362,9 +362,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "compliance": { # An indication that the compliance checks in the associated ComplianceNote were not satisfied for particular resources or a specified reason. # Describes a compliance violation on a linked resource.
         "nonComplianceReason": "A String",
         "nonCompliantFiles": [
-          { # Details about files that caused a compliance check to fail.
+          { # Details about files that caused a compliance check to fail. display_command is a single command that can be used to display a list of non compliant files. When there is no such command, we can also iterate a list of non compliant file using 'path'.
             "displayCommand": "A String", # Command to display the non-compliant files.
-            "path": "A String", # display_command is a single command that can be used to display a list of non compliant files. When there is no such command, we can also iterate a list of non compliant file using 'path'. Empty if `display_command` is set.
+            "path": "A String", # Empty if `display_command` is set.
             "reason": "A String", # Explains why a file is non compliant for a CIS check.
           },
         ],
@@ -392,6 +392,7 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
           "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
         },
+        "archiveTime": "A String", # Output only. The time occurrences related to this discovery occurrence were archived.
         "continuousAnalysis": "A String", # Whether the resource is continuously analyzed.
         "cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned.
         "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned.
@@ -408,8 +409,8 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json".
-          "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1".
-          "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance.
+          "_type": "A String", # Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.
+          "predicateType": "A String", # `https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.
           "provenance": {
             "builderConfig": { # required
               "id": "A String",
@@ -481,7 +482,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "subject": [
             {
-              "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
+              "digest": { # `"": ""` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "name": "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html
index b30419525e7..5eeaf4278bd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html
@@ -156,6 +156,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -335,6 +336,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -538,6 +540,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -728,6 +731,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
         },
+        "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
         "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
           "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
             "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -924,6 +928,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -1103,6 +1108,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -1294,6 +1300,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -1485,6 +1492,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchJobs.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchJobs.html
index 9e2b421b53b..f579522a3ce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchJobs.html
@@ -174,6 +174,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -329,6 +330,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -493,6 +495,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -668,6 +671,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -849,6 +853,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
         },
+        "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
         "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
           "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
             "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html
index b70fd618316..aff194b0ef5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html
@@ -156,6 +156,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -335,6 +336,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -538,6 +540,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -728,6 +731,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
         },
+        "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
         "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
           "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
             "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -924,6 +928,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -1103,6 +1108,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -1294,6 +1300,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -1485,6 +1492,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchJobs.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchJobs.html
index 54a471d216a..f0636150c97 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchJobs.html
@@ -174,6 +174,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -329,6 +330,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -493,6 +495,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -668,6 +671,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
     },
+    "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
     "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
       "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
         "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
@@ -849,6 +853,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "goo": { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
         },
+        "migInstancesAllowed": True or False, # Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).
         "postStep": { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
           "linuxExecStepConfig": { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
             "allowedSuccessCodes": [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.contactGroups.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.contactGroups.html
index cfdbea6b9e6..01881d2095a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.contactGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.contactGroups.html
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Create a new contact group owned by the authenticated user. Created contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.

+
Create a new contact group owned by the authenticated user. Created contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

 

   delete(resourceName, deleteContacts=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Delete an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user by specifying a contact group resource name.

+
Delete an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user by specifying a contact group resource name. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

 

   get(resourceName, groupFields=None, maxMembers=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Get a specific contact group owned by the authenticated user by specifying a contact group resource name.

@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   update(resourceName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Update the name of an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user. Updated contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.

+
Update the name of an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user. Updated contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

 
Method Details

 

     batchGet(groupFields=None, maxMembers=None, resourceNames=None, x__xgafv=None)
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Create a new contact group owned by the authenticated user. Created contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.
+  
Create a new contact group owned by the authenticated user. Created contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     delete(resourceName, deleteContacts=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Delete an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user by specifying a contact group resource name.
+  
Delete an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user by specifying a contact group resource name. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   resourceName: string, Required. The resource name of the contact group to delete. (required)
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     update(resourceName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Update the name of an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user. Updated contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.
+  
Update the name of an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user. Updated contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   resourceName: string, The resource name for the contact group, assigned by the server. An ASCII string, in the form of `contactGroups/{contact_group_id}`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
index 5b129a6d8bd..9dafc9df4d7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   copyOtherContactToMyContactsGroup(resourceName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Copies an "Other contact" to a new contact in the user's "myContacts" group

+
Copies an "Other contact" to a new contact in the user's "myContacts" group Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

 

   list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readMask=None, requestSyncToken=None, sources=None, syncToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
List all "Other contacts", that is contacts that are not in a contact group. "Other contacts" are typically auto created contacts from interactions. Sync tokens expire 7 days after the full sync. A request with an expired sync token will result in a 410 error. In the case of such an error clients should make a full sync request without a `sync_token`. The first page of a full sync request has an additional quota. If the quota is exceeded, a 429 error will be returned. This quota is fixed and can not be increased. When the `sync_token` is specified, resources deleted since the last sync will be returned as a person with `PersonMetadata.deleted` set to true. When the `page_token` or `sync_token` is specified, all other request parameters must match the first call. Writes may have a propagation delay of several minutes for sync requests. Incremental syncs are not intended for read-after-write use cases. See example usage at [List the user's other contacts that have changed](/people/v1/other-contacts#list_the_users_other_contacts_that_have_changed).

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     copyOtherContactToMyContactsGroup(resourceName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Copies an "Other contact" to a new contact in the user's "myContacts" group
+  
Copies an "Other contact" to a new contact in the user's "myContacts" group Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   resourceName: string, Required. The resource name of the "Other contact" to copy. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
index ae0ee61fcbb..984e2191e7c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
@@ -81,25 +81,25 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
 

   batchCreateContacts(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Create a batch of new contacts and return the PersonResponses for the newly created contacts. Limited to 10 parallel requests per user.

+
Create a batch of new contacts and return the PersonResponses for the newly Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

 

   batchDeleteContacts(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Delete a batch of contacts. Any non-contact data will not be deleted. Limited to 10 parallel requests per user.

+
Delete a batch of contacts. Any non-contact data will not be deleted. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

 

   batchUpdateContacts(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Update a batch of contacts and return a map of resource names to PersonResponses for the updated contacts. Limited to 10 parallel requests per user.

+
Update a batch of contacts and return a map of resource names to PersonResponses for the updated contacts. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   createContact(body=None, personFields=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Create a new contact and return the person resource for that contact. The request returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names

+
Create a new contact and return the person resource for that contact. The request returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

 

   deleteContact(resourceName, x__xgafv=None)

-
Delete a contact person. Any non-contact data will not be deleted.

+
Delete a contact person. Any non-contact data will not be deleted. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

 

   deleteContactPhoto(resourceName, personFields=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Delete a contact's photo.

+
Delete a contact's photo. Mutate requests for the same user should be done sequentially to avoid // lock contention.

 

   get(resourceName, personFields=None, requestMask_includeField=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Provides information about a person by specifying a resource name. Use `people/me` to indicate the authenticated user. The request returns a 400 error if 'personFields' is not specified.

@@ -123,14 +123,14 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   updateContact(resourceName, body=None, personFields=None, sources=None, updatePersonFields=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `"failedPrecondition"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names

+
Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `"failedPrecondition"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

 

   updateContactPhoto(resourceName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Update a contact's photo.

+
Update a contact's photo. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.

 
Method Details

 

     batchCreateContacts(body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Create a batch of new contacts and return the PersonResponses for the newly created contacts. Limited to 10 parallel requests per user.
+  
Create a batch of new contacts and return the PersonResponses for the newly Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     batchDeleteContacts(body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Delete a batch of contacts. Any non-contact data will not be deleted. Limited to 10 parallel requests per user.
+  
Delete a batch of contacts. Any non-contact data will not be deleted. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     batchUpdateContacts(body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Update a batch of contacts and return a map of resource names to PersonResponses for the updated contacts. Limited to 10 parallel requests per user.
+  
Update a batch of contacts and return a map of resource names to PersonResponses for the updated contacts. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -3764,7 +3764,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     createContact(body=None, personFields=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Create a new contact and return the person resource for that contact. The request returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names
+  
Create a new contact and return the person resource for that contact. The request returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -5546,7 +5546,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     deleteContact(resourceName, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Delete a contact person. Any non-contact data will not be deleted.
+  
Delete a contact person. Any non-contact data will not be deleted. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   resourceName: string, Required. The resource name of the contact to delete. (required)
@@ -5564,7 +5564,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     deleteContactPhoto(resourceName, personFields=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Delete a contact's photo.
+  
Delete a contact's photo. Mutate requests for the same user should be done sequentially to avoid // lock contention.
 
 Args:
   resourceName: string, Required. The resource name of the contact whose photo will be deleted. (required)
@@ -11049,7 +11049,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     updateContact(resourceName, body=None, personFields=None, sources=None, updatePersonFields=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `"failedPrecondition"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names
+  
Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `"failedPrecondition"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   resourceName: string, The resource name for the person, assigned by the server. An ASCII string with a max length of 27 characters, in the form of `people/{person_id}`. (required)
@@ -12833,7 +12833,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     updateContactPhoto(resourceName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Update a contact's photo.
+  
Update a contact's photo. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.
 
 Args:
   resourceName: string, Required. Person resource name (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html
index b80cfc529f5..4cf9c200cb9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -84,6 +84,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the certificateTemplates Resource.

 
+

+  managedPkis()
+

+
Returns the managedPkis Resource.

+
 

   operations()
 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.managedPkis.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.managedPkis.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5ee7840340f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.managedPkis.html
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+
+
+
+
Certificate Authority API . projects . locations . managedPkis

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html
index 1e7eefff1b5..a1b6c182e26 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html
@@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "event": { # The event being assessed.
     "expectedAction": "A String", # Optional. The expected action for this type of event. This should be the same action provided at token generation time on client-side platforms already integrated with recaptcha enterprise.
+    "hashedAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Optional unique stable hashed user identifier for the request. The identifier should ideally be hashed using sha256 with stable secret.
     "siteKey": "A String", # Optional. The site key that was used to invoke reCAPTCHA on your site and generate the token.
     "token": "A String", # Optional. The user response token provided by the reCAPTCHA client-side integration on your site.
     "userAgent": "A String", # Optional. The user agent present in the request from the user's device related to this event.
@@ -174,6 +175,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "event": { # The event being assessed.
     "expectedAction": "A String", # Optional. The expected action for this type of event. This should be the same action provided at token generation time on client-side platforms already integrated with recaptcha enterprise.
+    "hashedAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Optional unique stable hashed user identifier for the request. The identifier should ideally be hashed using sha256 with stable secret.
     "siteKey": "A String", # Optional. The site key that was used to invoke reCAPTCHA on your site and generate the token.
     "token": "A String", # Optional. The user response token provided by the reCAPTCHA client-side integration on your site.
     "userAgent": "A String", # Optional. The user agent present in the request from the user's device related to this event.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 99ddef2ad10..b2173349802 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -189,6 +189,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "redisVersion": "A String", # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
   "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. The valid range for the Standard Tier with read replicas enabled is [1-5] and defaults to 2. If read replicas are not enabled for a Standard Tier instance, the only valid value is 1 and the default is 1. The valid value for basic tier is 0 and the default is also 0.
   "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. For READ_REPLICAS_ENABLED the default block size is /28.
+  "secondaryIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Additional ip ranges for node placement, beyond those specified in reserved_ip_range. At most 1 secondary IP range is supported. The mask value must not exceed /28. Not supported for BASIC tier. Updates can only add new ranges, once added ranges cannot be changed or deleted. Values in this list cannot overlap with the reserved_ip_range. Not supported during instance creation.
   "serverCaCerts": [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
       "cert": "A String", # PEM representation.
@@ -432,6 +433,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "redisVersion": "A String", # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
   "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. The valid range for the Standard Tier with read replicas enabled is [1-5] and defaults to 2. If read replicas are not enabled for a Standard Tier instance, the only valid value is 1 and the default is 1. The valid value for basic tier is 0 and the default is also 0.
   "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. For READ_REPLICAS_ENABLED the default block size is /28.
+  "secondaryIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Additional ip ranges for node placement, beyond those specified in reserved_ip_range. At most 1 secondary IP range is supported. The mask value must not exceed /28. Not supported for BASIC tier. Updates can only add new ranges, once added ranges cannot be changed or deleted. Values in this list cannot overlap with the reserved_ip_range. Not supported during instance creation.
   "serverCaCerts": [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
       "cert": "A String", # PEM representation.
@@ -592,6 +594,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "redisVersion": "A String", # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
       "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. The valid range for the Standard Tier with read replicas enabled is [1-5] and defaults to 2. If read replicas are not enabled for a Standard Tier instance, the only valid value is 1 and the default is 1. The valid value for basic tier is 0 and the default is also 0.
       "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. For READ_REPLICAS_ENABLED the default block size is /28.
+      "secondaryIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Additional ip ranges for node placement, beyond those specified in reserved_ip_range. At most 1 secondary IP range is supported. The mask value must not exceed /28. Not supported for BASIC tier. Updates can only add new ranges, once added ranges cannot be changed or deleted. Values in this list cannot overlap with the reserved_ip_range. Not supported during instance creation.
       "serverCaCerts": [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
         { # TlsCertificate Resource
           "cert": "A String", # PEM representation.
@@ -698,6 +701,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "redisVersion": "A String", # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
   "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. The valid range for the Standard Tier with read replicas enabled is [1-5] and defaults to 2. If read replicas are not enabled for a Standard Tier instance, the only valid value is 1 and the default is 1. The valid value for basic tier is 0 and the default is also 0.
   "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. For READ_REPLICAS_ENABLED the default block size is /28.
+  "secondaryIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Additional ip ranges for node placement, beyond those specified in reserved_ip_range. At most 1 secondary IP range is supported. The mask value must not exceed /28. Not supported for BASIC tier. Updates can only add new ranges, once added ranges cannot be changed or deleted. Values in this list cannot overlap with the reserved_ip_range. Not supported during instance creation.
   "serverCaCerts": [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
       "cert": "A String", # PEM representation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 86754266ad3..11daaf4d129 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -189,6 +189,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "redisVersion": "A String", # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
   "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. The valid range for the Standard Tier with read replicas enabled is [1-5] and defaults to 2. If read replicas are not enabled for a Standard Tier instance, the only valid value is 1 and the default is 1. The valid value for basic tier is 0 and the default is also 0.
   "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. For READ_REPLICAS_ENABLED the default block size is /28.
+  "secondaryIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Additional ip ranges for node placement, beyond those specified in reserved_ip_range. At most 1 secondary IP range is supported. The mask value must not exceed /28. Not supported for BASIC tier. Updates can only add new ranges, once added ranges cannot be changed or deleted. Values in this list cannot overlap with the reserved_ip_range. Not supported during instance creation.
   "serverCaCerts": [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
       "cert": "A String", # PEM representation.
@@ -432,6 +433,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "redisVersion": "A String", # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
   "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. The valid range for the Standard Tier with read replicas enabled is [1-5] and defaults to 2. If read replicas are not enabled for a Standard Tier instance, the only valid value is 1 and the default is 1. The valid value for basic tier is 0 and the default is also 0.
   "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. For READ_REPLICAS_ENABLED the default block size is /28.
+  "secondaryIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Additional ip ranges for node placement, beyond those specified in reserved_ip_range. At most 1 secondary IP range is supported. The mask value must not exceed /28. Not supported for BASIC tier. Updates can only add new ranges, once added ranges cannot be changed or deleted. Values in this list cannot overlap with the reserved_ip_range. Not supported during instance creation.
   "serverCaCerts": [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
       "cert": "A String", # PEM representation.
@@ -592,6 +594,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "redisVersion": "A String", # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
       "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. The valid range for the Standard Tier with read replicas enabled is [1-5] and defaults to 2. If read replicas are not enabled for a Standard Tier instance, the only valid value is 1 and the default is 1. The valid value for basic tier is 0 and the default is also 0.
       "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. For READ_REPLICAS_ENABLED the default block size is /28.
+      "secondaryIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Additional ip ranges for node placement, beyond those specified in reserved_ip_range. At most 1 secondary IP range is supported. The mask value must not exceed /28. Not supported for BASIC tier. Updates can only add new ranges, once added ranges cannot be changed or deleted. Values in this list cannot overlap with the reserved_ip_range. Not supported during instance creation.
       "serverCaCerts": [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
         { # TlsCertificate Resource
           "cert": "A String", # PEM representation.
@@ -698,6 +701,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "redisVersion": "A String", # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
   "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. The valid range for the Standard Tier with read replicas enabled is [1-5] and defaults to 2. If read replicas are not enabled for a Standard Tier instance, the only valid value is 1 and the default is 1. The valid value for basic tier is 0 and the default is also 0.
   "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. For READ_REPLICAS_ENABLED the default block size is /28.
+  "secondaryIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Additional ip ranges for node placement, beyond those specified in reserved_ip_range. At most 1 secondary IP range is supported. The mask value must not exceed /28. Not supported for BASIC tier. Updates can only add new ranges, once added ranges cannot be changed or deleted. Values in this list cannot overlap with the reserved_ip_range. Not supported during instance creation.
   "serverCaCerts": [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
       "cert": "A String", # PEM representation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
index 89126187056..85034a840b7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
@@ -290,10 +290,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "status": { # ConfigurationStatus communicates the observed state of the Configuration (from the controller). # Status communicates the observed state of the Configuration (from the controller).
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
                 },
                 "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-                  "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+                  "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
-                  "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+                  "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
                 },
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "status": { # ConfigurationStatus communicates the observed state of the Configuration (from the controller). # Status communicates the observed state of the Configuration (from the controller).
         "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world.
-          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
             "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
             "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
             "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html
index 2342333afc6..900cfc796a8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "status": { # The current state of the Domain Mapping. # The current status of the DomainMapping.
     "conditions": [ # Array of observed DomainMappingConditions, indicating the current state of the DomainMapping.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "status": { # The current state of the Domain Mapping. # The current status of the DomainMapping.
     "conditions": [ # Array of observed DomainMappingConditions, indicating the current state of the DomainMapping.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "status": { # The current state of the Domain Mapping. # The current status of the DomainMapping.
     "conditions": [ # Array of observed DomainMappingConditions, indicating the current state of the DomainMapping.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "status": { # The current state of the Domain Mapping. # The current status of the DomainMapping.
         "conditions": [ # Array of observed DomainMappingConditions, indicating the current state of the DomainMapping.
-          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
             "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
             "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
             "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
index c22cb20bc8b..2a6c8ce8929 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
@@ -304,10 +304,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
         },
         "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-          "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+          "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
-          "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+          "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
         },
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "status": { # RevisionStatus communicates the observed state of the Revision (from the controller). # Status communicates the observed state of the Revision (from the controller).
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. As a Revision is being prepared, it will incrementally update conditions. Revision-specific conditions include: * "ResourcesAvailable": True when underlying resources have been provisioned. * "ContainerHealthy": True when the Revision readiness check completes. * "Active": True when the Revision may receive traffic.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -588,10 +588,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "status": { # RevisionStatus communicates the observed state of the Revision (from the controller). # Status communicates the observed state of the Revision (from the controller).
         "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. As a Revision is being prepared, it will incrementally update conditions. Revision-specific conditions include: * "ResourcesAvailable": True when underlying resources have been provisioned. * "ContainerHealthy": True when the Revision readiness check completes. * "Active": True when the Revision may receive traffic.
-          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
             "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
             "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
             "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html
index 89bda008608..9ae7c285a4f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "url": "A String",
         },
         "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world.
-          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
             "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
             "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
             "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
index 1ad00d44733..aabceb922a3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
@@ -294,10 +294,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -621,10 +621,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -999,10 +999,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -1342,10 +1342,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
                 },
                 "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-                  "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+                  "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
-                  "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+                  "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
                 },
@@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "url": "A String",
         },
         "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
             "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
             "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
             "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -1681,10 +1681,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -2008,10 +2008,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
index 31a2061caca..c1572c559df 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
@@ -290,10 +290,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "status": { # ConfigurationStatus communicates the observed state of the Configuration (from the controller). # Status communicates the observed state of the Configuration (from the controller).
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
                 },
                 "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-                  "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+                  "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
-                  "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+                  "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
                 },
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "status": { # ConfigurationStatus communicates the observed state of the Configuration (from the controller). # Status communicates the observed state of the Configuration (from the controller).
         "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world.
-          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
             "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
             "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
             "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html
index 23143e85d9f..87d19a21b74 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "status": { # The current state of the Domain Mapping. # The current status of the DomainMapping.
     "conditions": [ # Array of observed DomainMappingConditions, indicating the current state of the DomainMapping.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "status": { # The current state of the Domain Mapping. # The current status of the DomainMapping.
     "conditions": [ # Array of observed DomainMappingConditions, indicating the current state of the DomainMapping.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "status": { # The current state of the Domain Mapping. # The current status of the DomainMapping.
     "conditions": [ # Array of observed DomainMappingConditions, indicating the current state of the DomainMapping.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "status": { # The current state of the Domain Mapping. # The current status of the DomainMapping.
         "conditions": [ # Array of observed DomainMappingConditions, indicating the current state of the DomainMapping.
-          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
             "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
             "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
             "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
index 8472bdfa186..1ea88b656f4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
@@ -304,10 +304,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
         },
         "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-          "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+          "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
-          "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+          "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
         },
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "status": { # RevisionStatus communicates the observed state of the Revision (from the controller). # Status communicates the observed state of the Revision (from the controller).
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. As a Revision is being prepared, it will incrementally update conditions. Revision-specific conditions include: * "ResourcesAvailable": True when underlying resources have been provisioned. * "ContainerHealthy": True when the Revision readiness check completes. * "Active": True when the Revision may receive traffic.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -588,10 +588,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "status": { # RevisionStatus communicates the observed state of the Revision (from the controller). # Status communicates the observed state of the Revision (from the controller).
         "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. As a Revision is being prepared, it will incrementally update conditions. Revision-specific conditions include: * "ResourcesAvailable": True when underlying resources have been provisioned. * "ContainerHealthy": True when the Revision readiness check completes. * "Active": True when the Revision may receive traffic.
-          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
             "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
             "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
             "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html
index e8f8297f55f..f8f53b854a8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "url": "A String",
         },
         "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world.
-          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
             "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
             "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
             "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
index 7b7c261f6f6..5b0c5e53c6b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -303,10 +303,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -630,10 +630,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -1008,10 +1008,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -1399,10 +1399,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
                 },
                 "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-                  "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+                  "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
-                  "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+                  "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
                 },
@@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "url": "A String",
         },
         "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+          { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
             "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
             "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
             "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -1738,10 +1738,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
@@ -2065,10 +2065,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "url": "A String",
     },
     "conditions": [ # Conditions communicates information about ongoing/complete reconciliation processes that bring the "spec" inline with the observed state of the world. Service-specific conditions include: * "ConfigurationsReady": true when the underlying Configuration is ready. * "RoutesReady": true when the underlying Route is ready. * "Ready": true when both the underlying Route and Configuration are ready.
-      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource
+      { # Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.
         "lastTransitionTime": "A String", # Optional. Last time the condition transitioned from one status to another.
         "message": "A String", # Optional. Human readable message indicating details about the current status.
         "reason": "A String", # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition's last transition.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
index b0a65fe1393..5f47f4bf398 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
@@ -263,10 +263,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -560,10 +560,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -885,10 +885,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
             },
             "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
-              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+              "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
             },
@@ -1199,10 +1199,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   "timeoutSeconds": 42, # (Optional) Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle#container-probes
                 },
                 "resources": { # ResourceRequirements describes the compute resource requirements. # (Optional) Compute Resources required by this container. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/persistent-volumes#resources
-                  "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+                  "limits": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
-                  "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
+                  "requests": { # (Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
                 },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html
index d76b2333478..055dfb12be8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html
@@ -166,12 +166,6 @@ 
Method Details

   ],
   "confidential": True or False, # Indicates whether Confidential Cloud Run is enabled in this Revision.
   "containerConcurrency": 42, # Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive.
-  "containerStatuses": [ # Output only. Status information for each of the containers specified.
-    { # ContainerStatus holds the information of container name and image digest value.
-      "imageDigest": "A String", # ImageDigest holds the resolved digest for the image specified, regardless of whether a tag or digest was originally specified in the Container object.
-      "name": "A String", # The name of the container, if specified.
-    },
-  ],
   "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision.
     { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
       "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
@@ -306,12 +300,6 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
       "confidential": True or False, # Indicates whether Confidential Cloud Run is enabled in this Revision.
       "containerConcurrency": 42, # Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive.
-      "containerStatuses": [ # Output only. Status information for each of the containers specified.
-        { # ContainerStatus holds the information of container name and image digest value.
-          "imageDigest": "A String", # ImageDigest holds the resolved digest for the image specified, regardless of whether a tag or digest was originally specified in the Container object.
-          "name": "A String", # The name of the container, if specified.
-        },
-      ],
       "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision.
         { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
           "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container's environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.html
index 8128cc15260..6994b20f33b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.deployments.html
@@ -119,10 +119,6 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
@@ -142,10 +138,6 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
@@ -190,10 +182,6 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
@@ -225,10 +213,6 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response for ListDeployments.
   "deployments": [ # The deployments that match the request.
     { # The Deployment.
-      "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
       "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
       "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
         "A String",
@@ -309,10 +293,6 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
@@ -333,10 +313,6 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.deployments.html
index a81f52d4ef5..bd55af21e12 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.nodes.deployments.html
@@ -102,10 +102,6 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
@@ -125,10 +121,6 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
@@ -160,10 +152,6 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response for ListDeployments.
   "deployments": [ # The deployments that match the request.
     { # The Deployment.
-      "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
       "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
       "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
         "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.html
index b9f50f12470..0e1e6cd3da1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.deployments.html
@@ -106,10 +106,6 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.html
index e9d782cd242..3e60d087d21 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.deployments.html
@@ -139,10 +139,6 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
@@ -174,10 +170,6 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response for ListDeployments.
   "deployments": [ # The deployments that match the request.
     { # The Deployment.
-      "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
       "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
       "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
         "A String",
@@ -258,10 +250,6 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
@@ -282,10 +270,6 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.deployments.html
index bca99698b47..57d95e1ec13 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.nodes.nodes.deployments.html
@@ -102,10 +102,6 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
@@ -125,10 +121,6 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The Deployment.
-  "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-  "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
   "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
   "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
     "A String",
@@ -160,10 +152,6 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Response for ListDeployments.
   "deployments": [ # The deployments that match the request.
     { # The Deployment.
-      "allowedBillingModes": [ # The allowed billing modes under this deployment.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "defaultBillingMode": "A String", # Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.
       "displayName": "A String", # The deployment's display name.
       "frns": [ # Output only. The FRNs copied from its direct parent.
         "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.endpoints.html
index a7ef488a114..09aec768c87 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.endpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.endpoints.html
@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+  "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
   "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
 }
 
@@ -134,6 +135,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+  "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
   "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
 }

 

@@ -176,6 +178,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+  "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
   "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
 }

 

@@ -206,6 +209,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+      "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
       "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
     },
   ],
@@ -242,6 +246,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+  "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
   "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
 }
 
@@ -260,6 +265,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+  "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
   "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
 }

 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html
index 81f9b68c363..0421a0a27e9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html
@@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+      "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
       "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
     },
   ],
@@ -164,6 +165,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+      "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
       "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
     },
   ],
@@ -214,6 +216,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+      "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
       "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
     },
   ],
@@ -296,6 +299,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "a_key": "A String",
           },
           "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+          "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
           "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
         },
       ],
@@ -339,6 +343,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+      "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
       "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
     },
   ],
@@ -365,6 +370,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+      "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
       "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
     },
   ],
@@ -406,6 +412,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "A String",
         },
         "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.
+        "network": "A String", # Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.
         "port": 42, # Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.
       },
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
index bee6c9e3ce9..1eaf5113f7a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
@@ -777,7 +777,1014 @@ 
Method Details

           "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
           "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
           "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-          "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+          "notesPage": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+            "layoutProperties": { # The properties of Page are only relevant for pages with page_type LAYOUT. # Layout specific properties. Only set if page_type = LAYOUT.
+              "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the layout.
+              "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this layout is based on.
+              "name": "A String", # The name of the layout.
+            },
+            "masterProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type MASTER. # Master specific properties. Only set if page_type = MASTER.
+              "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the master.
+            },
+            "notesProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type NOTES. # Notes specific properties. Only set if page_type = NOTES.
+              "speakerNotesObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the shape on this notes page that contains the speaker notes for the corresponding slide. The actual shape may not always exist on the notes page. Inserting text using this object ID will automatically create the shape. In this case, the actual shape may have different object ID. The `GetPresentation` or `GetPage` action will always return the latest object ID.
+            },
+            "objectId": "A String", # The object ID for this page. Object IDs used by Page and PageElement share the same namespace.
+            "pageElements": [ # The page elements rendered on the page.
+              { # A visual element rendered on a page.
+                "description": "A String", # The description of the page element. Combined with title to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements.
+                "elementGroup": { # A PageElement kind representing a joined collection of PageElements. # A collection of page elements joined as a single unit.
+                  "children": [ # The collection of elements in the group. The minimum size of a group is 2.
+                    # Object with schema name: PageElement
+                  ],
+                },
+                "image": { # A PageElement kind representing an image. # An image page element.
+                  "contentUrl": "A String", # An URL to an image with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change.
+                  "imageProperties": { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the image.
+                    "brightness": 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
+                    "contrast": 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
+                    "cropProperties": { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object's original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object's original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only.
+                      "angle": 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset.
+                      "bottomOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object's original height.
+                      "leftOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object's original width.
+                      "rightOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object's original width.
+                      "topOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object's original height.
+                    },
+                    "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link.
+                      "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                      "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                      "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                      "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                    },
+                    "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline.
+                      "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline.
+                      "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
+                        "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
+                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
+                          "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
+                            "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                              "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                              "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                              "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                            },
+                            "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
+                      "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
+                        "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                        "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "recolor": { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only.
+                      "name": "A String", # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page's current color scheme. This property is read-only.
+                      "recolorStops": [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only.
+                        { # A color and position in a gradient band.
+                          "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque.
+                          "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop.
+                            "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                              "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                              "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                              "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                            },
+                            "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                          },
+                          "position": 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0].
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only.
+                      "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
+                      "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                      "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
+                        "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                        "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                      },
+                      "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
+                        "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                          "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                          "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                          "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                        },
+                        "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                      },
+                      "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
+                      "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
+                      "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
+                        "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
+                        "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
+                        "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
+                        "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
+                        "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
+                        "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
+                        "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements.
+                      },
+                      "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
+                    },
+                    "transparency": 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
+                  },
+                  "placeholder": { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+                    "index": 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+                    "parentObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of this shape's parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+                    "type": "A String", # The type of the placeholder.
+                  },
+                  "sourceUrl": "A String", # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
+                },
+                "line": { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
+                  "lineCategory": "A String", # The category of the line. It matches the `category` specified in CreateLineRequest, and can be updated with UpdateLineCategoryRequest.
+                  "lineProperties": { # The properties of the Line. When unset, these fields default to values that match the appearance of new lines created in the Slides editor. # The properties of the line.
+                    "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the line.
+                    "endArrow": "A String", # The style of the arrow at the end of the line.
+                    "endConnection": { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the end of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a "connector" can have an `end_connection`.
+                      "connectedObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line.
+                      "connectionSiteIndex": 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the "cnx" attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. "Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries" of "Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference", part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor.
+                    },
+                    "lineFill": { # The fill of the line. # The fill of the line. The default line fill matches the defaults for new lines created in the Slides editor.
+                      "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
+                        "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
+                        "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
+                          "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                            "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                            "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                            "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                          },
+                          "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the line. If unset, there is no link.
+                      "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                      "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                      "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                      "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                    },
+                    "startArrow": "A String", # The style of the arrow at the beginning of the line.
+                    "startConnection": { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the beginning of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a "connector" can have a `start_connection`.
+                      "connectedObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line.
+                      "connectionSiteIndex": 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the "cnx" attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. "Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries" of "Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference", part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor.
+                    },
+                    "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the line.
+                      "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                      "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  "lineType": "A String", # The type of the line.
+                },
+                "objectId": "A String", # The object ID for this page element. Object IDs used by google.apps.slides.v1.Page and google.apps.slides.v1.PageElement share the same namespace.
+                "shape": { # A PageElement kind representing a generic shape that does not have a more specific classification. # A generic shape.
+                  "placeholder": { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the shape is a placeholder shape and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+                    "index": 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+                    "parentObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of this shape's parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+                    "type": "A String", # The type of the placeholder.
+                  },
+                  "shapeProperties": { # The properties of a Shape. If the shape is a placeholder shape as determined by the placeholder field, then these properties may be inherited from a parent placeholder shape. Determining the rendered value of the property depends on the corresponding property_state field value. Any text autofit settings on the shape are automatically deactivated by requests that can impact how text fits in the shape. # The properties of the shape.
+                    "autofit": { # The autofit properties of a Shape. # The autofit properties of the shape. This property is only set for shapes that allow text.
+                      "autofitType": "A String", # The autofit type of the shape. If the autofit type is AUTOFIT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, the autofit type is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. The field is automatically set to NONE if a request is made that might affect text fitting within its bounding text box. In this case the font_scale is applied to the font_size and the line_spacing_reduction is applied to the line_spacing. Both properties are also reset to default values.
+                      "fontScale": 3.14, # The font scale applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 1. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value multiplied by the font_size gives the font size that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only.
+                      "lineSpacingReduction": 3.14, # The line spacing reduction applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 0. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value subtracted from the line_spacing gives the line spacing that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only.
+                    },
+                    "contentAlignment": "A String", # The alignment of the content in the shape. If unspecified, the alignment is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, the default alignment matches the alignment for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
+                    "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the shape. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent placeholders.
+                      "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                      "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                      "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                      "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                    },
+                    "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the shape. If unset, the outline is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default outline depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
+                      "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline.
+                      "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
+                        "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
+                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
+                          "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
+                            "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                              "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                              "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                              "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                            },
+                            "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
+                      "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
+                        "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                        "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow properties of the shape. If unset, the shadow is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default shadow matches the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. This property is read-only.
+                      "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
+                      "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                      "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
+                        "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                        "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                      },
+                      "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
+                        "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                          "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                          "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                          "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                        },
+                        "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                      },
+                      "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
+                      "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
+                      "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
+                        "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
+                        "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
+                        "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
+                        "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
+                        "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
+                        "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
+                        "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements.
+                      },
+                      "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
+                    },
+                    "shapeBackgroundFill": { # The shape background fill. # The background fill of the shape. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default background fill depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
+                      "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a shape will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a shape, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
+                      "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
+                        "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
+                        "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
+                          "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                            "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                            "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                            "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                          },
+                          "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                  },
+                  "shapeType": "A String", # The type of the shape.
+                  "text": { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the shape.
+                    "lists": { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID.
+                      "a_key": { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list's ID.
+                        "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list.
+                        "nestingLevel": { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive.
+                          "a_key": { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting.
+                            "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting.
+                              "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                  "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                    "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  },
+                                  "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                },
+                              },
+                              "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
+                              "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
+                              "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
+                              "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
+                                "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                                "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                              },
+                              "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                  "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                    "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  },
+                                  "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                },
+                              },
+                              "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
+                              "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
+                                "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                                "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                                "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                                "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                              },
+                              "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
+                              "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
+                              "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
+                              "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
+                                "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
+                                "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal").
+                              },
+                            },
+                          },
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "textElements": [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only.
+                      { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell.
+                        "autoText": { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time.
+                          "content": "A String", # The rendered content of this auto text, if available.
+                          "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text.
+                            "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                              "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                  "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                },
+                                "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
+                            "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
+                            "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
+                            "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
+                              "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                              "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                            },
+                            "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                              "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                  "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                },
+                                "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
+                            "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
+                              "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                              "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                              "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                              "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                            },
+                            "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
+                            "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
+                            "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
+                            "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
+                              "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
+                              "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal").
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "type": "A String", # The type of this auto text.
+                        },
+                        "endIndex": 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units.
+                        "paragraphMarker": { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph's range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap.
+                          "bullet": { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list.
+                            "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet.
+                              "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                  "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                    "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  },
+                                  "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                },
+                              },
+                              "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
+                              "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
+                              "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
+                              "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
+                                "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                                "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                              },
+                              "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                  "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                    "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  },
+                                  "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                },
+                              },
+                              "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
+                              "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
+                                "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                                "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                                "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                                "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                              },
+                              "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
+                              "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
+                              "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
+                              "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
+                                "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
+                                "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal").
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "glyph": "A String", # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph.
+                            "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to.
+                            "nestingLevel": 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list.
+                          },
+                          "style": { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph's style
+                            "alignment": "A String", # The text alignment for this paragraph.
+                            "direction": "A String", # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited.
+                            "indentEnd": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                              "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                              "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                            },
+                            "indentFirstLine": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                              "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                              "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                            },
+                            "indentStart": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                              "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                              "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                            },
+                            "lineSpacing": 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                            "spaceAbove": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                              "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                              "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                            },
+                            "spaceBelow": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                              "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                              "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                            },
+                            "spacingMode": "A String", # The spacing mode for the paragraph.
+                          },
+                        },
+                        "startIndex": 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units.
+                        "textRun": { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs.
+                          "content": "A String", # The text of this run.
+                          "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run.
+                            "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                              "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                  "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                },
+                                "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
+                            "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
+                            "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
+                            "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
+                              "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                              "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                            },
+                            "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                              "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                  "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                },
+                                "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
+                            "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
+                              "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                              "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                              "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                              "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                            },
+                            "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
+                            "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
+                            "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
+                            "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
+                              "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
+                              "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal").
+                            },
+                          },
+                        },
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                },
+                "sheetsChart": { # A PageElement kind representing a linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. # A linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. Unlinked charts are represented as images.
+                  "chartId": 42, # The ID of the specific chart in the Google Sheets spreadsheet that is embedded.
+                  "contentUrl": "A String", # The URL of an image of the embedded chart, with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change.
+                  "sheetsChartProperties": { # The properties of the SheetsChart. # The properties of the Sheets chart.
+                    "chartImageProperties": { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the embedded chart image.
+                      "brightness": 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
+                      "contrast": 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
+                      "cropProperties": { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object's original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object's original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only.
+                        "angle": 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset.
+                        "bottomOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object's original height.
+                        "leftOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object's original width.
+                        "rightOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object's original width.
+                        "topOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object's original height.
+                      },
+                      "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link.
+                        "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                        "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                        "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                        "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                      },
+                      "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline.
+                        "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline.
+                        "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
+                          "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
+                            "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
+                            "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
+                              "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                              },
+                              "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        },
+                        "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
+                        "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
+                          "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                          "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "recolor": { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only.
+                        "name": "A String", # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page's current color scheme. This property is read-only.
+                        "recolorStops": [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only.
+                          { # A color and position in a gradient band.
+                            "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque.
+                            "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop.
+                              "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                              },
+                              "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                            },
+                            "position": 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0].
+                          },
+                        ],
+                      },
+                      "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only.
+                        "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
+                        "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                        "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
+                          "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                          "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                        },
+                        "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
+                          "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                            "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                            "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                            "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                          },
+                          "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                        },
+                        "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
+                        "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
+                        "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
+                          "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
+                          "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
+                          "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
+                          "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
+                          "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
+                          "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
+                          "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements.
+                        },
+                        "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
+                      },
+                      "transparency": 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Sheets spreadsheet that contains the source chart.
+                },
+                "size": { # A width and height. # The size of the page element.
+                  "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
+                    "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                    "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                  },
+                  "width": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object.
+                    "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                    "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                  },
+                },
+                "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element.
+                  "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table.
+                  "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns.
+                    { # Contents of each border row in a table.
+                      "tableBorderCells": [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border's adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response.
+                        { # The properties of each border cell.
+                          "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table.
+                            "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index.
+                            "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index.
+                          },
+                          "tableBorderProperties": { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties.
+                            "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the border.
+                            "tableBorderFill": { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border.
+                              "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill.
+                                "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
+                                "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
+                                  "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                    "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  },
+                                  "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border.
+                              "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                              "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "rows": 42, # Number of rows in the table.
+                  "tableColumns": [ # Properties of each column.
+                    { # Properties of each column in a table.
+                      "columnWidth": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Width of a column.
+                        "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                        "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "tableRows": [ # Properties and contents of each row. Cells that span multiple rows are contained in only one of these rows and have a row_span greater than 1.
+                    { # Properties and contents of each row in a table.
+                      "rowHeight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Height of a row.
+                        "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                        "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                      },
+                      "tableCells": [ # Properties and contents of each cell. Cells that span multiple columns are represented only once with a column_span greater than 1. As a result, the length of this collection does not always match the number of columns of the entire table.
+                        { # Properties and contents of each table cell.
+                          "columnSpan": 42, # Column span of the cell.
+                          "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the cell within the table.
+                            "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index.
+                            "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index.
+                          },
+                          "rowSpan": 42, # Row span of the cell.
+                          "tableCellProperties": { # The properties of the TableCell. # The properties of the table cell.
+                            "contentAlignment": "A String", # The alignment of the content in the table cell. The default alignment matches the alignment for newly created table cells in the Slides editor.
+                            "tableCellBackgroundFill": { # The table cell background fill. # The background fill of the table cell. The default fill matches the fill for newly created table cells in the Slides editor.
+                              "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a table cell will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a table cell, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
+                              "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
+                                "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
+                                "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
+                                  "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                    "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  },
+                                  "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            },
+                          },
+                          "text": { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the cell.
+                            "lists": { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID.
+                              "a_key": { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list's ID.
+                                "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list.
+                                "nestingLevel": { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive.
+                                  "a_key": { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting.
+                                    "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting.
+                                      "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                        "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                          "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                            "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                            "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                            "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          },
+                                          "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                        },
+                                      },
+                                      "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
+                                      "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
+                                      "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
+                                      "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
+                                        "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                                        "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                                      },
+                                      "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                        "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                          "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                            "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                            "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                            "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          },
+                                          "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                        },
+                                      },
+                                      "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
+                                      "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
+                                        "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                                        "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                                        "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                                        "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                                      },
+                                      "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
+                                      "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
+                                      "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
+                                      "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
+                                        "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
+                                        "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal").
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "textElements": [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only.
+                              { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell.
+                                "autoText": { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time.
+                                  "content": "A String", # The rendered content of this auto text, if available.
+                                  "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text.
+                                    "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                      "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                        "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                          "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                        },
+                                        "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                    "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
+                                    "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
+                                    "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
+                                    "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
+                                      "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                                      "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                                    },
+                                    "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                      "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                        "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                          "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                        },
+                                        "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                    "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
+                                    "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
+                                      "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                                      "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                                      "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                                      "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                                    },
+                                    "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
+                                    "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
+                                    "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
+                                    "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
+                                      "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
+                                      "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal").
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                  "type": "A String", # The type of this auto text.
+                                },
+                                "endIndex": 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units.
+                                "paragraphMarker": { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph's range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap.
+                                  "bullet": { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list.
+                                    "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet.
+                                      "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                        "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                          "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                            "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                            "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                            "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          },
+                                          "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                        },
+                                      },
+                                      "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
+                                      "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
+                                      "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
+                                      "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
+                                        "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                                        "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                                      },
+                                      "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                        "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                          "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                            "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                            "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                            "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          },
+                                          "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                        },
+                                      },
+                                      "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
+                                      "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
+                                        "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                                        "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                                        "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                                        "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                                      },
+                                      "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
+                                      "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
+                                      "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
+                                      "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
+                                        "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
+                                        "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal").
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                    "glyph": "A String", # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph.
+                                    "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to.
+                                    "nestingLevel": 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list.
+                                  },
+                                  "style": { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph's style
+                                    "alignment": "A String", # The text alignment for this paragraph.
+                                    "direction": "A String", # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited.
+                                    "indentEnd": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                                      "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                                      "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                                    },
+                                    "indentFirstLine": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                                      "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                                      "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                                    },
+                                    "indentStart": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                                      "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                                      "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                                    },
+                                    "lineSpacing": 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                                    "spaceAbove": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                                      "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                                      "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                                    },
+                                    "spaceBelow": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
+                                      "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                                      "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                                    },
+                                    "spacingMode": "A String", # The spacing mode for the paragraph.
+                                  },
+                                },
+                                "startIndex": 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units.
+                                "textRun": { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs.
+                                  "content": "A String", # The text of this run.
+                                  "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run.
+                                    "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                      "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                        "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                          "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                        },
+                                        "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                    "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
+                                    "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
+                                    "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
+                                    "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
+                                      "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                                      "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                                    },
+                                    "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
+                                      "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
+                                        "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                          "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                          "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                        },
+                                        "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                      },
+                                    },
+                                    "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
+                                    "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
+                                      "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
+                                      "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
+                                      "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
+                                      "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
+                                    },
+                                    "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
+                                    "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
+                                    "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
+                                    "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
+                                      "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
+                                      "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal").
+                                    },
+                                  },
+                                },
+                              },
+                            ],
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "tableRowProperties": { # Properties of each row in a table. # Properties of the row.
+                        "minRowHeight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Minimum height of the row. The row will be rendered in the Slides editor at a height equal to or greater than this value in order to show all the text in the row's cell(s).
+                          "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                          "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                        },
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "verticalBorderRows": [ # Properties of vertical cell borders. A table's vertical cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has the same number of rows as the table and one more column than the number of columns in the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its vertical borders will be represented as a grid with 3 rows and 4 columns.
+                    { # Contents of each border row in a table.
+                      "tableBorderCells": [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border's adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response.
+                        { # The properties of each border cell.
+                          "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table.
+                            "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index.
+                            "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index.
+                          },
+                          "tableBorderProperties": { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties.
+                            "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the border.
+                            "tableBorderFill": { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border.
+                              "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill.
+                                "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
+                                "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
+                                  "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                                    "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                    "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                                  },
+                                  "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                                },
+                              },
+                            },
+                            "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border.
+                              "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                              "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                            },
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "title": "A String", # The title of the page element. Combined with description to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements.
+                "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # The transform of the page element. The visual appearance of the page element is determined by its absolute transform. To compute the absolute transform, preconcatenate a page element's transform with the transforms of all of its parent groups. If the page element is not in a group, its absolute transform is the same as the value in this field. The initial transform for the newly created Group is always the identity transform.
+                  "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
+                  "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
+                  "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
+                  "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
+                  "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
+                  "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
+                  "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements.
+                },
+                "video": { # A PageElement kind representing a video. # A video page element.
+                  "id": "A String", # The video source's unique identifier for this video.
+                  "source": "A String", # The video source.
+                  "url": "A String", # An URL to a video. The URL is valid as long as the source video exists and sharing settings do not change.
+                  "videoProperties": { # The properties of the Video. # The properties of the video.
+                    "autoPlay": True or False, # Whether to enable video autoplay when the page is displayed in present mode. Defaults to false.
+                    "end": 42, # The time at which to end playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the end time should be after the start time. If not set or if you set this to a value that exceeds the video's length, the video will be played until its end.
+                    "mute": True or False, # Whether to mute the audio during video playback. Defaults to false.
+                    "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the video. The default outline matches the defaults for new videos created in the Slides editor.
+                      "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline.
+                      "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
+                        "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
+                          "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
+                          "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
+                            "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                              "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                              "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                              "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                            },
+                            "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      },
+                      "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
+                      "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
+                        "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                        "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                      },
+                    },
+                    "start": 42, # The time at which to start playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the start time should be before the end time. If you set this to a value that exceeds the video's length in seconds, the video will be played from the last second. If not set, the video will be played from the beginning.
+                  },
+                },
+                "wordArt": { # A PageElement kind representing word art. # A word art page element.
+                  "renderedText": "A String", # The text rendered as word art.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "pageProperties": { # The properties of the Page. The page will inherit properties from the parent page. Depending on the page type the hierarchy is defined in either SlideProperties or LayoutProperties. # The properties of the page.
+              "colorScheme": { # The palette of predefined colors for a page. # The color scheme of the page. If unset, the color scheme is inherited from a parent page. If the page has no parent, the color scheme uses a default Slides color scheme, matching the defaults in the Slides editor. Only the concrete colors of the first 12 ThemeColorTypes are editable. In addition, only the color scheme on `Master` pages can be updated. To update the field, a color scheme containing mappings from all the first 12 ThemeColorTypes to their concrete colors must be provided. Colors for the remaining ThemeColorTypes will be ignored.
+                "colors": [ # The ThemeColorType and corresponding concrete color pairs.
+                  { # A pair mapping a theme color type to the concrete color it represents.
+                    "color": { # An RGB color. # The concrete color corresponding to the theme color type above.
+                      "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                      "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                      "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                    },
+                    "type": "A String", # The type of the theme color.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "pageBackgroundFill": { # The page background fill. # The background fill of the page. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent page if it exists. If the page has no parent, then the background fill defaults to the corresponding fill in the Slides editor.
+                "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a page will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a page, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
+                "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
+                  "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
+                  "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
+                    "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
+                      "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                      "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                      "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
+                    },
+                    "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color.
+                  },
+                },
+                "stretchedPictureFill": { # The stretched picture fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified picture. The picture is stretched to fit its container. # Stretched picture fill.
+                  "contentUrl": "A String", # Reading the content_url: An URL to a picture with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the picture as the original requester. Access to the picture may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change. Writing the content_url: The picture is fetched once at insertion time and a copy is stored for display inside the presentation. Pictures must be less than 50MB in size, cannot exceed 25 megapixels, and must be in one of PNG, JPEG, or GIF format. The provided URL can be at most 2 kB in length.
+                  "size": { # A width and height. # The original size of the picture fill. This field is read-only.
+                    "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
+                      "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                      "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                    },
+                    "width": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object.
+                      "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude.
+                      "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude.
+                    },
+                  },
+                },
+              },
+            },
+            "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
+            "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
+            "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+          },
         },
       },
       "updateSlidesPosition": { # Updates the position of slides in the presentation. # Updates the position of a set of slides in the presentation.
@@ -2045,12 +3052,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
       "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-        "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-        "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-      },
+      "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
     },
   ],
   "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -3061,12 +4063,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
       "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-        "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-        "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-      },
+      "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
     },
   ],
   "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -4075,12 +5072,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
     "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-      "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-      "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-      "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-      "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-    },
+    "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
   },
   "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -5101,12 +6093,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
       "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-        "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-        "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-      },
+      "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
     },
   ],
   "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation.
@@ -6128,12 +7115,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
       "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-        "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-        "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-      },
+      "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
     },
   ],
   "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -7144,12 +8126,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
       "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-        "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-        "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-      },
+      "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
     },
   ],
   "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -8158,12 +9135,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
     "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-      "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-      "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-      "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-      "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-    },
+    "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
   },
   "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -9184,12 +10156,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
       "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-        "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-        "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-      },
+      "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
     },
   ],
   "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation.
@@ -10218,12 +11185,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
       "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-        "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-        "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-      },
+      "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
     },
   ],
   "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -11234,12 +12196,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
       "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-        "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-        "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-      },
+      "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
     },
   ],
   "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -12248,12 +13205,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
     "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-      "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-      "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-      "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-      "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-    },
+    "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
   },
   "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -13274,12 +14226,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
       "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-        "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-        "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-        "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-      },
+      "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
     },
   ],
   "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
index aab9b5ea3d9..68f1bdaf0f9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
@@ -1110,12 +1110,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page.
   "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-  "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-    "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
-    "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-    "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-    "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-  },
+  "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
 }

 

 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
index 0dce47116b9..f59904240bc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
@@ -421,7 +421,14 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
           "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
           "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-          "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
+          "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
+            "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
+              { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
+                "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
         },
       },
       "params": { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the DML string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `"WHERE id > @msg_id AND id < @msg_id + 100"` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -479,11 +486,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
             { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
               "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-              "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
-                "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
-                "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-                "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
-              },
+              "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
             },
           ],
         },
@@ -560,7 +563,14 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
+      "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
+        "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
+          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
+            "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
+            "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   "params": { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `"WHERE id > @msg_id AND id < @msg_id + 100"` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -627,11 +637,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
-            "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
-            "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-            "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
-          },
+          "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -697,7 +703,14 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
+      "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
+        "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
+          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
+            "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
+            "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   "params": { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `"WHERE id > @msg_id AND id < @msg_id + 100"` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -765,11 +778,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
-            "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
-            "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-            "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
-          },
+          "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -904,7 +913,14 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
+      "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
+        "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
+          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
+            "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
+            "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   "params": { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `"WHERE id > @msg_id AND id < @msg_id + 100"` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -1160,11 +1176,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
-            "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
-            "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-            "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
-          },
+          "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -1336,11 +1348,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
-            "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
-            "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-            "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields.
-          },
+          "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
         },
       ],
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
index 09c8cafdf62..99c4d785ab1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "status": "A String", # Status of the job. This value MUST be specified for `CreateTransferJobRequests`. **Note:** The effect of the new job status takes place during a subsequent job run. For example, if you change the job status from ENABLED to DISABLED, and an operation spawned by the transfer is running, the status change would not affect the current operation.
   "transferSpec": { # Configuration for running a transfer. # Transfer specification.
     "awsS3DataSource": { # An AwsS3Data resource can be a data source, but not a data sink. In an AwsS3Data resource, an object's name is the S3 object's key name. # An AWS S3 data source.
-      "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. This field is required. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
+      "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
         "accessKeyId": "A String", # Required. AWS access key ID.
         "secretAccessKey": "A String", # Required. AWS secret access key. This field is not returned in RPC responses.
       },
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "status": "A String", # Status of the job. This value MUST be specified for `CreateTransferJobRequests`. **Note:** The effect of the new job status takes place during a subsequent job run. For example, if you change the job status from ENABLED to DISABLED, and an operation spawned by the transfer is running, the status change would not affect the current operation.
   "transferSpec": { # Configuration for running a transfer. # Transfer specification.
     "awsS3DataSource": { # An AwsS3Data resource can be a data source, but not a data sink. In an AwsS3Data resource, an object's name is the S3 object's key name. # An AWS S3 data source.
-      "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. This field is required. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
+      "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
         "accessKeyId": "A String", # Required. AWS access key ID.
         "secretAccessKey": "A String", # Required. AWS secret access key. This field is not returned in RPC responses.
       },
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "status": "A String", # Status of the job. This value MUST be specified for `CreateTransferJobRequests`. **Note:** The effect of the new job status takes place during a subsequent job run. For example, if you change the job status from ENABLED to DISABLED, and an operation spawned by the transfer is running, the status change would not affect the current operation.
   "transferSpec": { # Configuration for running a transfer. # Transfer specification.
     "awsS3DataSource": { # An AwsS3Data resource can be a data source, but not a data sink. In an AwsS3Data resource, an object's name is the S3 object's key name. # An AWS S3 data source.
-      "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. This field is required. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
+      "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
         "accessKeyId": "A String", # Required. AWS access key ID.
         "secretAccessKey": "A String", # Required. AWS secret access key. This field is not returned in RPC responses.
       },
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "status": "A String", # Status of the job. This value MUST be specified for `CreateTransferJobRequests`. **Note:** The effect of the new job status takes place during a subsequent job run. For example, if you change the job status from ENABLED to DISABLED, and an operation spawned by the transfer is running, the status change would not affect the current operation.
       "transferSpec": { # Configuration for running a transfer. # Transfer specification.
         "awsS3DataSource": { # An AwsS3Data resource can be a data source, but not a data sink. In an AwsS3Data resource, an object's name is the S3 object's key name. # An AWS S3 data source.
-          "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. This field is required. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
+          "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
             "accessKeyId": "A String", # Required. AWS access key ID.
             "secretAccessKey": "A String", # Required. AWS secret access key. This field is not returned in RPC responses.
           },
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "status": "A String", # Status of the job. This value MUST be specified for `CreateTransferJobRequests`. **Note:** The effect of the new job status takes place during a subsequent job run. For example, if you change the job status from ENABLED to DISABLED, and an operation spawned by the transfer is running, the status change would not affect the current operation.
     "transferSpec": { # Configuration for running a transfer. # Transfer specification.
       "awsS3DataSource": { # An AwsS3Data resource can be a data source, but not a data sink. In an AwsS3Data resource, an object's name is the S3 object's key name. # An AWS S3 data source.
-        "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. This field is required. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
+        "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
           "accessKeyId": "A String", # Required. AWS access key ID.
           "secretAccessKey": "A String", # Required. AWS secret access key. This field is not returned in RPC responses.
         },
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "status": "A String", # Status of the job. This value MUST be specified for `CreateTransferJobRequests`. **Note:** The effect of the new job status takes place during a subsequent job run. For example, if you change the job status from ENABLED to DISABLED, and an operation spawned by the transfer is running, the status change would not affect the current operation.
   "transferSpec": { # Configuration for running a transfer. # Transfer specification.
     "awsS3DataSource": { # An AwsS3Data resource can be a data source, but not a data sink. In an AwsS3Data resource, an object's name is the S3 object's key name. # An AWS S3 data source.
-      "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. This field is required. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
+      "awsAccessKey": { # AWS access key (see [AWS Security Credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-security-credentials.html)). For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials). # Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials).
         "accessKeyId": "A String", # Required. AWS access key ID.
         "secretAccessKey": "A String", # Required. AWS secret access key. This field is not returned in RPC responses.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
index 04509782e28..6dc26f5339e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Lists all the Photos that belong to the user. > Note: Recently created photos that are still being indexed are not returned in the response.
 
 Args:
-  filter: string, Optional. The filter expression. For example: `placeId=ChIJj61dQgK6j4AR4GeTYWZsKWw`. The filters supported at the moment are: `placeId`.
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter expression. For example: `placeId=ChIJj61dQgK6j4AR4GeTYWZsKWw`. The filters supported are: `placeId`, `min_latitude`, `max_latitude`, `min_longitude`, and `max_longitude`. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more information.
   languageCode: string, Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. If language_code is unspecified, the user's language preference for Google services is used.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of photos to return. `pageSize` must be non-negative. If `pageSize` is zero or is not provided, the default page size of 100 is used. The number of photos returned in the response may be less than `pageSize` if the number of photos that belong to the user is less than `pageSize`.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The nextPageToken value returned from a previous ListPhotos request, if any.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
index 6204c1495b3..d4419e7b307 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AmpUrl": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
index f16905cb314..b71eedc1457 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220103",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
index bdc31799325..ebf98083fa4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220103",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
index c67138edcc8..1e0e5c0c776 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
@@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220108",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbsoluteDateRange": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
index dcb3fad6f32..7d5fb7b6342 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211223",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Application": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
index 8f69ac8cb93..53bc02db982 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
@@ -4402,7 +4402,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211223",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Alias": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
index cef3b3448ac..2b880633429 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211223",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Activities": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
index e2675308752..8ccad82166f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220108",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdUnit": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
index bb09dcf52d8..a02dbeb6e19 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220108",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdUnit": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
index 013b3d0f398..a3a9284828e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220108",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
index 89d9b265843..f959cf77b81 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccountSuspensionDetails": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
index 5eccab47b11..573c50638d2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@
           "parameterOrder": [],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "Required. An expression for filtering the results of the request. Fields eligible for filtering are: `parent:`(The resource name of the parent account) or `firebase_project:`(The id or number of the linked firebase project). Some examples of filters: ``` | Filter | Description | |-----------------------------|-------------------------------------------| | parent:accounts/123 | The account with account id: 123. | | firebase_project:project-id | The firebase project with id: project-id. | | firebase_project:123 | The firebase project with number: 123. | ```",
+              "description": "Required. An expression for filtering the results of the request. Fields eligible for filtering are: `parent:`(The resource name of the parent account) or `ancestor:`(The resource name of the parent account) or `firebase_project:`(The id or number of the linked firebase project). Some examples of filters: ``` | Filter | Description | |-----------------------------|-------------------------------------------| | parent:accounts/123 | The account with account id: 123. | | ancestor:accounts/123 | The account with account id: 123. | | firebase_project:project-id | The firebase project with id: project-id. | | firebase_project:123 | The firebase project with number: 123. | ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -933,288 +933,6 @@
         }
       },
       "resources": {
-        "androidAppDataStreams": {
-          "methods": {
-            "delete": {
-              "description": "Deletes an android app stream on a property.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/androidAppDataStreams/{androidAppDataStreamsId}",
-              "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.androidAppDataStreams.delete",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name of the android app data stream to delete. Format: properties/{property_id}/androidAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/123/androidAppDataStreams/456\"",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/androidAppDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-              ]
-            },
-            "get": {
-              "description": "Lookup for a single AndroidAppDataStream",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/androidAppDataStreams/{androidAppDataStreamsId}",
-              "httpMethod": "GET",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.androidAppDataStreams.get",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name of the android app data stream to lookup. Format: properties/{property_id}/androidAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/123/androidAppDataStreams/456\"",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/androidAppDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAndroidAppDataStream"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
-              ]
-            },
-            "list": {
-              "description": "Returns child android app streams under the specified parent property. Android app streams will be excluded if the caller does not have access. Returns an empty list if no relevant android app streams are found.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/androidAppDataStreams",
-              "httpMethod": "GET",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.androidAppDataStreams.list",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "parent"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "pageSize": {
-                  "description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)",
-                  "format": "int32",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "type": "integer"
-                },
-                "pageToken": {
-                  "description": "A page token, received from a previous call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAndroidAppDataStreams` must match the call that provided the page token.",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "type": "string"
-                },
-                "parent": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name of the parent property. For example, to limit results to app streams under the property with Id 123: \"properties/123\"",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/androidAppDataStreams",
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListAndroidAppDataStreamsResponse"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
-              ]
-            },
-            "patch": {
-              "description": "Updates an android app stream on a property.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/androidAppDataStreams/{androidAppDataStreamsId}",
-              "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.androidAppDataStreams.patch",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/androidAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/androidAppDataStreams/2000\"",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/androidAppDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                },
-                "updateMask": {
-                  "description": "Required. The list of fields to be updated. Field names must be in snake case (e.g., \"field_to_update\"). Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string \"*\" to match all fields.",
-                  "format": "google-fieldmask",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-              "request": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAndroidAppDataStream"
-              },
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAndroidAppDataStream"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-              ]
-            }
-          },
-          "resources": {
-            "measurementProtocolSecrets": {
-              "methods": {
-                "create": {
-                  "description": "Creates a measurement protocol secret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/androidAppDataStreams/{androidAppDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "httpMethod": "POST",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.androidAppDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.create",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "parent"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The parent resource where this secret will be created. Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/androidAppDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "request": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-                  ]
-                },
-                "delete": {
-                  "description": "Deletes target MeasurementProtocolSecret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/androidAppDataStreams/{androidAppDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
-                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.androidAppDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.delete",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "name"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The name of the MeasurementProtocolSecret to delete. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} Note: Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent.",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/androidAppDataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-                  ]
-                },
-                "get": {
-                  "description": "Lookup for a single \"GA4\" MeasurementProtocolSecret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/androidAppDataStreams/{androidAppDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
-                  "httpMethod": "GET",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.androidAppDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.get",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "name"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The name of the measurement protocol secret to lookup. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} Note: Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent.",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/androidAppDataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
-                  ]
-                },
-                "list": {
-                  "description": "Returns child MeasurementProtocolSecrets under the specified parent Property.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/androidAppDataStreams/{androidAppDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "httpMethod": "GET",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.androidAppDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.list",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "parent"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "pageSize": {
-                      "description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum.",
-                      "format": "int32",
-                      "location": "query",
-                      "type": "integer"
-                    },
-                    "pageToken": {
-                      "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token.",
-                      "location": "query",
-                      "type": "string"
-                    },
-                    "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The resource name of the parent stream. Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/androidAppDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListMeasurementProtocolSecretsResponse"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
-                  ]
-                },
-                "patch": {
-                  "description": "Updates a measurement protocol secret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/androidAppDataStreams/{androidAppDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
-                  "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.androidAppDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.patch",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "name"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "name": {
-                      "description": "Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/androidAppDataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    },
-                    "updateMask": {
-                      "description": "The list of fields to be updated. Omitted fields will not be updated.",
-                      "format": "google-fieldmask",
-                      "location": "query",
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-                  "request": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-                  ]
-                }
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        },
         "conversionEvents": {
           "methods": {
             "create": {
@@ -1801,25 +1519,181 @@
                 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
               ]
             }
-          }
-        },
-        "displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals": {
-          "methods": {
-            "approve": {
-              "description": "Approves a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal. The DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal will be deleted and a new DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink will be created.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposalsId}:approve",
-              "httpMethod": "POST",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.approve",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name of the DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal to approve. Example format: properties/1234/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/5678",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
+          },
+          "resources": {
+            "measurementProtocolSecrets": {
+              "methods": {
+                "create": {
+                  "description": "Creates a measurement protocol secret.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.create",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The parent resource where this secret will be created. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "delete": {
+                  "description": "Deletes target MeasurementProtocolSecret.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.delete",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the MeasurementProtocolSecret to delete. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "get": {
+                  "description": "Lookup for a single \"GA4\" MeasurementProtocolSecret.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.get",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the measurement protocol secret to lookup. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "list": {
+                  "description": "Returns child MeasurementProtocolSecrets under the specified parent Property.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.list",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "pageSize": {
+                      "description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum.",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "pageToken": {
+                      "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The resource name of the parent stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListMeasurementProtocolSecretsResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "patch": {
+                  "description": "Updates a measurement protocol secret.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.patch",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "updateMask": {
+                      "description": "The list of fields to be updated. Omitted fields will not be updated.",
+                      "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        },
+        "displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals": {
+          "methods": {
+            "approve": {
+              "description": "Approves a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal. The DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal will be deleted and a new DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink will be created.",
+              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposalsId}:approve",
+              "httpMethod": "POST",
+              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.approve",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "Required. The name of the DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal to approve. Example format: properties/1234/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/5678",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
                 }
               },
               "path": "v1alpha/{+name}:approve",
@@ -2355,395 +2229,113 @@
             }
           }
         },
-        "iosAppDataStreams": {
+        "userLinks": {
           "methods": {
-            "delete": {
-              "description": "Deletes an iOS app stream on a property.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/iosAppDataStreams/{iosAppDataStreamsId}",
-              "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.iosAppDataStreams.delete",
+            "audit": {
+              "description": "Lists all user links on an account or property, including implicit ones that come from effective permissions granted by groups or organization admin roles. If a returned user link does not have direct permissions, they cannot be removed from the account or property directly with the DeleteUserLink command. They have to be removed from the group/etc that gives them permissions, which is currently only usable/discoverable in the GA or GMP UIs.",
+              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/userLinks:audit",
+              "httpMethod": "POST",
+              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.userLinks.audit",
               "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
+                "parent"
               ],
               "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name of the iOS app data stream to delete. Format: properties/{property_id}/iosAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/123/iosAppDataStreams/456\"",
+                "parent": {
+                  "description": "Required. Example format: accounts/1234",
                   "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/iosAppDataStreams/[^/]+$",
+                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
                   "required": true,
                   "type": "string"
                 }
               },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userLinks:audit",
+              "request": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAuditUserLinksRequest"
+              },
               "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAuditUserLinksResponse"
               },
               "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users",
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users.readonly"
               ]
             },
-            "get": {
-              "description": "Lookup for a single IosAppDataStream",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/iosAppDataStreams/{iosAppDataStreamsId}",
-              "httpMethod": "GET",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.iosAppDataStreams.get",
+            "batchCreate": {
+              "description": "Creates information about multiple users' links to an account or property. This method is transactional. If any UserLink cannot be created, none of the UserLinks will be created.",
+              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/userLinks:batchCreate",
+              "httpMethod": "POST",
+              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.userLinks.batchCreate",
               "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
+                "parent"
               ],
               "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name of the iOS app data stream to lookup. Format: properties/{property_id}/iosAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/123/iosAppDataStreams/456\"",
+                "parent": {
+                  "description": "Required. The account or property that all user links in the request are for. This field is required. The parent field in the CreateUserLinkRequest messages must either be empty or match this field. Example format: accounts/1234",
                   "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/iosAppDataStreams/[^/]+$",
+                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
                   "required": true,
                   "type": "string"
                 }
               },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userLinks:batchCreate",
+              "request": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaBatchCreateUserLinksRequest"
+              },
               "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaIosAppDataStream"
+                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaBatchCreateUserLinksResponse"
               },
               "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users"
               ]
             },
-            "list": {
-              "description": "Returns child iOS app data streams under the specified parent property. iOS app data streams will be excluded if the caller does not have access. Returns an empty list if no relevant iOS app data streams are found.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/iosAppDataStreams",
-              "httpMethod": "GET",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.iosAppDataStreams.list",
+            "batchDelete": {
+              "description": "Deletes information about multiple users' links to an account or property.",
+              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/userLinks:batchDelete",
+              "httpMethod": "POST",
+              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.userLinks.batchDelete",
               "parameterOrder": [
                 "parent"
               ],
               "parameters": {
-                "pageSize": {
-                  "description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)",
-                  "format": "int32",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "type": "integer"
-                },
-                "pageToken": {
-                  "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListIosAppDataStreams` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListIosAppDataStreams` must match the call that provided the page token.",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "type": "string"
-                },
                 "parent": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name of the parent property. For example, to list results of app streams under the property with Id 123: \"properties/123\"",
+                  "description": "Required. The account or property that all user links in the request are for. The parent of all values for user link names to delete must match this field. Example format: accounts/1234",
                   "location": "path",
                   "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
                   "required": true,
                   "type": "string"
                 }
               },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/iosAppDataStreams",
+              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userLinks:batchDelete",
+              "request": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaBatchDeleteUserLinksRequest"
+              },
               "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListIosAppDataStreamsResponse"
+                "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
               },
               "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users"
               ]
             },
-            "patch": {
-              "description": "Updates an iOS app stream on a property.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/iosAppDataStreams/{iosAppDataStreamsId}",
-              "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.iosAppDataStreams.patch",
+            "batchGet": {
+              "description": "Gets information about multiple users' links to an account or property.",
+              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/userLinks:batchGet",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.userLinks.batchGet",
               "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
+                "parent"
               ],
               "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/iosAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/iosAppDataStreams/2000\"",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/iosAppDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
+                "names": {
+                  "description": "Required. The names of the user links to retrieve. A maximum of 1000 user links can be retrieved in a batch. Format: accounts/{accountId}/userLinks/{userLinkId}",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "repeated": true,
                   "type": "string"
                 },
-                "updateMask": {
-                  "description": "Required. The list of fields to be updated. Field names must be in snake case (e.g., \"field_to_update\"). Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string \"*\" to match all fields.",
-                  "format": "google-fieldmask",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-              "request": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaIosAppDataStream"
-              },
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaIosAppDataStream"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-              ]
-            }
-          },
-          "resources": {
-            "measurementProtocolSecrets": {
-              "methods": {
-                "create": {
-                  "description": "Creates a measurement protocol secret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/iosAppDataStreams/{iosAppDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "httpMethod": "POST",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.iosAppDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.create",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "parent"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The parent resource where this secret will be created. Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/iosAppDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "request": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-                  ]
-                },
-                "delete": {
-                  "description": "Deletes target MeasurementProtocolSecret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/iosAppDataStreams/{iosAppDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
-                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.iosAppDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.delete",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "name"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The name of the MeasurementProtocolSecret to delete. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} Note: Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent.",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/iosAppDataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-                  ]
-                },
-                "get": {
-                  "description": "Lookup for a single \"GA4\" MeasurementProtocolSecret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/iosAppDataStreams/{iosAppDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
-                  "httpMethod": "GET",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.iosAppDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.get",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "name"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The name of the measurement protocol secret to lookup. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} Note: Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent.",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/iosAppDataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
-                  ]
-                },
-                "list": {
-                  "description": "Returns child MeasurementProtocolSecrets under the specified parent Property.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/iosAppDataStreams/{iosAppDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "httpMethod": "GET",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.iosAppDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.list",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "parent"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "pageSize": {
-                      "description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum.",
-                      "format": "int32",
-                      "location": "query",
-                      "type": "integer"
-                    },
-                    "pageToken": {
-                      "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token.",
-                      "location": "query",
-                      "type": "string"
-                    },
-                    "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The resource name of the parent stream. Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/iosAppDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListMeasurementProtocolSecretsResponse"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
-                  ]
-                },
-                "patch": {
-                  "description": "Updates a measurement protocol secret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/iosAppDataStreams/{iosAppDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
-                  "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.iosAppDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.patch",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "name"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "name": {
-                      "description": "Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/iosAppDataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    },
-                    "updateMask": {
-                      "description": "The list of fields to be updated. Omitted fields will not be updated.",
-                      "format": "google-fieldmask",
-                      "location": "query",
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-                  "request": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-                  ]
-                }
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        },
-        "userLinks": {
-          "methods": {
-            "audit": {
-              "description": "Lists all user links on an account or property, including implicit ones that come from effective permissions granted by groups or organization admin roles. If a returned user link does not have direct permissions, they cannot be removed from the account or property directly with the DeleteUserLink command. They have to be removed from the group/etc that gives them permissions, which is currently only usable/discoverable in the GA or GMP UIs.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/userLinks:audit",
-              "httpMethod": "POST",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.userLinks.audit",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "parent"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "parent": {
-                  "description": "Required. Example format: accounts/1234",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userLinks:audit",
-              "request": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAuditUserLinksRequest"
-              },
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAuditUserLinksResponse"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users",
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users.readonly"
-              ]
-            },
-            "batchCreate": {
-              "description": "Creates information about multiple users' links to an account or property. This method is transactional. If any UserLink cannot be created, none of the UserLinks will be created.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/userLinks:batchCreate",
-              "httpMethod": "POST",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.userLinks.batchCreate",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "parent"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "parent": {
-                  "description": "Required. The account or property that all user links in the request are for. This field is required. The parent field in the CreateUserLinkRequest messages must either be empty or match this field. Example format: accounts/1234",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userLinks:batchCreate",
-              "request": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaBatchCreateUserLinksRequest"
-              },
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaBatchCreateUserLinksResponse"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users"
-              ]
-            },
-            "batchDelete": {
-              "description": "Deletes information about multiple users' links to an account or property.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/userLinks:batchDelete",
-              "httpMethod": "POST",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.userLinks.batchDelete",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "parent"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "parent": {
-                  "description": "Required. The account or property that all user links in the request are for. The parent of all values for user link names to delete must match this field. Example format: accounts/1234",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userLinks:batchDelete",
-              "request": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaBatchDeleteUserLinksRequest"
-              },
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users"
-              ]
-            },
-            "batchGet": {
-              "description": "Gets information about multiple users' links to an account or property.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/userLinks:batchGet",
-              "httpMethod": "GET",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.userLinks.batchGet",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "parent"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "names": {
-                  "description": "Required. The names of the user links to retrieve. A maximum of 1000 user links can be retrieved in a batch. Format: accounts/{accountId}/userLinks/{userLinkId}",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "repeated": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                },
-                "parent": {
-                  "description": "Required. The account or property that all user links in the request are for. The parent of all provided values for the 'names' field must match this field. Example format: accounts/1234",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
+                "parent": {
+                  "description": "Required. The account or property that all user links in the request are for. The parent of all provided values for the 'names' field must match this field. Example format: accounts/1234",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
                   "type": "string"
                 }
               },
@@ -2876,405 +2468,99 @@
               "parameterOrder": [
                 "parent"
               ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "pageSize": {
-                  "description": "The maximum number of user links to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 200 user links will be returned. The maximum value is 500; values above 500 will be coerced to 500.",
-                  "format": "int32",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "type": "integer"
-                },
-                "pageToken": {
-                  "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListUserLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "type": "string"
-                },
-                "parent": {
-                  "description": "Required. Example format: accounts/1234",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userLinks",
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListUserLinksResponse"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users",
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users.readonly"
-              ]
-            },
-            "patch": {
-              "description": "Updates a user link on an account or property.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/userLinks/{userLinksId}",
-              "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.userLinks.patch",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Output only. Example format: properties/1234/userLinks/5678",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/userLinks/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-              "request": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaUserLink"
-              },
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaUserLink"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users"
-              ]
-            }
-          }
-        },
-        "webDataStreams": {
-          "methods": {
-            "create": {
-              "description": "Creates a web stream with the specified location and attributes.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams",
-              "httpMethod": "POST",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.create",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "parent"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "parent": {
-                  "description": "Required. The parent resource where this web data stream will be created. Format: properties/123",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/webDataStreams",
-              "request": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaWebDataStream"
-              },
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaWebDataStream"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-              ]
-            },
-            "delete": {
-              "description": "Deletes a web stream on a property.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams/{webDataStreamsId}",
-              "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.delete",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name of the web data stream to delete. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/123/webDataStreams/456\"",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/webDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-              ]
-            },
-            "get": {
-              "description": "Lookup for a single WebDataStream",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams/{webDataStreamsId}",
-              "httpMethod": "GET",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.get",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name of the web data stream to lookup. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/123/webDataStreams/456\"",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/webDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaWebDataStream"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
-              ]
-            },
-            "getGlobalSiteTag": {
-              "description": "Returns the Site Tag for the specified web stream. Site Tags are immutable singletons.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams/{webDataStreamsId}/globalSiteTag",
-              "httpMethod": "GET",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.getGlobalSiteTag",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name of the site tag to lookup. Note that site tags are singletons and do not have unique IDs. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id}/globalSiteTag Example: \"properties/123/webDataStreams/456/globalSiteTag\"",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/webDataStreams/[^/]+/globalSiteTag$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaGlobalSiteTag"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
-              ]
-            },
-            "list": {
-              "description": "Returns child web data streams under the specified parent property. Web data streams will be excluded if the caller does not have access. Returns an empty list if no relevant web data streams are found.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams",
-              "httpMethod": "GET",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.list",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "parent"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "pageSize": {
-                  "description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)",
-                  "format": "int32",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "type": "integer"
-                },
-                "pageToken": {
-                  "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListWebDataStreams` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListWebDataStreams` must match the call that provided the page token.",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "type": "string"
-                },
-                "parent": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name of the parent property. For example, to list results of web streams under the property with Id 123: \"properties/123\"",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/webDataStreams",
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListWebDataStreamsResponse"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
-              ]
-            },
-            "patch": {
-              "description": "Updates a web stream on a property.",
-              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams/{webDataStreamsId}",
-              "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.patch",
-              "parameterOrder": [
-                "name"
-              ],
-              "parameters": {
-                "name": {
-                  "description": "Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000\"",
-                  "location": "path",
-                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/webDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                  "required": true,
-                  "type": "string"
-                },
-                "updateMask": {
-                  "description": "Required. The list of fields to be updated. Field names must be in snake case (e.g., \"field_to_update\"). Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string \"*\" to match all fields.",
-                  "format": "google-fieldmask",
-                  "location": "query",
-                  "type": "string"
-                }
-              },
-              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-              "request": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaWebDataStream"
-              },
-              "response": {
-                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaWebDataStream"
-              },
-              "scopes": [
-                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-              ]
-            }
-          },
-          "resources": {
-            "measurementProtocolSecrets": {
-              "methods": {
-                "create": {
-                  "description": "Creates a measurement protocol secret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams/{webDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "httpMethod": "POST",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.create",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "parent"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The parent resource where this secret will be created. Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/webDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "request": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-                  ]
-                },
-                "delete": {
-                  "description": "Deletes target MeasurementProtocolSecret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams/{webDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
-                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.delete",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "name"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The name of the MeasurementProtocolSecret to delete. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} Note: Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent.",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/webDataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-                  ]
-                },
-                "get": {
-                  "description": "Lookup for a single \"GA4\" MeasurementProtocolSecret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams/{webDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
-                  "httpMethod": "GET",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.get",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "name"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The name of the measurement protocol secret to lookup. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret} Note: Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent.",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/webDataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
-                  ]
-                },
-                "list": {
-                  "description": "Returns child MeasurementProtocolSecrets under the specified parent Property.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams/{webDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "httpMethod": "GET",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.list",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "parent"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "pageSize": {
-                      "description": "The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 10 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 10. Higher values will be coerced to the maximum.",
-                      "format": "int32",
-                      "location": "query",
-                      "type": "integer"
-                    },
-                    "pageToken": {
-                      "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMeasurementProtocolSecrets` must match the call that provided the page token.",
-                      "location": "query",
-                      "type": "string"
-                    },
-                    "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The resource name of the parent stream. Any type of stream (WebDataStream, IosAppDataStream, AndroidAppDataStream) may be a parent. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/webDataStreams/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/measurementProtocolSecrets",
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListMeasurementProtocolSecretsResponse"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
-                  ]
+              "parameters": {
+                "pageSize": {
+                  "description": "The maximum number of user links to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 200 user links will be returned. The maximum value is 500; values above 500 will be coerced to 500.",
+                  "format": "int32",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "integer"
                 },
-                "patch": {
-                  "description": "Updates a measurement protocol secret.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams/{webDataStreamsId}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecretsId}",
-                  "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-                  "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.measurementProtocolSecrets.patch",
-                  "parameterOrder": [
-                    "name"
-                  ],
-                  "parameters": {
-                    "name": {
-                      "description": "Output only. Resource name of this secret. This secret may be a child of any type of stream. Format: properties/{property}/webDataStreams/{webDataStream}/measurementProtocolSecrets/{measurementProtocolSecret}",
-                      "location": "path",
-                      "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/webDataStreams/[^/]+/measurementProtocolSecrets/[^/]+$",
-                      "required": true,
-                      "type": "string"
-                    },
-                    "updateMask": {
-                      "description": "The list of fields to be updated. Omitted fields will not be updated.",
-                      "format": "google-fieldmask",
-                      "location": "query",
-                      "type": "string"
-                    }
-                  },
-                  "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
-                  "request": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "response": {
-                    "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret"
-                  },
-                  "scopes": [
-                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
-                  ]
+                "pageToken": {
+                  "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListUserLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "parent": {
+                  "description": "Required. Example format: accounts/1234",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
                 }
-              }
+              },
+              "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userLinks",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListUserLinksResponse"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users",
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users.readonly"
+              ]
+            },
+            "patch": {
+              "description": "Updates a user link on an account or property.",
+              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/userLinks/{userLinksId}",
+              "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.userLinks.patch",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "Output only. Example format: properties/1234/userLinks/5678",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/userLinks/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+              "request": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaUserLink"
+              },
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaUserLink"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.manage.users"
+              ]
+            }
+          }
+        },
+        "webDataStreams": {
+          "methods": {
+            "getGlobalSiteTag": {
+              "description": "Returns the Site Tag for the specified web stream. Site Tags are immutable singletons.",
+              "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/webDataStreams/{webDataStreamsId}/globalSiteTag",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.webDataStreams.getGlobalSiteTag",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "Required. The name of the site tag to lookup. Note that site tags are singletons and do not have unique IDs. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id}/globalSiteTag Example: \"properties/123/webDataStreams/456/globalSiteTag\"",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/webDataStreams/[^/]+/globalSiteTag$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaGlobalSiteTag"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
+              ]
             }
           }
         }
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccount": {
@@ -3357,43 +2643,6 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAndroidAppDataStream": {
-      "description": "A resource message representing a Google Analytics Android app stream.",
-      "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAndroidAppDataStream",
-      "properties": {
-        "createTime": {
-          "description": "Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.",
-          "format": "google-datetime",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "displayName": {
-          "description": "Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "firebaseAppId": {
-          "description": "Output only. ID of the corresponding Android app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the Android app is deleted and recreated.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/androidAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/androidAppDataStreams/2000\"",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "packageName": {
-          "description": "Immutable. The package name for the app being measured. Example: \"com.example.myandroidapp\"",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "updateTime": {
-          "description": "Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.",
-          "format": "google-datetime",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaApproveDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposalRequest": {
       "description": "Request message for ApproveDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal RPC.",
       "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaApproveDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposalRequest",
@@ -4281,43 +3530,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaIosAppDataStream": {
-      "description": "A resource message representing a Google Analytics IOS app stream.",
-      "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaIosAppDataStream",
-      "properties": {
-        "bundleId": {
-          "description": "Required. Immutable. The Apple App Store Bundle ID for the app Example: \"com.example.myiosapp\"",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "createTime": {
-          "description": "Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.",
-          "format": "google-datetime",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "displayName": {
-          "description": "Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "firebaseAppId": {
-          "description": "Output only. ID of the corresponding iOS app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the iOS app is deleted and recreated.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/iosAppDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/iosAppDataStreams/2000\"",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "updateTime": {
-          "description": "Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.",
-          "format": "google-datetime",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaLinkProposalStatusDetails": {
       "description": "Status information for a link proposal.",
       "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaLinkProposalStatusDetails",
@@ -4404,24 +3616,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListAndroidAppDataStreamsResponse": {
-      "description": "Request message for ListAndroidDataStreams RPC.",
-      "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListAndroidAppDataStreamsResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "androidAppDataStreams": {
-          "description": "Results that matched the filter criteria and were accessible to the caller.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAndroidAppDataStream"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListConversionEventsResponse": {
       "description": "Response message for ListConversionEvents RPC.",
       "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListConversionEventsResponse",
@@ -4566,24 +3760,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListIosAppDataStreamsResponse": {
-      "description": "Request message for ListIosAppDataStreams RPC.",
-      "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListIosAppDataStreamsResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "iosAppDataStreams": {
-          "description": "Results that matched the filter criteria and were accessible to the caller.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaIosAppDataStream"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListMeasurementProtocolSecretsResponse": {
       "description": "Response message for ListMeasurementProtocolSecret RPC",
       "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListMeasurementProtocolSecretsResponse",
@@ -4638,24 +3814,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListWebDataStreamsResponse": {
-      "description": "Request message for ListWebDataStreams RPC.",
-      "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListWebDataStreamsResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "webDataStreams": {
-          "description": "Results that matched the filter criteria and were accessible to the caller.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaWebDataStream"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret": {
       "description": "A secret value used for sending hits to Measurement Protocol.",
       "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaMeasurementProtocolSecret",
@@ -4998,48 +4156,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaWebDataStream": {
-      "description": "A resource message representing a Google Analytics web stream.",
-      "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaWebDataStream",
-      "properties": {
-        "createTime": {
-          "description": "Output only. Time when this stream was originally created.",
-          "format": "google-datetime",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "defaultUri": {
-          "description": "Immutable. Domain name of the web app being measured, or empty. Example: \"http://www.google.com\", \"https://www.google.com\"",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "displayName": {
-          "description": "Required. Human-readable display name for the Data Stream. The max allowed display name length is 255 UTF-16 code units.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "firebaseAppId": {
-          "description": "Output only. ID of the corresponding web app in Firebase, if any. This ID can change if the web app is deleted and recreated.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "measurementId": {
-          "description": "Output only. Analytics \"Measurement ID\", without the \"G-\" prefix. Example: \"G-1A2BCD345E\" would just be \"1A2BCD345E\"",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. Resource name of this Data Stream. Format: properties/{property_id}/webDataStreams/{stream_id} Example: \"properties/1000/webDataStreams/2000\"",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "updateTime": {
-          "description": "Output only. Time when stream payload fields were last updated.",
-          "format": "google-datetime",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "GoogleProtobufEmpty": {
       "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.",
       "id": "GoogleProtobufEmpty",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
index fb6bd9ec659..188054aa8e8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActiveMetricRestriction": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
index 8f81776e3bb..60a47eeb5f6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ClaimDeviceRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
index 528e79ad8e9..5065212752c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Administrator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
index e08cdbed63b..e41c1215e57 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
@@ -3040,7 +3040,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220108",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Apk": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
index 5fe5cf35a6d..c22dc19e45e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211208",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApigatewayApi": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
index 5ebb08c8b28..21ff2225762 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211208",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApigatewayApi": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
index c0aadcf72ef..102e7bc9648 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
@@ -7440,7 +7440,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211209",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": {
@@ -12478,7 +12478,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "keyStore": {
-          "description": "Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore. References not yet supported.",
+          "description": "Required if `client_auth_enabled` is true. The resource ID of the keystore.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "protocols": {
@@ -12489,7 +12489,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "trustStore": {
-          "description": "The resource ID of the truststore. References not yet supported.",
+          "description": "The resource ID of the truststore.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
index 6b7303a8822..4381a03d7b7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://apikeys.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Operation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
index 2f5172aad2c..32e7ac55600 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApiConfigHandler": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
index 4715b4e8d7b..cbe9da54b79 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuthorizedCertificate": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
index 34a7e9f1205..43983be0cd0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApiConfigHandler": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
index 952ea507203..7fb6b42a460 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchCreateRowsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
index 088059411ff..ed8947cd905 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
@@ -139,11 +139,131 @@
       }
     },
     "projects": {
+      "methods": {
+        "getProjectSettings": {
+          "description": "Retrieves the Settings for the Project.",
+          "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/projectSettings",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "artifactregistry.projects.getProjectSettings",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "name"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "name": {
+              "description": "Required. The name of the projectSettings resource.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/projectSettings$",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "v1/{+name}",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "ProjectSettings"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+          ]
+        },
+        "updateProjectSettings": {
+          "description": "Updates the Settings for the Project.",
+          "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/projectSettings",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "artifactregistry.projects.updateProjectSettings",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "name"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "name": {
+              "description": "The name of the project's settings. Always of the form: projects/{project-id}/projectSettings In update request: never set In response: always set",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/projectSettings$",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "Field mask to support partial updates.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "v1/{+name}",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "ProjectSettings"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "ProjectSettings"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+          ]
+        }
+      },
       "resources": {
         "locations": {
           "resources": {
             "repositories": {
               "methods": {
+                "create": {
+                  "description": "Creates a repository. The returned Operation will finish once the repository has been created. Its response will be the created Repository.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.create",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the parent resource where the repository will be created.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "repositoryId": {
+                      "description": "The repository id to use for this repository.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/repositories",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "Repository"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "delete": {
+                  "description": "Deletes a repository and all of its contents. The returned Operation will finish once the repository has been deleted. It will not have any Operation metadata and will return a google.protobuf.Empty response.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                  "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.delete",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the repository to delete.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
                 "get": {
                   "description": "Gets a repository.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}",
@@ -170,6 +290,38 @@
                     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
                   ]
                 },
+                "getIamPolicy": {
+                  "description": "Gets the IAM policy for a given resource.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}:getIamPolicy",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.getIamPolicy",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "resource"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "resource": {
+                      "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Policy"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+                  ]
+                },
                 "list": {
                   "description": "Lists repositories.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories",
@@ -180,7 +332,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "pageSize": {
-                      "description": "The maximum number of repositories to return.",
+                      "description": "The maximum number of repositories to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.",
                       "format": "int32",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "integer"
@@ -206,9 +358,176 @@
                     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
                     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
                   ]
+                },
+                "patch": {
+                  "description": "Updates a repository.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+                  "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.patch",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "The name of the repository, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1\".",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "updateMask": {
+                      "description": "The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask",
+                      "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "Repository"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Repository"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "setIamPolicy": {
+                  "description": "Updates the IAM policy for a given resource.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}:setIamPolicy",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.setIamPolicy",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "resource"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "resource": {
+                      "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Policy"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "testIamPermissions": {
+                  "description": "Tests if the caller has a list of permissions on a resource.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}:testIamPermissions",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.testIamPermissions",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "resource"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "resource": {
+                      "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+                  ]
                 }
               },
               "resources": {
+                "aptArtifacts": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "import": {
+                      "description": "Imports Apt artifacts. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are imported. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifacts. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/aptArtifacts:import",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.aptArtifacts.import",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be imported.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+parent}/aptArtifacts:import",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "ImportAptArtifactsRequest"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Operation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    }
+                  }
+                },
+                "aptartifacts": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "upload": {
+                      "description": "Directly uploads an Apt artifact. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifact. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/aptArtifacts:create",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.aptartifacts.upload",
+                      "mediaUpload": {
+                        "accept": [
+                          "*/*"
+                        ],
+                        "protocols": {
+                          "simple": {
+                            "multipart": true,
+                            "path": "/upload/v1/{+parent}/aptArtifacts:create"
+                          }
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be uploaded.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+parent}/aptArtifacts:create",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "UploadAptArtifactRequest"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "UploadAptArtifactMediaResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ],
+                      "supportsMediaUpload": true
+                    }
+                  }
+                },
                 "dockerImages": {
                   "methods": {
                     "get": {
@@ -275,6 +594,620 @@
                       ]
                     }
                   }
+                },
+                "files": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "get": {
+                      "description": "Gets a file.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/files/{filesId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.get",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "The name of the file to retrieve.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/files/.*$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "list": {
+                      "description": "Lists files.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/files",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.list",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "filter": {
+                          "description": "An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are: * `name` * `owner` An example of using a filter: * `name=\"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/files/a/b/*\"` --> Files with an ID starting with \"a/b/\". * `owner=\"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/1.0\"` --> Files owned by the version `1.0` in package `pkg1`.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "pageSize": {
+                          "description": "The maximum number of files to return.",
+                          "format": "int32",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "integer"
+                        },
+                        "pageToken": {
+                          "description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "The name of the parent resource whose files will be listed.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+parent}/files",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "ListFilesResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+                      ]
+                    }
+                  }
+                },
+                "gooGetArtifacts": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "import": {
+                      "description": "Imports GooGet artifacts. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are imported. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifacts. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/gooGetArtifacts:import",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.gooGetArtifacts.import",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be imported.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+parent}/gooGetArtifacts:import",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "ImportGooGetArtifactsRequest"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Operation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    }
+                  }
+                },
+                "googetartifacts": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "upload": {
+                      "description": "Directly uploads a GooGet artifact. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifact. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/googetArtifacts:create",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.googetartifacts.upload",
+                      "mediaUpload": {
+                        "accept": [
+                          "*/*"
+                        ],
+                        "protocols": {
+                          "simple": {
+                            "multipart": true,
+                            "path": "/upload/v1/{+parent}/googetArtifacts:create"
+                          }
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be uploaded.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+parent}/googetArtifacts:create",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "UploadGooGetArtifactRequest"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "UploadGooGetArtifactMediaResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ],
+                      "supportsMediaUpload": true
+                    }
+                  }
+                },
+                "packages": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "delete": {
+                      "description": "Deletes a package and all of its versions and tags. The returned operation will complete once the package has been deleted.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                      "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.delete",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "Required. The name of the package to delete.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Operation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "get": {
+                      "description": "Gets a package.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.get",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "name"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "name": {
+                          "description": "Required. The name of the package to retrieve.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Package"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "list": {
+                      "description": "Lists packages.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.list",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "pageSize": {
+                          "description": "The maximum number of packages to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.",
+                          "format": "int32",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "integer"
+                        },
+                        "pageToken": {
+                          "description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "Required. The name of the parent resource whose packages will be listed.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+parent}/packages",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "ListPackagesResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+                      ]
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "resources": {
+                    "tags": {
+                      "methods": {
+                        "create": {
+                          "description": "Creates a tag.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}/tags",
+                          "httpMethod": "POST",
+                          "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.create",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "parent"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "parent": {
+                              "description": "The name of the parent resource where the tag will be created.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "tagId": {
+                              "description": "The tag id to use for this repository.",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1/{+parent}/tags",
+                          "request": {
+                            "$ref": "Tag"
+                          },
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "Tag"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        },
+                        "delete": {
+                          "description": "Deletes a tag.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}/tags/{tagsId}",
+                          "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                          "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.delete",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "name"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "name": {
+                              "description": "The name of the tag to delete.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+/tags/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "Empty"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        },
+                        "get": {
+                          "description": "Gets a tag.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}/tags/{tagsId}",
+                          "httpMethod": "GET",
+                          "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.get",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "name"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "name": {
+                              "description": "The name of the tag to retrieve.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+/tags/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "Tag"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+                          ]
+                        },
+                        "list": {
+                          "description": "Lists tags.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}/tags",
+                          "httpMethod": "GET",
+                          "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.list",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "parent"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "filter": {
+                              "description": "An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are: * `version` An example of using a filter: * `version=\"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/1.0\"` --> Tags that are applied to the version `1.0` in package `pkg1`.",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "pageSize": {
+                              "description": "The maximum number of tags to return. Maximum page size is 10,000.",
+                              "format": "int32",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "integer"
+                            },
+                            "pageToken": {
+                              "description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "parent": {
+                              "description": "The name of the parent resource whose tags will be listed.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1/{+parent}/tags",
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "ListTagsResponse"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+                          ]
+                        },
+                        "patch": {
+                          "description": "Updates a tag.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}/tags/{tagsId}",
+                          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+                          "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.patch",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "name"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "name": {
+                              "description": "The name of the tag, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1\". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+/tags/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "updateMask": {
+                              "description": "The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask",
+                              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                          "request": {
+                            "$ref": "Tag"
+                          },
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "Tag"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        }
+                      }
+                    },
+                    "versions": {
+                      "methods": {
+                        "delete": {
+                          "description": "Deletes a version and all of its content. The returned operation will complete once the version has been deleted.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}/versions/{versionsId}",
+                          "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                          "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.delete",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "name"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "force": {
+                              "description": "By default, a version that is tagged may not be deleted. If force=true, the version and any tags pointing to the version are deleted.",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "boolean"
+                            },
+                            "name": {
+                              "description": "The name of the version to delete.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "Operation"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                          ]
+                        },
+                        "get": {
+                          "description": "Gets a version",
+                          "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}/versions/{versionsId}",
+                          "httpMethod": "GET",
+                          "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.get",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "name"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "name": {
+                              "description": "The name of the version to retrieve.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "view": {
+                              "description": "The view that should be returned in the response.",
+                              "enum": [
+                                "VERSION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED",
+                                "BASIC",
+                                "FULL"
+                              ],
+                              "enumDescriptions": [
+                                "The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.",
+                                "Includes basic information about the version, but not any related tags.",
+                                "Include everything."
+                              ],
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "Version"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+                          ]
+                        },
+                        "list": {
+                          "description": "Lists versions.",
+                          "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}/versions",
+                          "httpMethod": "GET",
+                          "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.list",
+                          "parameterOrder": [
+                            "parent"
+                          ],
+                          "parameters": {
+                            "orderBy": {
+                              "description": "Optional. Sorting field and order",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "pageSize": {
+                              "description": "The maximum number of versions to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.",
+                              "format": "int32",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "integer"
+                            },
+                            "pageToken": {
+                              "description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.",
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "parent": {
+                              "description": "The name of the parent resource whose versions will be listed.",
+                              "location": "path",
+                              "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+$",
+                              "required": true,
+                              "type": "string"
+                            },
+                            "view": {
+                              "description": "The view that should be returned in the response.",
+                              "enum": [
+                                "VERSION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED",
+                                "BASIC",
+                                "FULL"
+                              ],
+                              "enumDescriptions": [
+                                "The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.",
+                                "Includes basic information about the version, but not any related tags.",
+                                "Include everything."
+                              ],
+                              "location": "query",
+                              "type": "string"
+                            }
+                          },
+                          "path": "v1/{+parent}/versions",
+                          "response": {
+                            "$ref": "ListVersionsResponse"
+                          },
+                          "scopes": [
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+                          ]
+                        }
+                      }
+                    }
+                  }
+                },
+                "yumArtifacts": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "import": {
+                      "description": "Imports Yum (RPM) artifacts. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are imported. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifacts. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/yumArtifacts:import",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.yumArtifacts.import",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be imported.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+parent}/yumArtifacts:import",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "ImportYumArtifactsRequest"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Operation"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    }
+                  }
+                },
+                "yumartifacts": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "upload": {
+                      "description": "Directly uploads a Yum artifact. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources are created based on the imported artifact. Imported artifacts that conflict with existing resources are ignored.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/yumArtifacts:create",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.yumartifacts.upload",
+                      "mediaUpload": {
+                        "accept": [
+                          "*/*"
+                        ],
+                        "protocols": {
+                          "simple": {
+                            "multipart": true,
+                            "path": "/upload/v1/{+parent}/yumArtifacts:create"
+                          }
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be uploaded.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+parent}/yumArtifacts:create",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "UploadYumArtifactRequest"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "UploadYumArtifactMediaResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ],
+                      "supportsMediaUpload": true
+                    }
+                  }
                 }
               }
             }
@@ -283,52 +1216,26 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
-    "AptArtifact": {
-      "description": "A detailed representation of an Apt artifact. Information in the record is derived from the archive's control file. See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html",
-      "id": "AptArtifact",
+    "Binding": {
+      "description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.",
+      "id": "Binding",
       "properties": {
-        "architecture": {
-          "description": "Output only. Operating system architecture of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "component": {
-          "description": "Output only. Repository component of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
+        "condition": {
+          "$ref": "Expr",
+          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
         },
-        "controlFile": {
-          "description": "Output only. Contents of the artifact's control metadata file.",
-          "format": "byte",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. The Artifact Registry resource name of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "packageName": {
-          "description": "Output only. The Apt package name of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "packageType": {
-          "description": "Output only. An artifact is a binary or source package.",
-          "enum": [
-            "PACKAGE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-            "BINARY",
-            "SOURCE"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Package type is not specified.",
-            "Binary package.",
-            "Source package."
-          ],
-          "readOnly": true,
+        "members": {
+          "description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "role": {
+          "description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -375,17 +1282,94 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "ImportAptArtifactsErrorInfo": {
-      "description": "Error information explaining why a package was not imported.",
-      "id": "ImportAptArtifactsErrorInfo",
+    "Empty": {
+      "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.",
+      "id": "Empty",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Expr": {
+      "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
+      "id": "Expr",
       "properties": {
-        "error": {
-          "$ref": "Status",
-          "description": "The detailed error status."
+        "description": {
+          "description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.",
+          "type": "string"
         },
-        "gcsSource": {
-          "$ref": "ImportAptArtifactsGcsSource",
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage location requested."
+        "expression": {
+          "description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "location": {
+          "description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "title": {
+          "description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File": {
+      "description": "Files store content that is potentially associated with Packages or Versions.",
+      "id": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "The time when the File was created.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "hashes": {
+          "description": "The hashes of the file content.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Hash"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The name of the file, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/files/a%2Fb%2Fc.txt\". If the file ID part contains slashes, they are escaped.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "owner": {
+          "description": "The name of the Package or Version that owns this file, if any.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "sizeBytes": {
+          "description": "The size of the File in bytes.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "The time when the File was last updated.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Hash": {
+      "description": "A hash of file content.",
+      "id": "Hash",
+      "properties": {
+        "type": {
+          "description": "The algorithm used to compute the hash value.",
+          "enum": [
+            "HASH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "SHA256",
+            "MD5"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified.",
+            "SHA256 hash.",
+            "MD5 hash."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "value": {
+          "description": "The hash value.",
+          "format": "byte",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -408,38 +1392,42 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "ImportAptArtifactsResponse": {
-      "description": "The response message from importing artifacts.",
-      "id": "ImportAptArtifactsResponse",
+    "ImportAptArtifactsRequest": {
+      "description": "The request to import new apt artifacts.",
+      "id": "ImportAptArtifactsRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "gcsSource": {
+          "$ref": "ImportAptArtifactsGcsSource",
+          "description": "Google Cloud Storage location where input content is located."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ImportGooGetArtifactsGcsSource": {
+      "description": "Google Cloud Storage location where the artifacts currently reside.",
+      "id": "ImportGooGetArtifactsGcsSource",
       "properties": {
-        "aptArtifacts": {
-          "description": "The Apt artifacts updated.",
+        "uris": {
+          "description": "Cloud Storage paths URI (e.g., gs://my_bucket/my_object).",
           "items": {
-            "$ref": "AptArtifact"
+            "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
-        "errors": {
-          "description": "Detailed error info for packages that were not imported.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "ImportAptArtifactsErrorInfo"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
+        "useWildcards": {
+          "description": "Supports URI wildcards for matching multiple objects from a single URI.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "ImportYumArtifactsErrorInfo": {
-      "description": "Error information explaining why a package was not imported.",
-      "id": "ImportYumArtifactsErrorInfo",
+    "ImportGooGetArtifactsRequest": {
+      "description": "The request to import new googet artifacts.",
+      "id": "ImportGooGetArtifactsRequest",
       "properties": {
-        "error": {
-          "$ref": "Status",
-          "description": "The detailed error status."
-        },
         "gcsSource": {
-          "$ref": "ImportYumArtifactsGcsSource",
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage location requested."
+          "$ref": "ImportGooGetArtifactsGcsSource",
+          "description": "Google Cloud Storage location where input content is located."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -462,23 +1450,13 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "ImportYumArtifactsResponse": {
-      "description": "The response message from importing artifacts.",
-      "id": "ImportYumArtifactsResponse",
+    "ImportYumArtifactsRequest": {
+      "description": "The request to import new yum artifacts.",
+      "id": "ImportYumArtifactsRequest",
       "properties": {
-        "errors": {
-          "description": "Detailed error info for packages that were not imported.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "ImportYumArtifactsErrorInfo"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "yumArtifacts": {
-          "description": "The yum artifacts updated.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "YumArtifact"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
+        "gcsSource": {
+          "$ref": "ImportYumArtifactsGcsSource",
+          "description": "Google Cloud Storage location where input content is located."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -501,6 +1479,42 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ListFilesResponse": {
+      "description": "The response from listing files.",
+      "id": "ListFilesResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "files": {
+          "description": "The files returned.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The token to retrieve the next page of files, or empty if there are no more files to return.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ListPackagesResponse": {
+      "description": "The response from listing packages.",
+      "id": "ListPackagesResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The token to retrieve the next page of packages, or empty if there are no more packages to return.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "packages": {
+          "description": "The packages returned.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Package"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ListRepositoriesResponse": {
       "description": "The response from listing repositories.",
       "id": "ListRepositoriesResponse",
@@ -519,6 +1533,67 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ListTagsResponse": {
+      "description": "The response from listing tags.",
+      "id": "ListTagsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The token to retrieve the next page of tags, or empty if there are no more tags to return.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "tags": {
+          "description": "The tags returned.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Tag"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ListVersionsResponse": {
+      "description": "The response from listing versions.",
+      "id": "ListVersionsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The token to retrieve the next page of versions, or empty if there are no more versions to return.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "versions": {
+          "description": "The versions returned.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Version"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "MavenRepositoryConfig": {
+      "description": "MavenRepositoryConfig is maven related repository details. Provides additional configuration details for repositories of the maven format type.",
+      "id": "MavenRepositoryConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "allowSnapshotOverwrites": {
+          "description": "The repository with this flag will allow publishing the same snapshot versions.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "versionPolicy": {
+          "description": "Version policy defines the versions that the registry will accept.",
+          "enum": [
+            "VERSION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "RELEASE",
+            "SNAPSHOT"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "VERSION_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED - the version policy is not defined. When the version policy is not defined, no validation is performed for the versions.",
+            "RELEASE - repository will accept only Release versions.",
+            "SNAPSHOT - repository will accept only Snapshot versions."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Operation": {
       "description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.",
       "id": "Operation",
@@ -554,6 +1629,82 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Package": {
+      "description": "Packages are named collections of versions.",
+      "id": "Package",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "The time when the package was created.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "The display name of the package.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The name of the package, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1\". If the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "The time when the package was last updated. This includes publishing a new version of the package.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Policy": {
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "id": "Policy",
+      "properties": {
+        "bindings": {
+          "description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Binding"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "etag": {
+          "description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.",
+          "format": "byte",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "version": {
+          "description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ProjectSettings": {
+      "description": "The Artifact Registry settings that apply to a Project.",
+      "id": "ProjectSettings",
+      "properties": {
+        "legacyRedirectionState": {
+          "description": "The redirection state of the legacy repositories in this project.",
+          "enum": [
+            "REDIRECTION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_DISABLED",
+            "REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_ENABLED",
+            "REDIRECTION_FROM_GCR_IO_FINALIZED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "No redirection status has been set.",
+            "Redirection is disabled.",
+            "Redirection is enabled.",
+            "Redirection is enabled, and has been finalized so cannot be reverted."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The name of the project's settings. Always of the form: projects/{project-id}/projectSettings In update request: never set In response: always set",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Repository": {
       "description": "A Repository for storing artifacts with a specific format.",
       "id": "Repository",
@@ -600,6 +1751,10 @@
           "description": "Labels with user-defined metadata. This field may contain up to 64 entries. Label keys and values may be no longer than 63 characters. Label keys must begin with a lowercase letter and may only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes.",
           "type": "object"
         },
+        "mavenConfig": {
+          "$ref": "MavenRepositoryConfig",
+          "description": "Maven repository config contains repository level configuration for the repositories of maven type."
+        },
         "name": {
           "description": "The name of the repository, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1\".",
           "type": "string"
@@ -612,6 +1767,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "SetIamPolicyRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.",
+      "id": "SetIamPolicyRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "policy": {
+          "$ref": "Policy",
+          "description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Status": {
       "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).",
       "id": "Status",
@@ -639,6 +1805,49 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Tag": {
+      "description": "Tags point to a version and represent an alternative name that can be used to access the version.",
+      "id": "Tag",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The name of the tag, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/tag1\". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\\-._~:@], anything else must be URL encoded.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "version": {
+          "description": "The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811\" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "TestIamPermissionsRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.",
+      "id": "TestIamPermissionsRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "permissions": {
+          "description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "TestIamPermissionsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.",
+      "id": "TestIamPermissionsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "permissions": {
+          "description": "A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "UploadAptArtifactMediaResponse": {
       "description": "The response to upload an artifact.",
       "id": "UploadAptArtifactMediaResponse",
@@ -650,20 +1859,29 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "UploadAptArtifactResponse": {
-      "description": "The response of the completed artifact upload operation. This response is contained in the Operation and available to users.",
-      "id": "UploadAptArtifactResponse",
+    "UploadAptArtifactRequest": {
+      "description": "The request to upload an artifact.",
+      "id": "UploadAptArtifactRequest",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "UploadGooGetArtifactMediaResponse": {
+      "description": "The response to upload an artifact.",
+      "id": "UploadGooGetArtifactMediaResponse",
       "properties": {
-        "aptArtifacts": {
-          "description": "The Apt artifacts updated.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "AptArtifact"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
+        "operation": {
+          "$ref": "Operation",
+          "description": "Operation to be returned to the user."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "UploadGooGetArtifactRequest": {
+      "description": "The request to upload an artifact.",
+      "id": "UploadGooGetArtifactRequest",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "UploadYumArtifactMediaResponse": {
       "description": "The response to upload an artifact.",
       "id": "UploadYumArtifactMediaResponse",
@@ -675,52 +1893,48 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "UploadYumArtifactResponse": {
-      "description": "The response of the completed artifact upload operation. This response is contained in the Operation and available to users.",
-      "id": "UploadYumArtifactResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "yumArtifacts": {
-          "description": "The Apt artifacts updated.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "YumArtifact"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
+    "UploadYumArtifactRequest": {
+      "description": "The request to upload an artifact.",
+      "id": "UploadYumArtifactRequest",
+      "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "YumArtifact": {
-      "description": "A detailed representation of a Yum artifact.",
-      "id": "YumArtifact",
+    "Version": {
+      "description": "The body of a version resource. A version resource represents a collection of components, such as files and other data. This may correspond to a version in many package management schemes.",
+      "id": "Version",
       "properties": {
-        "architecture": {
-          "description": "Output only. Operating system architecture of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "The time when the version was created.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. The Artifact Registry resource name of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
+        "description": {
+          "description": "Optional. Description of the version, as specified in its metadata.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "packageName": {
-          "description": "Output only. The yum package name of the artifact.",
+        "metadata": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "description": "Properties of the object.",
+            "type": "any"
+          },
+          "description": "Output only. Repository-specific Metadata stored against this version. The fields returned are defined by the underlying repository-specific resource. Currently, the only resource in use is DockerImage",
           "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The name of the version, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/art1\". If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "packageType": {
-          "description": "Output only. An artifact is a binary or source package.",
-          "enum": [
-            "PACKAGE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-            "BINARY",
-            "SOURCE"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Package type is not specified.",
-            "Binary package (.rpm). .rpm",
-            "Source package (.srpm)."
-          ],
-          "readOnly": true,
+        "relatedTags": {
+          "description": "Output only. A list of related tags. Will contain up to 100 tags that reference this version.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Tag"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "The time when the version was last updated.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
index bd0d9ae7097..b21847f6551 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "pageSize": {
-                      "description": "The maximum number of repositories to return.",
+                      "description": "The maximum number of repositories to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.",
                       "format": "int32",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "integer"
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@
                       ],
                       "parameters": {
                         "pageSize": {
-                          "description": "The maximum number of packages to return.",
+                          "description": "The maximum number of packages to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.",
                           "format": "int32",
                           "location": "query",
                           "type": "integer"
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@
                               "type": "string"
                             },
                             "pageSize": {
-                              "description": "The maximum number of tags to return.",
+                              "description": "The maximum number of tags to return. Maximum page size is 10,000.",
                               "format": "int32",
                               "location": "query",
                               "type": "integer"
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@
                               "type": "string"
                             },
                             "pageSize": {
-                              "description": "The maximum number of versions to return.",
+                              "description": "The maximum number of versions to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.",
                               "format": "int32",
                               "location": "query",
                               "type": "integer"
@@ -929,57 +929,9 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
-    "AptArtifact": {
-      "description": "A detailed representation of an Apt artifact. Information in the record is derived from the archive's control file. See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html",
-      "id": "AptArtifact",
-      "properties": {
-        "architecture": {
-          "description": "Output only. Operating system architecture of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "component": {
-          "description": "Output only. Repository component of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "controlFile": {
-          "description": "Output only. Contents of the artifact's control metadata file.",
-          "format": "byte",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. The Artifact Registry resource name of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "packageName": {
-          "description": "Output only. The Apt package name of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "packageType": {
-          "description": "Output only. An artifact is a binary or source package.",
-          "enum": [
-            "PACKAGE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-            "BINARY",
-            "SOURCE"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Package type is not specified.",
-            "Binary package.",
-            "Source package."
-          ],
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "Binding": {
       "description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.",
       "id": "Binding",
@@ -1094,114 +1046,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "ImportAptArtifactsErrorInfo": {
-      "description": "Error information explaining why a package was not imported.",
-      "id": "ImportAptArtifactsErrorInfo",
-      "properties": {
-        "error": {
-          "$ref": "Status",
-          "description": "The detailed error status."
-        },
-        "gcsSource": {
-          "$ref": "ImportAptArtifactsGcsSource",
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage location requested."
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ImportAptArtifactsGcsSource": {
-      "description": "Google Cloud Storage location where the artifacts currently reside.",
-      "id": "ImportAptArtifactsGcsSource",
-      "properties": {
-        "uris": {
-          "description": "Cloud Storage paths URI (e.g., gs://my_bucket//my_object).",
-          "items": {
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "useWildcards": {
-          "description": "Supports URI wildcards for matching multiple objects from a single URI.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ImportAptArtifactsResponse": {
-      "description": "The response message from importing artifacts.",
-      "id": "ImportAptArtifactsResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "aptArtifacts": {
-          "description": "The Apt artifacts updated.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "AptArtifact"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "errors": {
-          "description": "Detailed error info for packages that were not imported.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "ImportAptArtifactsErrorInfo"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ImportYumArtifactsErrorInfo": {
-      "description": "Error information explaining why a package was not imported.",
-      "id": "ImportYumArtifactsErrorInfo",
-      "properties": {
-        "error": {
-          "$ref": "Status",
-          "description": "The detailed error status."
-        },
-        "gcsSource": {
-          "$ref": "ImportYumArtifactsGcsSource",
-          "description": "Google Cloud Storage location requested."
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ImportYumArtifactsGcsSource": {
-      "description": "Google Cloud Storage location where the artifacts currently reside.",
-      "id": "ImportYumArtifactsGcsSource",
-      "properties": {
-        "uris": {
-          "description": "Cloud Storage paths URI (e.g., gs://my_bucket//my_object).",
-          "items": {
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "useWildcards": {
-          "description": "Supports URI wildcards for matching multiple objects from a single URI.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ImportYumArtifactsResponse": {
-      "description": "The response message from importing artifacts.",
-      "id": "ImportYumArtifactsResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "errors": {
-          "description": "Detailed error info for packages that were not imported.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "ImportYumArtifactsErrorInfo"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "yumArtifacts": {
-          "description": "The yum artifacts updated.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "YumArtifact"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "ListFilesResponse": {
       "description": "The response from listing files.",
       "id": "ListFilesResponse",
@@ -1533,7 +1377,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "version": {
-          "description": "The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811\"",
+          "description": "The name of the version the tag refers to, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/sha256:5243811\" If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -1567,56 +1411,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "UploadAptArtifactMediaResponse": {
-      "description": "The response to upload an artifact.",
-      "id": "UploadAptArtifactMediaResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "operation": {
-          "$ref": "Operation",
-          "description": "Operation to be returned to the user."
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "UploadAptArtifactResponse": {
-      "description": "The response of the completed artifact upload operation. This response is contained in the Operation and available to users.",
-      "id": "UploadAptArtifactResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "aptArtifacts": {
-          "description": "The Apt artifacts updated.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "AptArtifact"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "UploadYumArtifactMediaResponse": {
-      "description": "The response to upload an artifact.",
-      "id": "UploadYumArtifactMediaResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "operation": {
-          "$ref": "Operation",
-          "description": "Operation to be returned to the user."
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "UploadYumArtifactResponse": {
-      "description": "The response of the completed artifact upload operation. This response is contained in the Operation and available to users.",
-      "id": "UploadYumArtifactResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "yumArtifacts": {
-          "description": "The Apt artifacts updated.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "YumArtifact"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "Version": {
       "description": "The body of a version resource. A version resource represents a collection of components, such as files and other data. This may correspond to a version in many package management schemes.",
       "id": "Version",
@@ -1648,43 +1442,6 @@
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
-    },
-    "YumArtifact": {
-      "description": "A detailed representation of a Yum artifact.",
-      "id": "YumArtifact",
-      "properties": {
-        "architecture": {
-          "description": "Output only. Operating system architecture of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. The Artifact Registry resource name of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "packageName": {
-          "description": "Output only. The yum package name of the artifact.",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "packageType": {
-          "description": "Output only. An artifact is a binary or source package.",
-          "enum": [
-            "PACKAGE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-            "BINARY",
-            "SOURCE"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Package type is not specified.",
-            "Binary package (.rpm). .rpm",
-            "Source package (.srpm)."
-          ],
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
index 2eeeb2799f8..60a75a9a74e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
     "projects": {
       "methods": {
         "getProjectSettings": {
-          "description": "Retrieves the Settings for the Project",
+          "description": "Retrieves the Settings for the Project.",
           "flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/projectSettings",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "artifactregistry.projects.getProjectSettings",
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "updateProjectSettings": {
-          "description": "Retrieves the Settings for the Project",
+          "description": "Updates the Settings for the Project.",
           "flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/projectSettings",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "artifactregistry.projects.updateProjectSettings",
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "The name of the parent resource where the repository will be created.",
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the parent resource where the repository will be created.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "The name of the repository to delete.",
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the repository to delete.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "The name of the repository to retrieve.",
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the repository to retrieve.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "The name of the parent resource whose repositories will be listed.",
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the parent resource whose repositories will be listed.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@
                       ],
                       "parameters": {
                         "name": {
-                          "description": "The name of the package to delete.",
+                          "description": "Required. The name of the package to delete.",
                           "location": "path",
                           "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+$",
                           "required": true,
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@
                       ],
                       "parameters": {
                         "name": {
-                          "description": "The name of the package to retrieve.",
+                          "description": "Required. The name of the package to retrieve.",
                           "location": "path",
                           "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+$",
                           "required": true,
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
                           "type": "string"
                         },
                         "parent": {
-                          "description": "The name of the parent resource whose packages will be listed.",
+                          "description": "Required. The name of the parent resource whose packages will be listed.",
                           "location": "path",
                           "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$",
                           "required": true,
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptArtifact": {
@@ -1640,6 +1640,12 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "OperationMetadata": {
+      "description": "Metadata type for longrunning-operations, currently empty.",
+      "id": "OperationMetadata",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Package": {
       "description": "Packages are named collections of versions.",
       "id": "Package",
@@ -1736,7 +1742,6 @@
             "DOCKER",
             "MAVEN",
             "NPM",
-            "PYPI",
             "APT",
             "YUM",
             "PYTHON"
@@ -1746,7 +1751,6 @@
             "Docker package format.",
             "Maven package format.",
             "NPM package format.",
-            "PyPI package format. Deprecated, use PYTHON instead.",
             "APT package format.",
             "YUM package format.",
             "Python package format."
@@ -1992,7 +1996,7 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Package type is not specified.",
-            "Binary package (.rpm). .rpm",
+            "Binary package (.rpm).",
             "Source package (.srpm)."
           ],
           "readOnly": true,
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
index 5e7a344c616..9932ae249d7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211213",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json
index e6aa16220d0..a9b748a971f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220108",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://authorizedbuyersmarketplace.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceptProposalRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
index 4a75d8051dd..33b6b692398 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
@@ -1693,7 +1693,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220101",
+  "revision": "20220108",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AggregateClassificationMetrics": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
index c0a20be590c..b7254f88756 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
index bcad10ad2db..193043e98ad 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220108",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CheckValidCredsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
index 81ef5ba94c1..3145dc5d916 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220103",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Assignment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
index ee9c229e4c5..b98c1f86779 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220103",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Assignment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
index 5b7083ce264..7c300865b3c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1Budget": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
index faa9a99b8cf..7afd718b2cf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1beta1AllUpdatesRule": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
index dddae27d670..0dd2f125699 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Blog": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
index 107003a4003..d003d79e102 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
@@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Blog": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
index d562b64e08c..7faf9068be7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
@@ -2671,7 +2671,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://books.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Annotation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
index cc18d6a2aa8..0aa5e25e1b2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
@@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211229",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Acl": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
index 4eb26e600d2..ee44cda2669 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211229",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActionParameter": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
index 38d263770d2..fa8ef10929e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
index 63faeb81f84..4ac18e1ebc7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ChromeCrosDpanelAutosettingsProtoPolicyApiLifecycle": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
index daab5a189db..196f45301d9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220106",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Bin": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
index 12f62c98c01..9544d2abbf3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Announcement": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
index 89b666eb1a2..23814c70bec 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "analysisQuery.options.analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": {
-              "description": "Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.",
+              "description": "Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "boolean"
             },
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSelector": {
@@ -2823,7 +2823,7 @@
       "id": "Options",
       "properties": {
         "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": {
-          "description": "Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.",
+          "description": "Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Only the following permissions are considered in this analysis: * `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signBlob` * `iam.serviceAccounts.signJwt` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.getOpenIdToken` * `iam.serviceAccounts.implicitDelegation` Default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "expandGroups": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
index fd3a7ddb77d..4d163bc856d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
index 1d2b1603561..37bb15c84c7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json
index 535171a3c7b..8e860cc666a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSelector": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
index 8add6ec3527..ffa8a9119d1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
index b8eadcd44e0..844a1b9c224 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
index bf9c6866bbf..abb74185466 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
@@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddBitbucketServerConnectedRepositoryRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
index 33acc4be044..1d3c25f46f4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
index c332fff7922..2e9ef3dd3ee 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
index c3395990529..97910cd9869 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
index 1b74170b937..607580d87f0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
index bc8f3b8bbce..5561a5bd051 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211207",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://clouddebugger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json
index 8bc8926cb41..6f039fe301c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://clouderrorreporting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeleteEventsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
index 639d596c08c..ef79e2fc0e9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211206",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
index 5963c3f2bf4..98e7db00467 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CheckTransitiveMembershipResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
index 203d6926392..f6e20760dd1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
@@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidAttributes": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
index ec9a5b88945..4bef2711ec9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211108",
+  "revision": "20220103",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudiot.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BindDeviceToGatewayRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
index d16e0f6710f..6ba7d8b5712 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudkms.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsymmetricDecryptRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
index 78a6007698f..c7ffc1541a1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudprofiler.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CreateProfileRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
index bcda2231b36..e43a4f0c6b5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220109",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Ancestor": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
index 54cba88d12d..d1b5249e363 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220109",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Ancestor": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
index aaf6146c923..c1bfc2a9f65 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220109",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
index e88bdb80817..b2073a4ebcc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220109",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
index bd67e3f8358..95ef3fb97be 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
@@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220109",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
index 421f0da6c79..3adcec819df 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211202",
+  "revision": "20220106",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppEngineHttpTarget": {
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `\"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)\"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `\"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)\"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `\"application/octet-stream\"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `\"application/json\"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.",
+          "description": "HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `\"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)\"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `\"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)\"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC \"Zulu\" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `\"application/octet-stream\"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `\"application/json\"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "httpMethod": {
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `\"Google-Cloud-Scheduler\"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.",
+          "description": "The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `\"Google-Cloud-Scheduler\"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC \"Zulu\" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "httpMethod": {
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Job": {
-      "description": "Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.",
+      "description": "Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.",
       "id": "Job",
       "properties": {
         "appEngineHttpTarget": {
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@
           "description": "App Engine HTTP target."
         },
         "attemptDeadline": {
-          "description": "The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours.",
+          "description": "The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds.",
           "format": "google-duration",
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json
index 8361ac2b4bf..10276d32bea 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211202",
+  "revision": "20220106",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppEngineHttpTarget": {
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `\"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)\"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `\"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)\"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `\"application/octet-stream\"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `\"application/json\"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.",
+          "description": "HTTP request headers. This map contains the header field names and values. Headers can be set when the job is created. Cloud Scheduler sets some headers to default values: * `User-Agent`: By default, this header is `\"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)\"`. This header can be modified, but Cloud Scheduler will append `\"AppEngine-Google; (+http://code.google.com/appengine)\"` to the modified `User-Agent`. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC \"Zulu\" format. If the job has an body, Cloud Scheduler sets the following headers: * `Content-Type`: By default, the `Content-Type` header is set to `\"application/octet-stream\"`. The default can be overridden by explictly setting `Content-Type` to a particular media type when the job is created. For example, `Content-Type` can be set to `\"application/json\"`. * `Content-Length`: This is computed by Cloud Scheduler. This value is output only. It cannot be changed. The headers below are output only. They cannot be set or overridden: * `X-Google-*`: For Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: For Google internal use only. In addition, some App Engine headers, which contain job-specific information, are also be sent to the job handler.",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "httpMethod": {
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `\"Google-Cloud-Scheduler\"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.",
+          "description": "The user can specify HTTP request headers to send with the job's HTTP request. This map contains the header field names and values. Repeated headers are not supported, but a header value can contain commas. These headers represent a subset of the headers that will accompany the job's HTTP request. Some HTTP request headers will be ignored or replaced. A partial list of headers that will be ignored or replaced is below: - Host: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler and derived from uri. * `Content-Length`: This will be computed by Cloud Scheduler. * `User-Agent`: This will be set to `\"Google-Cloud-Scheduler\"`. * `X-Google-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-AppEngine-*`: Google internal use only. * `X-CloudScheduler`: This header will be set to true. * `X-CloudScheduler-JobName`: This header will contain the job name. * `X-CloudScheduler-ScheduleTime`: For Cloud Scheduler jobs specified in the unix-cron format, this header will contain the job schedule time in RFC3339 UTC \"Zulu\" format. The total size of headers must be less than 80KB.",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "httpMethod": {
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Job": {
-      "description": "Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 100KB.",
+      "description": "Configuration for a job. The maximum allowed size for a job is 1MB.",
       "id": "Job",
       "properties": {
         "appEngineHttpTarget": {
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
           "description": "App Engine HTTP target."
         },
         "attemptDeadline": {
-          "description": "The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.",
+          "description": "The deadline for job attempts. If the request handler does not respond by this deadline then the request is cancelled and the attempt is marked as a `DEADLINE_EXCEEDED` failure. The failed attempt can be viewed in execution logs. Cloud Scheduler will retry the job according to the RetryConfig. The allowed duration for this deadline is: * For HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 30 minutes. * For App Engine HTTP targets, between 15 seconds and 24 hours 15 seconds. * For PubSub targets, this field is ignored.",
           "format": "google-duration",
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
index 04cfa09340c..c74287b62f7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
@@ -1994,7 +1994,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220103",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditLoggingSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
index 86da1dec399..a22094ec28e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211218",
+  "revision": "20220108",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudshell.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddPublicKeyMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json
index 1f0e0ad9f64..36583f180e2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Actor": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json
index 88a4f35ca02..1e632da24d2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211130",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppEngineHttpRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json
index cca875a0cb7..0defddda394 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211130",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeTaskRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json
index a7adad9bbe3..8dfa41b0fb3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211130",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppEngineHttpQueue": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
index f537c7f9e3f..fb83d17e82e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211208",
+  "revision": "20220108",
   "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllowedIpRange": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
index 489970ade3e..fc25182a685 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211208",
+  "revision": "20220108",
   "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllowedIpRange": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
index 2b3e76d3dc6..23330dbb1b3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
@@ -285,13 +285,13 @@
                       "description": "The level of details of the conversation. Default is `FULL`.",
                       "enum": [
                         "CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED",
-                        "BASIC",
-                        "FULL"
+                        "FULL",
+                        "BASIC"
                       ],
                       "enumDescriptions": [
-                        "Not specified. Defaults to FULL on GetConversationRequest and BASIC for ListConversationsRequest.",
-                        "Transcript field is not populated in the response for Insights conversation.",
-                        "All fields are populated for Insights conversation."
+                        "The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.",
+                        "Populates all fields in the conversation.",
+                        "Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript."
                       ],
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
@@ -341,13 +341,13 @@
                       "description": "The level of details of the conversation. Default is `BASIC`.",
                       "enum": [
                         "CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED",
-                        "BASIC",
-                        "FULL"
+                        "FULL",
+                        "BASIC"
                       ],
                       "enumDescriptions": [
-                        "Not specified. Defaults to FULL on GetConversationRequest and BASIC for ListConversationsRequest.",
-                        "Transcript field is not populated in the response for Insights conversation.",
-                        "All fields are populated for Insights conversation."
+                        "The conversation view is not specified. * Defaults to `FULL` in `GetConversationRequest`. * Defaults to `BASIC` in `ListConversationsRequest`.",
+                        "Populates all fields in the conversation.",
+                        "Populates all fields in the conversation except the transcript."
                       ],
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220103",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
index 823d6644d8d..7c26272935d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "overwrite": {
-              "description": "Only available to selected merchants. When set to `True`, this flag removes any existing claim on the requested website by another account and replaces it with a claim from this account.",
+              "description": "Only available to selected merchants, for example multi-client accounts (MCAs) and their sub-accounts. When set to `True`, this flag removes any existing claim on the requested website and replaces it with a claim from the account that makes the request.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "boolean"
             }
@@ -5815,7 +5815,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211126",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
@@ -5838,6 +5838,10 @@
           "description": "Indicates whether the merchant sells adult content.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "automaticImprovements": {
+          "$ref": "AccountAutomaticImprovements",
+          "description": "The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping. Each section inside AutomaticImprovements is updated separately."
+        },
         "automaticLabelIds": {
           "description": "Automatically created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS Center.",
           "items": {
@@ -5946,6 +5950,25 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AccountAutomaticImprovements": {
+      "description": "The automatic improvements of the account can be used to automatically update items, improve images and shipping.",
+      "id": "AccountAutomaticImprovements",
+      "properties": {
+        "imageImprovements": {
+          "$ref": "AccountImageImprovements",
+          "description": "This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973) This field is only updated (cleared) if provided."
+        },
+        "itemUpdates": {
+          "$ref": "AccountItemUpdates",
+          "description": "Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown. This field is only updated (cleared) if provided."
+        },
+        "shippingImprovements": {
+          "$ref": "AccountShippingImprovements",
+          "description": "Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: - Delivery address of an order - Current handling time and shipping time settings - Estimated weekdays or business days - Parcel tracking data This field is only updated (cleared) if provided."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AccountBusinessInformation": {
       "id": "AccountBusinessInformation",
       "properties": {
@@ -6054,6 +6077,78 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AccountImageImprovements": {
+      "description": "This improvement will attempt to automatically correct submitted images if they don't meet the [image requirements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350), for example, removing overlays. If successful, the image will be replaced and approved. This improvement is only applied to images of disapproved offers. For more information see: [Automatic image improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9242973)",
+      "id": "AccountImageImprovements",
+      "properties": {
+        "accountImageImprovementsSettings": {
+          "$ref": "AccountImageImprovementsSettings",
+          "description": "Determines how the images should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator."
+        },
+        "effectiveAllowAutomaticImageImprovements": {
+          "description": "Output only. The effective value of allow_automatic_image_improvements. If account_image_improvements_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "AccountImageImprovementsSettings": {
+      "description": "Settings for the Automatic Image Improvements.",
+      "id": "AccountImageImprovementsSettings",
+      "properties": {
+        "allowAutomaticImageImprovements": {
+          "description": "Enables automatic image improvements.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "AccountItemUpdates": {
+      "description": "Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown.",
+      "id": "AccountItemUpdates",
+      "properties": {
+        "accountItemUpdatesSettings": {
+          "$ref": "AccountItemUpdatesSettings",
+          "description": "Determines which attributes of the items should be automatically updated. If this field is not present, then the settings will be deleted. If there are no settings for subaccount, they are inherited from aggregator."
+        },
+        "effectiveAllowAvailabilityUpdates": {
+          "description": "Output only. The effective value of allow_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "effectiveAllowPriceUpdates": {
+          "description": "Output only. The effective value of allow_price_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "effectiveAllowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": {
+          "description": "Output only. The effective value of allow_strict_availability_updates. If account_item_updates_settings is present, then this value is the same. Otherwise, it represents the inherited value of the parent account. Read-only.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "AccountItemUpdatesSettings": {
+      "description": "Settings for the Automatic Item Updates.",
+      "id": "AccountItemUpdatesSettings",
+      "properties": {
+        "allowAvailabilityUpdates": {
+          "description": "If availability updates are enabled, any previous availability values get overwritten if Google finds an out-of-stock annotation on the offer's page. If additionally `allow_availability_updates` field is set to true, values get overwritten if Google finds an in-stock annotation on the offer\u2019s page.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "allowPriceUpdates": {
+          "description": "If price updates are enabled, Google always updates the active price with the crawled information.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "allowStrictAvailabilityUpdates": {
+          "description": "If allow_availability_updates is enabled, items are automatically updated in all your Shopping target countries. By default, availability updates will only be applied to items that are 'out of stock' on your website but 'in stock' on Shopping. Set this to true to also update items that are 'in stock' on your website, but 'out of stock' on Google Shopping. In order for this field to have an effect, you must also allow availability updates.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AccountLabel": {
       "description": "Label assigned by CSS domain or CSS group to one of its sub-accounts.",
       "id": "AccountLabel",
@@ -6130,6 +6225,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "AccountShippingImprovements": {
+      "description": "Not available for MCAs [accounts](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487). By turning on [automatic shipping improvements](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10027038), you are allowing Google to improve the accuracy of your delivery times shown to shoppers using Google. More accurate delivery times, especially when faster, typically lead to better conversion rates. Google will improve your estimated delivery times based on various factors: * Delivery address of an order * Current handling time and shipping time settings * Estimated weekdays or business days * Parcel tracking data",
+      "id": "AccountShippingImprovements",
+      "properties": {
+        "allowShippingImprovements": {
+          "description": "Enables automatic shipping improvements.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AccountStatus": {
       "description": "The status of an account, i.e., information about its products, which is computed offline and not returned immediately at insertion time.",
       "id": "AccountStatus",
@@ -7603,7 +7709,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "includedDestinations": {
-          "description": "The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`. List of supported destinations (if available to the account): - DisplayAds - Shopping - ShoppingActions - SurfacesAcrossGoogle ",
+          "description": "The list of destinations to include for this target (corresponds to checked check boxes in Merchant Center). Default destinations are always included unless provided in `excludedDestinations`.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -12031,10 +12137,25 @@
       "description": "Store resource.",
       "id": "PosStore",
       "properties": {
+        "gcidCategory": {
+          "description": "The business type of the store.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "kind": {
           "description": "Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string \"`content#posStore`\"",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "phoneNumber": {
+          "description": "The store phone number.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "placeId": {
+          "description": "The Google Place Id of the store location.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "storeAddress": {
           "description": "Required. The street address of the store.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -12042,6 +12163,14 @@
         "storeCode": {
           "description": "Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "storeName": {
+          "description": "The merchant or store name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "websiteUrl": {
+          "description": "The website url for the store or merchant.",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json
index cf08d2061cb..3540a122ce2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json
@@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211126",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
@@ -8519,10 +8519,25 @@
       "description": "Store resource.",
       "id": "PosStore",
       "properties": {
+        "gcidCategory": {
+          "description": "The business type of the store.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "kind": {
           "description": "Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string \"`content#posStore`\"",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "phoneNumber": {
+          "description": "The store phone number.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "placeId": {
+          "description": "The Google Place Id of the store location.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "storeAddress": {
           "description": "Required. The street address of the store.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -8530,6 +8545,14 @@
         "storeCode": {
           "description": "Required. A store identifier that is unique for the given merchant.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "storeName": {
+          "description": "The merchant or store name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "websiteUrl": {
+          "description": "The website url for the store or merchant.",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
index 903fdc0903f..76b48cd93dd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Promotion": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
index 7dc1e324637..f8c33fc2fc5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
@@ -1953,7 +1953,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220103",
   "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
index b6443dec64b..8c2d6148e49 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
@@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220103",
   "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
index ffd7be222aa..e12a82d4022 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
@@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211204",
+  "revision": "20211229",
   "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApproximateProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json
index 8c29d81ecb1..5745b997f73 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json
@@ -322,6 +322,48 @@
                     "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
                   ]
                 }
+              },
+              "resources": {
+                "jobs": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "list": {
+                      "description": "Lists jobs for a given pipeline. Throws a \"FORBIDDEN\" error if the caller doesn't have permission to access it.",
+                      "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/pipelines/{pipelinesId}/jobs",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "datapipelines.projects.locations.pipelines.jobs.list",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "pageSize": {
+                          "description": "The maximum number of entities to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, the max limit will be determined by the backend implementation.",
+                          "format": "int32",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "integer"
+                        },
+                        "pageToken": {
+                          "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListJobs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListJobs` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "Required. The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`.",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/pipelines/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "v1/{+parent}/jobs",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1ListJobsResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                      ]
+                    }
+                  }
+                }
               }
             }
           }
@@ -329,7 +371,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220103",
   "rootUrl": "https://datapipelines.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1DataflowJobDetails": {
@@ -640,6 +682,24 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1ListJobsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response message for ListJobs",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1ListJobsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "jobs": {
+          "description": "Results that were accessible to the caller. Results are always in descending order of job creation date.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1Job"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1ListPipelinesResponse": {
       "description": "Response message for ListPipelines.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1ListPipelinesResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
index 09337dc372e..47edf9276da 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
@@ -339,6 +339,134 @@
                 }
               }
             },
+            "batches": {
+              "methods": {
+                "create": {
+                  "description": "Creates a batch workload that executes asynchronously.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/batches",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.batches.create",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "batchId": {
+                      "description": "Optional. The ID to use for the batch, which will become the final component of the batch's resource name.This value must be 4-63 characters. Valid characters are /[a-z][0-9]-/.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The parent resource where this batch will be created.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "requestId": {
+                      "description": "Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateBatchRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.CreateBatchRequest)s with the same request_id, the second request is ignored and the Operation that corresponds to the first Batch created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/batches",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "Batch"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "delete": {
+                  "description": "Deletes the batch workload resource. If the batch is not in terminal state, the delete fails and the response returns FAILED_PRECONDITION.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/batches/{batchesId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                  "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.batches.delete",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the batch resource to delete.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/batches/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Empty"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "get": {
+                  "description": "Gets the batch workload resource representation.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/batches/{batchesId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.batches.get",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the batch to retrieve.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/batches/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Batch"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "list": {
+                  "description": "Lists batch workloads.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/batches",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.batches.list",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "pageSize": {
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum number of batches to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this value. The default page size is 20; the maximum page size is 1000.",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "pageToken": {
+                      "description": "Optional. A page token received from a previous ListBatches call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of batches.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/batches",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "ListBatchesResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
+            },
             "workflowTemplates": {
               "methods": {
                 "create": {
@@ -2316,7 +2444,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -2432,6 +2560,117 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Batch": {
+      "description": "A representation of a batch workload in the service.",
+      "id": "Batch",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time when the batch was created.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "creator": {
+          "description": "Output only. The email address of the user who created the batch.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "environmentConfig": {
+          "$ref": "EnvironmentConfig",
+          "description": "Optional. Environment configuration for the batch execution."
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Optional. The labels to associate with this batch. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a batch.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the batch.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "operation": {
+          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the operation associated with this batch.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "pysparkBatch": {
+          "$ref": "PySparkBatch",
+          "description": "Optional. PySpark batch config."
+        },
+        "runtimeConfig": {
+          "$ref": "RuntimeConfig",
+          "description": "Optional. Runtime configuration for the batch execution."
+        },
+        "runtimeInfo": {
+          "$ref": "RuntimeInfo",
+          "description": "Output only. Runtime information about batch execution.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "sparkBatch": {
+          "$ref": "SparkBatch",
+          "description": "Optional. Spark batch config."
+        },
+        "sparkRBatch": {
+          "$ref": "SparkRBatch",
+          "description": "Optional. SparkR batch config."
+        },
+        "sparkSqlBatch": {
+          "$ref": "SparkSqlBatch",
+          "description": "Optional. SparkSql batch config."
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Output only. The state of the batch.",
+          "enum": [
+            "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PENDING",
+            "RUNNING",
+            "CANCELLING",
+            "CANCELLED",
+            "SUCCEEDED",
+            "FAILED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The batch state is unknown.",
+            "The batch is created before running.",
+            "The batch is running.",
+            "The batch is cancelling.",
+            "The batch cancellation was successful.",
+            "The batch completed successfully.",
+            "The batch is no longer running due to an error."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "stateHistory": {
+          "description": "Output only. Historical state information for the batch.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "StateHistory"
+          },
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "stateMessage": {
+          "description": "Output only. Batch state details, such as a failure description if the state is FAILED.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "stateTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time when the batch entered a current state.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "uuid": {
+          "description": "Output only. A batch UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). The service generates this value when it creates the batch.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "BatchOperationMetadata": {
       "description": "Metadata describing the Batch operation.",
       "id": "BatchOperationMetadata",
@@ -2945,6 +3184,51 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "EnvironmentConfig": {
+      "description": "Environment configuration for a workload.",
+      "id": "EnvironmentConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "executionConfig": {
+          "$ref": "ExecutionConfig",
+          "description": "Optional. Execution configuration for a workload."
+        },
+        "peripheralsConfig": {
+          "$ref": "PeripheralsConfig",
+          "description": "Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ExecutionConfig": {
+      "description": "Execution configuration for a workload.",
+      "id": "ExecutionConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "kmsKey": {
+          "description": "Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "networkTags": {
+          "description": "Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "networkUri": {
+          "description": "Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "serviceAccount": {
+          "description": "Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "subnetworkUri": {
+          "description": "Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Expr": {
       "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
       "id": "Expr",
@@ -3710,6 +3994,24 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ListBatchesResponse": {
+      "description": "A list of batch workloads.",
+      "id": "ListBatchesResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "batches": {
+          "description": "The batches from the specified collection.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Batch"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "A token, which can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ListClustersResponse": {
       "description": "The list of all clusters in a project.",
       "id": "ListClustersResponse",
@@ -4026,6 +4328,21 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "PeripheralsConfig": {
+      "description": "Auxiliary services configuration for a workload.",
+      "id": "PeripheralsConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "metastoreService": {
+          "description": "Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "sparkHistoryServerConfig": {
+          "$ref": "SparkHistoryServerConfig",
+          "description": "Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "PigJob": {
       "description": "A Dataproc job for running Apache Pig (https://pig.apache.org/) queries on YARN.",
       "id": "PigJob",
@@ -4135,6 +4452,52 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "PySparkBatch": {
+      "description": "A configuration for running an Apache PySpark (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/api/python/getting_started/quickstart.html) batch workload.",
+      "id": "PySparkBatch",
+      "properties": {
+        "archiveUris": {
+          "description": "Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "args": {
+          "description": "Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "fileUris": {
+          "description": "Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "jarFileUris": {
+          "description": "Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the classpath of the Spark driver and tasks.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "mainPythonFileUri": {
+          "description": "Required. The HCFS URI of the main Python file to use as the Spark driver. Must be a .py file.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "pythonFileUris": {
+          "description": "Optional. HCFS file URIs of Python files to pass to the PySpark framework. Supported file types: .py, .egg, and .zip.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "PySparkJob": {
       "description": "A Dataproc job for running Apache PySpark (https://spark.apache.org/docs/0.9.0/python-programming-guide.html) applications on YARN.",
       "id": "PySparkJob",
@@ -4269,6 +4632,53 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "RuntimeConfig": {
+      "description": "Runtime configuration for a workload.",
+      "id": "RuntimeConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "containerImage": {
+          "description": "Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "properties": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "version": {
+          "description": "Optional. Version of the batch runtime.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "RuntimeInfo": {
+      "description": "Runtime information about workload execution.",
+      "id": "RuntimeInfo",
+      "properties": {
+        "diagnosticOutputUri": {
+          "description": "Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the diagnostics tarball.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "endpoints": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Output only. Map of remote access endpoints (such as web interfaces and APIs) to their URIs.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "outputUri": {
+          "description": "Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the stdout and stderr of the workload.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "SecurityConfig": {
       "description": "Security related configuration, including encryption, Kerberos, etc.",
       "id": "SecurityConfig",
@@ -4428,6 +4838,60 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "SparkBatch": {
+      "description": "A configuration for running an Apache Spark (http://spark.apache.org/) batch workload.",
+      "id": "SparkBatch",
+      "properties": {
+        "archiveUris": {
+          "description": "Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "args": {
+          "description": "Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "fileUris": {
+          "description": "Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "jarFileUris": {
+          "description": "Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the classpath of the Spark driver and tasks.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "mainClass": {
+          "description": "Optional. The name of the driver main class. The jar file that contains the class must be in the classpath or specified in jar_file_uris.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "mainJarFileUri": {
+          "description": "Optional. The HCFS URI of the jar file that contains the main class.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "SparkHistoryServerConfig": {
+      "description": "Spark History Server configuration for the workload.",
+      "id": "SparkHistoryServerConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "dataprocCluster": {
+          "description": "Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "SparkJob": {
       "description": "A Dataproc job for running Apache Spark (http://spark.apache.org/) applications on YARN.",
       "id": "SparkJob",
@@ -4482,6 +4946,38 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "SparkRBatch": {
+      "description": "A configuration for running an Apache SparkR (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/sparkr.html) batch workload.",
+      "id": "SparkRBatch",
+      "properties": {
+        "archiveUris": {
+          "description": "Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted into the working directory of each executor. Supported file types: .jar, .tar, .tar.gz, .tgz, and .zip.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "args": {
+          "description": "Optional. The arguments to pass to the Spark driver. Do not include arguments that can be set as batch properties, such as --conf, since a collision can occur that causes an incorrect batch submission.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "fileUris": {
+          "description": "Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be placed in the working directory of each executor.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "mainRFileUri": {
+          "description": "Required. The HCFS URI of the main R file to use as the driver. Must be a .R or .r file.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "SparkRJob": {
       "description": "A Dataproc job for running Apache SparkR (https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/sparkr.html) applications on YARN.",
       "id": "SparkRJob",
@@ -4525,6 +5021,31 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "SparkSqlBatch": {
+      "description": "A configuration for running Apache Spark SQL (http://spark.apache.org/sql/) queries as a batch workload.",
+      "id": "SparkSqlBatch",
+      "properties": {
+        "jarFileUris": {
+          "description": "Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to be added to the Spark CLASSPATH.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "queryFileUri": {
+          "description": "Required. The HCFS URI of the script that contains Spark SQL queries to execute.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "queryVariables": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Optional. Mapping of query variable names to values (equivalent to the Spark SQL command: SET name=\"value\";).",
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "SparkSqlJob": {
       "description": "A Dataproc job for running Apache Spark SQL (http://spark.apache.org/sql/) queries.",
       "id": "SparkSqlJob",
@@ -4612,6 +5133,47 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "StateHistory": {
+      "description": "Historical state information.",
+      "id": "StateHistory",
+      "properties": {
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Output only. The state of the batch at this point in history.",
+          "enum": [
+            "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PENDING",
+            "RUNNING",
+            "CANCELLING",
+            "CANCELLED",
+            "SUCCEEDED",
+            "FAILED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The batch state is unknown.",
+            "The batch is created before running.",
+            "The batch is running.",
+            "The batch is cancelling.",
+            "The batch cancellation was successful.",
+            "The batch completed successfully.",
+            "The batch is no longer running due to an error."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "stateMessage": {
+          "description": "Output only. Details about the state at this point in history.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "stateStartTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time when the batch entered the historical state.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Status": {
       "description": "The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).",
       "id": "Status",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
index 45af792b69b..f10c1500d4f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211206",
+  "revision": "20220104",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateIdsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
index 57850b7df45..1c37a0802d9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211206",
+  "revision": "20220104",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
index 8eecbfce87b..d2f96a3305c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211206",
+  "revision": "20220104",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateIdsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
index 075d0bf7fd1..ce9ea9dd2d7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
         "locations": {
           "methods": {
             "fetchStaticIps": {
-              "description": "The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static ips used by Datastream. Typically, a request returns children data objects under a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.",
+              "description": "The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static IP addresses used by Datastream.",
               "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:fetchStaticIps",
               "httpMethod": "GET",
               "id": "datastream.projects.locations.fetchStaticIps",
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
               ],
               "parameters": {
                 "name": {
-                  "description": "Required. The name resource of the Response type. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
+                  "description": "Required. The resource name for the location for which static IPs should be returned. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
                   "location": "path",
                   "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                   "required": true,
@@ -245,6 +245,11 @@
                       "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "validateOnly": {
+                      "description": "Optional. Only validate the connection profile, but don't create any resources. The default is false.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "boolean"
                     }
                   },
                   "path": "v1/{+parent}/connectionProfiles",
@@ -259,7 +264,7 @@
                   ]
                 },
                 "delete": {
-                  "description": "Use this method to delete a connection profile..",
+                  "description": "Use this method to delete a connection profile.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectionProfiles/{connectionProfilesId}",
                   "httpMethod": "DELETE",
                   "id": "datastream.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.delete",
@@ -289,7 +294,7 @@
                   ]
                 },
                 "discover": {
-                  "description": "Use this method to discover a connection profile. The discover API call exposes the data objects and metadata belonging to the profile. Typically, a request returns children data objects under a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.",
+                  "description": "Use this method to discover a connection profile. The discover API call exposes the data objects and metadata belonging to the profile. Typically, a request returns children data objects of a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connectionProfiles:discover",
                   "httpMethod": "POST",
                   "id": "datastream.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.discover",
@@ -397,7 +402,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "force": {
-                      "description": "Optional. Execute the update without validating it.",
+                      "description": "Optional. Update the connection profile without validating it.",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "boolean"
                     },
@@ -418,6 +423,11 @@
                       "format": "google-fieldmask",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "validateOnly": {
+                      "description": "Optional. Only validate the connection profile, but don't update any resources. The default is false.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "boolean"
                     }
                   },
                   "path": "v1/{+name}",
@@ -707,7 +717,7 @@
                 "routes": {
                   "methods": {
                     "create": {
-                      "description": "Use this method to create a route for a private connectivity in a project and location.",
+                      "description": "Use this method to create a route for a private connectivity configuration in a project and location.",
                       "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/privateConnections/{privateConnectionsId}/routes",
                       "httpMethod": "POST",
                       "id": "datastream.projects.locations.privateConnections.routes.create",
@@ -800,7 +810,7 @@
                       ]
                     },
                     "list": {
-                      "description": "Use this method to list routes created for a private connectivity in a project and location.",
+                      "description": "Use this method to list routes created for a private connectivity configuration in a project and location.",
                       "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/privateConnections/{privateConnectionsId}/routes",
                       "httpMethod": "GET",
                       "id": "datastream.projects.locations.privateConnections.routes.list",
@@ -883,7 +893,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "validateOnly": {
-                      "description": "Optional. Only validate the stream, but do not create any resources. The default is false.",
+                      "description": "Optional. Only validate the stream, but don't create any resources. The default is false.",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "boolean"
                     }
@@ -1010,7 +1020,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "force": {
-                      "description": "Optional. Create the stream without validating it.",
+                      "description": "Optional. Update the stream without validating it.",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "boolean"
                     },
@@ -1143,7 +1153,7 @@
                       ]
                     },
                     "startBackfillJob": {
-                      "description": "Starts backfill job for the specified stream object.",
+                      "description": "Use this method to start a backfill job for the specified stream object.",
                       "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/streams/{streamsId}/objects/{objectsId}:startBackfillJob",
                       "httpMethod": "POST",
                       "id": "datastream.projects.locations.streams.objects.startBackfillJob",
@@ -1171,7 +1181,7 @@
                       ]
                     },
                     "stopBackfillJob": {
-                      "description": "Stops the backfill job for the specified stream object.",
+                      "description": "Use this method to stop a backfill job for the specified stream object.",
                       "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/streams/{streamsId}/objects/{objectsId}:stopBackfillJob",
                       "httpMethod": "POST",
                       "id": "datastream.projects.locations.streams.objects.stopBackfillJob",
@@ -1207,7 +1217,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211117",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AvroFileFormat": {
@@ -1850,11 +1860,11 @@
       "id": "MysqlObjectIdentifier",
       "properties": {
         "database": {
-          "description": "The database name.",
+          "description": "Required. The database name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "table": {
-          "description": "The table name.",
+          "description": "Required. The table name.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2105,11 +2115,11 @@
       "id": "OracleObjectIdentifier",
       "properties": {
         "schema": {
-          "description": "The schema name.",
+          "description": "Required. The schema name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "table": {
-          "description": "The table name.",
+          "description": "Required. The table name.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json
index 741e7cdfcda..bcab270fd02 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
         "locations": {
           "methods": {
             "fetchStaticIps": {
-              "description": "The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static ips used by Datastream. Typically, a request returns children data objects under a parent data object that's optionally supplied in the request.",
+              "description": "The FetchStaticIps API call exposes the static IP addresses used by Datastream.",
               "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:fetchStaticIps",
               "httpMethod": "GET",
               "id": "datastream.projects.locations.fetchStaticIps",
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211117",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AvroFileFormat": {
@@ -1858,11 +1858,11 @@
       "id": "MysqlObjectIdentifier",
       "properties": {
         "database": {
-          "description": "The database name.",
+          "description": "Required. The database name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "table": {
-          "description": "The table name.",
+          "description": "Required. The table name.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2119,11 +2119,11 @@
       "id": "OracleObjectIdentifier",
       "properties": {
         "schema": {
-          "description": "The schema name.",
+          "description": "Required. The schema name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "table": {
-          "description": "The table name.",
+          "description": "Required. The table name.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
index 128e996253d..cd9ee3b4255 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211209",
+  "revision": "20220106",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsyncOptions": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
index e8b93b097fa..0d8bb732f62 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211209",
+  "revision": "20220106",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
index 2c22c6d2bfe..1122e13a5ad 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211209",
+  "revision": "20220106",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsyncOptions": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
index f9cbd846727..ca3f394bd3a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
@@ -7129,7 +7129,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211231",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
index 40d28ddcd31..f401a9c7e13 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
@@ -7315,7 +7315,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211231",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
index ce9d65dc929..59190980548 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
@@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211231",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
index cf13da5c0de..ba72a6cd33e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
@@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211231",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
index 0d9ba256d2d..452fdc37b88 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidAppAsset": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
index a8d8dafe4c6..bbfbee2361a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
@@ -7635,7 +7635,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220106",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": {
@@ -12205,7 +12205,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceType": {
-          "description": "Output only. Whether the audience is a first or third party audience.",
+          "description": "Whether the audience is a first or third party audience.",
           "enum": [
             "FIRST_AND_THIRD_PARTY_AUDIENCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "FIRST_AND_THIRD_PARTY_AUDIENCE_TYPE_FIRST_PARTY",
@@ -12216,7 +12216,6 @@
             "Audience that is created via usage of client data.",
             "Audience that is provided by Third Party data providers."
           ],
-          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
         "gmailAudienceSize": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
index 9cd3a6c6d2b..253811eab4d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
@@ -3412,7 +3412,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220108",
   "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": {
@@ -5031,7 +5031,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GooglePrivacyDlpV2FindingLimits": {
-      "description": "Configuration to control the number of findings returned. Cannot be set if de-identification is requested.",
+      "description": "Configuration to control the number of findings returned for inspection. This is not used for de-identification or data profiling.",
       "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2FindingLimits",
       "properties": {
         "maxFindingsPerInfoType": {
@@ -5378,7 +5378,7 @@
       "id": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2InspectConfig",
       "properties": {
         "contentOptions": {
-          "description": "List of options defining data content to scan. If empty, text, images, and other content will be included.",
+          "description": "Deprecated and unused.",
           "items": {
             "enum": [
               "CONTENT_UNSPECIFIED",
@@ -5402,11 +5402,11 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "excludeInfoTypes": {
-          "description": "When true, excludes type information of the findings.",
+          "description": "When true, excludes type information of the findings. This is not used for data profiling.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "includeQuote": {
-          "description": "When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote.",
+          "description": "When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is included in the response; see Finding.quote. This is not used for data profiling.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "infoTypes": {
@@ -5418,7 +5418,7 @@
         },
         "limits": {
           "$ref": "GooglePrivacyDlpV2FindingLimits",
-          "description": "Configuration to control the number of findings returned."
+          "description": "Configuration to control the number of findings returned. This is not used for data profiling."
         },
         "minLikelihood": {
           "description": "Only returns findings equal or above this threshold. The default is POSSIBLE. See https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs/likelihood to learn more.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
index 48c3b9fdbc4..515582e3495 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220106",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AutoText": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
index abfd247fd58..326ed850e3c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
         "locations": {
           "methods": {
             "fetchProcessorTypes": {
-              "description": "Fetches processor types.",
+              "description": "Fetches processor types. Note that we do not use ListProcessorTypes here because it is not paginated.",
               "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:fetchProcessorTypes",
               "httpMethod": "GET",
               "id": "documentai.projects.locations.fetchProcessorTypes",
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211214",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
index e3853983768..645eb26fe4f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211214",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
index ee27f98bd0e..341d3a604c5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
         "locations": {
           "methods": {
             "fetchProcessorTypes": {
-              "description": "Fetches processor types.",
+              "description": "Fetches processor types. Note that we do not use ListProcessorTypes here because it is not paginated.",
               "flatPath": "v1beta3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:fetchProcessorTypes",
               "httpMethod": "GET",
               "id": "documentai.projects.locations.fetchProcessorTypes",
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211214",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
index 7dfc7fa0d6c..4a42d9e237b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "HttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json
index 3c6769b0968..0d0ab675fed 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211123",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ChannelGrouping": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
index 73fd2f2b0a2..8ce3c584b87 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://doubleclicksearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Availability": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
index f7e4e66c999..03513b14a7e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
   "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/vUW9iNg1edMKAQZM3Vcb3rz7uhM\"",
+  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/fyRiAs3KSL24dYObYzBvDUCJFvw\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png",
     "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png"
@@ -3527,7 +3527,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220103",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "About": {
@@ -4561,6 +4561,10 @@
           "description": "The name of this shared drive.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "orgUnitId": {
+          "description": "The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "restrictions": {
           "description": "A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.",
           "properties": {
@@ -5961,6 +5965,10 @@
           "description": "The name of this Team Drive.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "orgUnitId": {
+          "description": "The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "restrictions": {
           "description": "A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.",
           "properties": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
index c4b1a2352ea..b852266c6eb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
   "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/_tbGkq_NB9M2nRbmexML0jZvNrs\"",
+  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/GFNMA3soJ_xNmtnWCneRvu6GF1w\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png",
     "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png"
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220103",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "About": {
@@ -2728,6 +2728,10 @@
           "description": "The name of this shared drive.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "orgUnitId": {
+          "description": "The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "restrictions": {
           "description": "A set of restrictions that apply to this shared drive or items inside this shared drive.",
           "properties": {
@@ -3899,6 +3903,10 @@
           "description": "The name of this Team Drive.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "orgUnitId": {
+          "description": "The organizational unit of this shared drive. This field is only populated on drives.list responses when the useDomainAdminAccess parameter is set to true.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "restrictions": {
           "description": "A set of restrictions that apply to this Team Drive or items inside this Team Drive.",
           "properties": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
index 0b79de59ba9..3f256eeb8af 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Action": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
index 97a268a0bbe..8feb3733a3e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json
index 77cc07802eb..996d384fd08 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "validateOnly": {
-                      "description": "Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually post it.",
+                      "description": "Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not post it.",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "boolean"
                     }
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "validateOnly": {
-                      "description": "Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually post it.",
+                      "description": "Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not post it.",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "boolean"
                     }
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "orderBy": {
-                      "description": "The sorting order of the resources returned. Value should be a comma separated list of fields. The default sorting oder is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a ` desc` suffix; for example: `name desc, trigger_id`.",
+                      "description": "The sorting order of the resources returned. Value should be a comma-separated list of fields. The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, append a `desc` suffix; for example: `name desc, trigger_id`.",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
                     },
@@ -681,13 +681,13 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "updateMask": {
-                      "description": "The fields to be updated; only fields explicitly provided will be updated. If no field mask is provided, all provided fields in the request will be updated. To update all fields, provide a field mask of \"*\".",
+                      "description": "The fields to be updated; only fields explicitly provided are updated. If no field mask is provided, all provided fields in the request are updated. To update all fields, provide a field mask of \"*\".",
                       "format": "google-fieldmask",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "validateOnly": {
-                      "description": "Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not actually post it.",
+                      "description": "Required. If set, validate the request and preview the review, but do not post it.",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "boolean"
                     }
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -862,6 +862,10 @@
       "description": "Represents a target of an invocation over HTTP.",
       "id": "Destination",
       "properties": {
+        "cloudFunction": {
+          "description": "The Cloud Function resource name. Only Cloud Functions V2 is supported. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/functions/{function}",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "cloudRun": {
           "$ref": "CloudRun",
           "description": "Cloud Run fully-managed resource that receives the events. The resource should be in the same project as the trigger."
@@ -1049,7 +1053,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ListTriggersResponse": {
-      "description": "The response message for the ListTriggers method.",
+      "description": "The response message for the `ListTriggers` method.",
       "id": "ListTriggersResponse",
       "properties": {
         "nextPageToken": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json
index b7d6e1a7496..7480bd04f6c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
index 350cfbe1bc2..551f0b16cb7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://factchecktools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFactcheckingFactchecktoolsV1alpha1Claim": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
index 8f6c1b4ab93..7da4f783e29 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211213",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://fcm.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
index 31e8dfd2805..9af1ec5eea2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
index 2814d6844ff..f17286f558c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211105",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
index 5bf49ba40e4..c3ee7929a27 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211105",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
index 93ca559e036..10f873084bd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220114",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddFirebaseRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
index 940524d7856..6320723b115 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220114",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DatabaseInstance": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
index e5a9cf6d76b..b6a8d002b95 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220103",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyticsInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
index e7d3f918e31..a943112ad48 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
index c20f7226bef..e3ca6aa3ebe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DownloadModelResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
index c8cdec77b56..8ed78ecddff 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
@@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211206",
+  "revision": "20220104",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ArrayValue": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
index 043ef3fcdfe..bd79c047068 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211206",
+  "revision": "20220104",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ArrayValue": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
index fcc6731482a..ee2fb4bde2f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211206",
+  "revision": "20220104",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
index 9b4ca5f7b6b..df1a6e004b2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://fitness.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AggregateBucket": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
index 9d39eb84cd0..c6d98aac151 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211213",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
index 4fb8c88d8d1..e8844ecceae 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211130",
+  "revision": "20220108",
   "rootUrl": "https://genomics.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accelerator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
index aeb78e1937b..aa67e7748fa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
@@ -194,14 +194,14 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "requestId": {
-                      "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                      "description": "A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
                     }
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
                       "type": "boolean"
                     },
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`",
+                      "description": "Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -364,14 +364,14 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "requestId": {
-                      "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                      "description": "A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
                     },
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
index aba857ae975..e8c102343d0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
@@ -194,14 +194,14 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "requestId": {
-                      "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                      "description": "A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
                     }
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
                       "type": "boolean"
                     },
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`",
+                      "description": "Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -364,14 +364,14 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "requestId": {
-                      "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                      "description": "A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
                     },
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnthosObservabilityMembershipSpec": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
index 377df7dc97f..764c188de58 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
index 2e502d0a976..c22947528a3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
@@ -194,14 +194,14 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) where the Feature will be created. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "requestId": {
-                      "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                      "description": "A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
                     }
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
                       "type": "boolean"
                     },
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`",
+                      "description": "Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) where the Features will be listed. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -364,14 +364,14 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
+                      "description": "Required. The Feature resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/features/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "requestId": {
-                      "description": "Optional. A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                      "description": "A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "string"
                     },
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
index e068e36a89a..a568ad6be70 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json
index 8460a292b0d..ffa67e2efc5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json
@@ -2682,7 +2682,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmail.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AutoForwarding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
index 4cb5a9386a3..0fd94a84042 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeliveryError": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
index 5f05e33cb47..bfccfb5f6b1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeliveryError": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
index 69e566c0f5a..28780c4e771 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220106",
   "rootUrl": "https://groupsmigration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Groups": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
index 3a36e6185fb..e17e2b1eee3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220106",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Groups": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
index b751c5f82e4..5c8137c7bc7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
@@ -1626,14 +1626,14 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "publicKeyType": {
-                      "description": "The output format of the public key requested. X509_PEM is the default output format.",
+                      "description": "Optional. The output format of the public key. The default is `TYPE_NONE`, which means that the public key is not returned.",
                       "enum": [
                         "TYPE_NONE",
                         "TYPE_X509_PEM_FILE",
                         "TYPE_RAW_PUBLIC_KEY"
                       ],
                       "enumDescriptions": [
-                        "Unspecified. Returns nothing here.",
+                        "Do not return the public key.",
                         "X509 PEM format.",
                         "Raw public key."
                       ],
@@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211202",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdminAuditData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
index 0c82b86a100..66f2470f504 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
index d6ce16a80cc..1256c2e1026 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220106",
   "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessDeniedPageSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
index 3ace50234e4..c7d2a792337 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220106",
   "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
index 589f09cd724..88e141ff15f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://ideahub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleSearchIdeahubV1alphaAvailableLocale": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json
index 40ae5767458..c181acc9afd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://ideahub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleSearchIdeahubV1betaAvailableLocale": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b1db40a8710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ids.v1.json
@@ -0,0 +1,1016 @@
+{
+  "auth": {
+    "oauth2": {
+      "scopes": {
+        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  "basePath": "",
+  "baseUrl": "https://ids.googleapis.com/",
+  "batchPath": "batch",
+  "canonicalName": "IDS",
+  "description": "Cloud IDS (Cloud Intrusion Detection System) detects malware, spyware, command-and-control attacks, and other network-based threats. Its security efficacy is industry leading, built with Palo Alto Networks technologies. When you use this product, your organization name and consumption levels will be shared with Palo Alto Networks.",
+  "discoveryVersion": "v1",
+  "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/",
+  "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
+  "icons": {
+    "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
+    "x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif"
+  },
+  "id": "ids:v1",
+  "kind": "discovery#restDescription",
+  "mtlsRootUrl": "https://ids.mtls.googleapis.com/",
+  "name": "ids",
+  "ownerDomain": "google.com",
+  "ownerName": "Google",
+  "parameters": {
+    "$.xgafv": {
+      "description": "V1 error format.",
+      "enum": [
+        "1",
+        "2"
+      ],
+      "enumDescriptions": [
+        "v1 error format",
+        "v2 error format"
+      ],
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "access_token": {
+      "description": "OAuth access token.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "alt": {
+      "default": "json",
+      "description": "Data format for response.",
+      "enum": [
+        "json",
+        "media",
+        "proto"
+      ],
+      "enumDescriptions": [
+        "Responses with Content-Type of application/json",
+        "Media download with context-dependent Content-Type",
+        "Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf"
+      ],
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "callback": {
+      "description": "JSONP",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "fields": {
+      "description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "key": {
+      "description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "oauth_token": {
+      "description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "prettyPrint": {
+      "default": "true",
+      "description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "boolean"
+    },
+    "quotaUser": {
+      "description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "uploadType": {
+      "description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "upload_protocol": {
+      "description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    }
+  },
+  "protocol": "rest",
+  "resources": {
+    "projects": {
+      "resources": {
+        "locations": {
+          "methods": {
+            "get": {
+              "description": "Gets information about a location.",
+              "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "ids.projects.locations.get",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "Resource name for the location.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v1/{+name}",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "Location"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+              ]
+            },
+            "list": {
+              "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.",
+              "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "ids.projects.locations.list",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "filter": {
+                  "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like \"displayName=tokyo\", and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "pageSize": {
+                  "description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.",
+                  "format": "int32",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "integer"
+                },
+                "pageToken": {
+                  "description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v1/{+name}/locations",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "ListLocationsResponse"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+              ]
+            }
+          },
+          "resources": {
+            "endpoints": {
+              "methods": {
+                "create": {
+                  "description": "Creates a new Endpoint in a given project and location.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "ids.projects.locations.endpoints.create",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "endpointId": {
+                      "description": "Required. The endpoint identifier. This will be part of the endpoint's resource name. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. Values that do not match this pattern will trigger an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The endpoint's parent.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "requestId": {
+                      "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/endpoints",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "Endpoint"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "delete": {
+                  "description": "Deletes a single Endpoint.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                  "id": "ids.projects.locations.endpoints.delete",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the endpoint to delete.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "requestId": {
+                      "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "get": {
+                  "description": "Gets details of a single Endpoint.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "ids.projects.locations.endpoints.get",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the endpoint to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Endpoint"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "getIamPolicy": {
+                  "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}:getIamPolicy",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "ids.projects.locations.endpoints.getIamPolicy",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "resource"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "resource": {
+                      "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Policy"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "list": {
+                  "description": "Lists Endpoints in a given project and location.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "ids.projects.locations.endpoints.list",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "filter": {
+                      "description": "Optional. The filter expression, following the syntax outlined in https://google.aip.dev/160.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "orderBy": {
+                      "description": "Optional. One or more fields to compare and use to sort the output. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "pageSize": {
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum number of endpoints to return. The service may return fewer than this value.",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "pageToken": {
+                      "description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListEndpoints` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListEndpoints` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of endpoints.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/endpoints",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "ListEndpointsResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "setIamPolicy": {
+                  "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}:setIamPolicy",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "ids.projects.locations.endpoints.setIamPolicy",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "resource"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "resource": {
+                      "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Policy"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "testIamPermissions": {
+                  "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}:testIamPermissions",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "ids.projects.locations.endpoints.testIamPermissions",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "resource"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "resource": {
+                      "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/endpoints/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
+            },
+            "operations": {
+              "methods": {
+                "cancel": {
+                  "description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "ids.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}:cancel",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "CancelOperationRequest"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Empty"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "delete": {
+                  "description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                  "id": "ids.projects.locations.operations.delete",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Empty"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "get": {
+                  "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "ids.projects.locations.operations.get",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "list": {
+                  "description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`. NOTE: the `name` binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as `users/*/operations`. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as `\"/v1/{name=users/*}/operations\"` to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "ids.projects.locations.operations.list",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "filter": {
+                      "description": "The standard list filter.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "pageSize": {
+                      "description": "The standard list page size.",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "pageToken": {
+                      "description": "The standard list page token.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}/operations",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "ListOperationsResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  "revision": "20220110",
+  "rootUrl": "https://ids.googleapis.com/",
+  "schemas": {
+    "AuditConfig": {
+      "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.",
+      "id": "AuditConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "auditLogConfigs": {
+          "description": "The configuration for logging of each type of permission.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "AuditLogConfig"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "service": {
+          "description": "Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "AuditLogConfig": {
+      "description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.",
+      "id": "AuditLogConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "exemptedMembers": {
+          "description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "logType": {
+          "description": "The log type that this config enables.",
+          "enum": [
+            "LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "ADMIN_READ",
+            "DATA_WRITE",
+            "DATA_READ"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default case. Should never be this.",
+            "Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy",
+            "Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create",
+            "Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list"
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Binding": {
+      "description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.",
+      "id": "Binding",
+      "properties": {
+        "condition": {
+          "$ref": "Expr",
+          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
+        },
+        "members": {
+          "description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "role": {
+          "description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "CancelOperationRequest": {
+      "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.",
+      "id": "CancelOperationRequest",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Empty": {
+      "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.",
+      "id": "Empty",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Endpoint": {
+      "description": "Endpoint describes a single IDS endpoint. It defines a forwarding rule to which packets can be sent for IDS inspection.",
+      "id": "Endpoint",
+      "properties": {
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The create time timestamp.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "description": {
+          "description": "User-provided description of the endpoint",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "endpointForwardingRule": {
+          "description": "Output only. The fully qualified URL of the endpoint's ILB Forwarding Rule.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "endpointIp": {
+          "description": "Output only. The IP address of the IDS Endpoint's ILB.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "The labels of the endpoint.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Output only. The name of the endpoint.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "network": {
+          "description": "Required. The fully qualified URL of the network to which the IDS Endpoint is attached.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "severity": {
+          "description": "Required. Lowest threat severity that this endpoint will alert on.",
+          "enum": [
+            "SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "INFORMATIONAL",
+            "LOW",
+            "MEDIUM",
+            "HIGH",
+            "CRITICAL"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Not set.",
+            "Informational alerts.",
+            "Low severity alerts.",
+            "Medium severity alerts.",
+            "High severity alerts.",
+            "Critical severity alerts."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Output only. Current state of the endpoint.",
+          "enum": [
+            "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "CREATING",
+            "READY",
+            "DELETING"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Not set.",
+            "Being created.",
+            "Active and ready for traffic.",
+            "Being deleted."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "trafficLogs": {
+          "description": "Whether the endpoint should report traffic logs in addition to threat logs.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "updateTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The update time timestamp.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Expr": {
+      "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
+      "id": "Expr",
+      "properties": {
+        "description": {
+          "description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "expression": {
+          "description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "location": {
+          "description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "title": {
+          "description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ListEndpointsResponse": {
+      "id": "ListEndpointsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "endpoints": {
+          "description": "The list of endpoints response.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Endpoint"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "unreachable": {
+          "description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ListLocationsResponse": {
+      "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.",
+      "id": "ListLocationsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "locations": {
+          "description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Location"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ListOperationsResponse": {
+      "description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.",
+      "id": "ListOperationsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "operations": {
+          "description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Location": {
+      "description": "A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.",
+      "id": "Location",
+      "properties": {
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "locationId": {
+          "description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "metadata": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+            "type": "any"
+          },
+          "description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Operation": {
+      "description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.",
+      "id": "Operation",
+      "properties": {
+        "done": {
+          "description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "error": {
+          "$ref": "Status",
+          "description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation."
+        },
+        "metadata": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+            "type": "any"
+          },
+          "description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "response": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+            "type": "any"
+          },
+          "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.",
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "OperationMetadata": {
+      "description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.",
+      "id": "OperationMetadata",
+      "properties": {
+        "apiVersion": {
+          "description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "createTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "endTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "requestedCancellation": {
+          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "statusMessage": {
+          "description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "target": {
+          "description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "verb": {
+          "description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Policy": {
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "id": "Policy",
+      "properties": {
+        "auditConfigs": {
+          "description": "Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "AuditConfig"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "bindings": {
+          "description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Binding"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "etag": {
+          "description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.",
+          "format": "byte",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "version": {
+          "description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "SetIamPolicyRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.",
+      "id": "SetIamPolicyRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "policy": {
+          "$ref": "Policy",
+          "description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them."
+        },
+        "updateMask": {
+          "description": "OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: \"bindings, etag\"`",
+          "format": "google-fieldmask",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Status": {
+      "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).",
+      "id": "Status",
+      "properties": {
+        "code": {
+          "description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "details": {
+          "description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.",
+          "items": {
+            "additionalProperties": {
+              "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+              "type": "any"
+            },
+            "type": "object"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "message": {
+          "description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "TestIamPermissionsRequest": {
+      "description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.",
+      "id": "TestIamPermissionsRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "permissions": {
+          "description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "TestIamPermissionsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.",
+      "id": "TestIamPermissionsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "permissions": {
+          "description": "A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    }
+  },
+  "servicePath": "",
+  "title": "Cloud IDS API",
+  "version": "v1",
+  "version_module": true
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json
index 7970d6b337c..a45a5f50b19 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211228",
+  "revision": "20220104",
   "rootUrl": "https://indexing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "PublishUrlNotificationResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json
index ad767910136..b5b40ff3186 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220103",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://kgsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SearchResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
index 70d48e2b69f..70dc7c96941 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
index 83fe9ed55ea..b2ad59277d3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
index b54b05d1a91..13885186919 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220108",
+  "revision": "20220115",
   "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json
index 83ce3690754..1e52008f90e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://lifesciences.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accelerator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
index c54fb93d691..3acb089bb1e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json
index a11c99f2b03..d56c0119c19 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json
@@ -5572,7 +5572,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211130",
+  "revision": "20211223",
   "rootUrl": "https://logging.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BigQueryOptions": {
@@ -6170,7 +6170,7 @@
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unspecified state. This is only used/useful for distinguishing unset values.",
             "The normal and active state.",
-            "The bucket has been marked for deletion by the user."
+            "The resource has been marked for deletion by the user. For some resources (e.g. buckets), this can be reversed by an un-delete operation."
           ],
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
@@ -6479,7 +6479,7 @@
           "description": "Optional. The metric descriptor associated with the logs-based metric. If unspecified, it uses a default metric descriptor with a DELTA metric kind, INT64 value type, with no labels and a unit of \"1\". Such a metric counts the number of log entries matching the filter expression.The name, type, and description fields in the metric_descriptor are output only, and is constructed using the name and description field in the LogMetric.To create a logs-based metric that records a distribution of log values, a DELTA metric kind with a DISTRIBUTION value type must be used along with a value_extractor expression in the LogMetric.Each label in the metric descriptor must have a matching label name as the key and an extractor expression as the value in the label_extractors map.The metric_kind and value_type fields in the metric_descriptor cannot be updated once initially configured. New labels can be added in the metric_descriptor, but existing labels cannot be modified except for their description."
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: \"error_count\", \"nginx/requests\".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.The metric identifier in this field must not be URL-encoded (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Percent-encoding). However, when the metric identifier appears as the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric_name API parameter, then the metric identifier must be URL-encoded. Example: \"projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests\".",
+          "description": "Required. The client-assigned metric identifier. Examples: \"error_count\", \"nginx/requests\".Metric identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and the special characters _-.,+!*',()%/. The forward-slash character (/) denotes a hierarchy of name pieces, and it cannot be the first character of the name.This field is the [METRIC_ID] part of a metric resource name in the format \"projects/PROJECT_ID/metrics/METRIC_ID\". Example: If the resource name of a metric is \"projects/my-project/metrics/nginx%2Frequests\", this field's value is \"nginx/requests\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "updateTime": {
@@ -6771,7 +6771,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance.",
+          "description": "Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. Some descriptors include the service name in the type; for example, the type of a Datastream stream is datastream.googleapis.com/Stream.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
index fcc798c54eb..f4a079a4b18 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211125",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://manufacturers.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Attributes": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
index fa9b9a48d24..7f4bbb4b264 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1941,6 +1941,20 @@
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "databaseType": {
+          "description": "Immutable. The database type that the Metastore service stores its data.",
+          "enum": [
+            "DATABASE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "MYSQL",
+            "SPANNER"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The DATABASE_TYPE is not set.",
+            "MySQL is used to persist the metastore data.",
+            "Spanner is used to persist the metastore data."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "encryptionConfig": {
           "$ref": "EncryptionConfig",
           "description": "Immutable. Information used to configure the Dataproc Metastore service to encrypt customer data at rest. Cannot be updated."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json
index 903493a21e0..bb6f3d5e96d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json
@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://ml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApi__HttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
index d8829c1d051..8394c9c54fc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
index 63f2a936af2..fdd9caa0f82 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
@@ -2571,7 +2571,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
index 6e0fdb8f699..9be23a0ddae 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211103",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbortInfo": {
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@
             "Packet is sent to a wrong (unintended) network. Example: you trace a packet from VM1:Network1 to VM2:Network2, however, the route configured in Network1 sends the packet destined for VM2's IP addresss to Network3.",
             "Packet with internal destination address sent to the internet gateway.",
             "Instance with only an internal IP address tries to access Google API and services, but private Google access is not enabled.",
-            "Instance with only an internal IP address tries to access external hosts, but Cloud NAT is not enabled in the subnet, unless special configurations on a VM allow this connection. For more details, see [Special configurations for VM instances](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/special-configurations).",
+            "Instance with only an internal IP address tries to access external hosts, but Cloud NAT is not enabled in the subnet, unless special configurations on a VM allow this connection.",
             "Destination internal address cannot be resolved to a known target. If this is a shared VPC scenario, verify if the service project ID is provided as test input. Otherwise, verify if the IP address is being used in the project.",
             "Forwarding rule's protocol and ports do not match the packet header.",
             "Forwarding rule does not have backends configured.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
index f565cbe1cb8..d9b9318a695 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
-                      "description": "Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
                       "format": "int32",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "integer"
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
-                      "description": "Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
                       "format": "int32",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "integer"
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
-                      "description": "Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
                       "format": "int32",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "integer"
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210915",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuthorizationPolicy": {
@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Default value.",
             "Grant access.",
-            "Deny access."
+            "Deny access. Deny rules should be avoided unless they are used to provide a default \"deny all\" fallback."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@
       "id": "Destination",
       "properties": {
         "hosts": {
-          "description": "Required. List of host names to match. Matched against HOST header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example \"mydomain.*\") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com\") or a presence(any) match \"*\".",
+          "description": "Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the \":authority\" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example \"mydomain.*\") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com\") or a presence(any) match \"*\".",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@
         },
         "httpHeaderMatch": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderMatch",
-          "description": "Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match."
+          "description": "Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy."
         },
         "methods": {
           "description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.",
@@ -1298,29 +1298,29 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleIamV1Binding": {
-      "description": "Associates `members` with a `role`.",
+      "description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.",
       "id": "GoogleIamV1Binding",
       "properties": {
         "condition": {
           "$ref": "Expr",
-          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
+          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
         },
         "members": {
-          "description": "Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ",
+          "description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "role": {
-          "description": "Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.",
+          "description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleIamV1Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "bindings": {
-          "description": "Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.",
+          "description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Binding"
           },
@@ -1698,14 +1698,14 @@
       "id": "Source",
       "properties": {
         "ipBlocks": {
-          "description": "Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., \"1.2.3.4\") and CIDR (e.g., \"1.2.3.0/24\") are supported.",
+          "description": "Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., \"1.2.3.4\") and CIDR (e.g., \"1.2.3.0/24\") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "principals": {
-          "description": "Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, \"namespace/*\") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account\") or a presence match \"*\".",
+          "description": "Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, \"namespace/*\") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account\") or a presence match \"*\". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
index 1bc6e5ca60f..a2a2dca27be 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
-                      "description": "Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
                       "format": "int32",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "integer"
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
-                      "description": "Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
                       "format": "int32",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "integer"
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
-                      "description": "Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
                       "format": "int32",
                       "location": "query",
                       "type": "integer"
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210915",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuthorizationPolicy": {
@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Default value.",
             "Grant access.",
-            "Deny access."
+            "Deny access. Deny rules should be avoided unless they are used to provide a default \"deny all\" fallback."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@
       "id": "Destination",
       "properties": {
         "hosts": {
-          "description": "Required. List of host names to match. Matched against HOST header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example \"mydomain.*\") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com\") or a presence(any) match \"*\".",
+          "description": "Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the \":authority\" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example \"mydomain.*\") or a suffix match (example // *.myorg.com\") or a presence(any) match \"*\".",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@
         },
         "httpHeaderMatch": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderMatch",
-          "description": "Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match."
+          "description": "Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy."
         },
         "methods": {
           "description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.",
@@ -1298,29 +1298,29 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleIamV1Binding": {
-      "description": "Associates `members` with a `role`.",
+      "description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.",
       "id": "GoogleIamV1Binding",
       "properties": {
         "condition": {
           "$ref": "Expr",
-          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
+          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
         },
         "members": {
-          "description": "Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ",
+          "description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "role": {
-          "description": "Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.",
+          "description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleIamV1Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "bindings": {
-          "description": "Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.",
+          "description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Binding"
           },
@@ -1698,14 +1698,14 @@
       "id": "Source",
       "properties": {
         "ipBlocks": {
-          "description": "Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., \"1.2.3.4\") and CIDR (e.g., \"1.2.3.0/24\") are supported.",
+          "description": "Optional. List of CIDR ranges to match based on source IP address. At least one IP block should match. Single IP (e.g., \"1.2.3.4\") and CIDR (e.g., \"1.2.3.0/24\") are supported. Authorization based on source IP alone should be avoided. The IP addresses of any load balancers or proxies should be considered untrusted.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "principals": {
-          "description": "Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, \"namespace/*\") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account\") or a presence match \"*\".",
+          "description": "Optional. List of peer identities to match for authorization. At least one principal should match. Each peer can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example, \"namespace/*\") or a suffix match (example, // */service-account\") or a presence match \"*\". Authorization based on the principal name without certificate validation (configured by ServerTlsPolicy resource) is considered insecure.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
index 52fcc0a4237..ab6c36ef1d0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
index a029f151da2..693824b8369 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
index a074aa98b0c..2d599c629ba 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211206",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
@@ -951,6 +951,12 @@
           "$ref": "Status",
           "description": "When an error is encountered this will contain a LocalizedMessage under details to show to the user. The LocalizedMessage is output only and populated by the API."
         },
+        "archiveTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time occurrences related to this discovery occurrence were archived.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "continuousAnalysis": {
           "description": "Whether the resource is continuously analyzed.",
           "enum": [
@@ -1178,11 +1184,11 @@
       "id": "InTotoStatement",
       "properties": {
         "_type": {
-          "description": "Always \"https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1\".",
+          "description": "Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "predicateType": {
-          "description": "\"https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1\" for SlsaProvenance.",
+          "description": "`https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "provenance": {
@@ -1325,7 +1331,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NonCompliantFile": {
-      "description": "Details about files that caused a compliance check to fail.",
+      "description": "Details about files that caused a compliance check to fail. display_command is a single command that can be used to display a list of non compliant files. When there is no such command, we can also iterate a list of non compliant file using 'path'.",
       "id": "NonCompliantFile",
       "properties": {
         "displayCommand": {
@@ -1333,7 +1339,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "path": {
-          "description": "display_command is a single command that can be used to display a list of non compliant files. When there is no such command, we can also iterate a list of non compliant file using 'path'. Empty if `display_command` is set.",
+          "description": "Empty if `display_command` is set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "reason": {
@@ -1919,7 +1925,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "\"\": \"\" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet",
+          "description": "`\"\": \"\"` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
index 027d1d74b4b..d53166671d1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211206",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
@@ -947,6 +947,12 @@
           "$ref": "Status",
           "description": "When an error is encountered this will contain a LocalizedMessage under details to show to the user. The LocalizedMessage is output only and populated by the API."
         },
+        "archiveTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time occurrences related to this discovery occurrence were archived.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "continuousAnalysis": {
           "description": "Whether the resource is continuously analyzed.",
           "enum": [
@@ -1174,11 +1180,11 @@
       "id": "InTotoStatement",
       "properties": {
         "_type": {
-          "description": "Always \"https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1\".",
+          "description": "Always `https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "predicateType": {
-          "description": "\"https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1\" for SlsaProvenance.",
+          "description": "`https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1` for SlsaProvenance.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "provenance": {
@@ -1321,7 +1327,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NonCompliantFile": {
-      "description": "Details about files that caused a compliance check to fail.",
+      "description": "Details about files that caused a compliance check to fail. display_command is a single command that can be used to display a list of non compliant files. When there is no such command, we can also iterate a list of non compliant file using 'path'.",
       "id": "NonCompliantFile",
       "properties": {
         "displayCommand": {
@@ -1329,7 +1335,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "path": {
-          "description": "display_command is a single command that can be used to display a list of non compliant files. When there is no such command, we can also iterate a list of non compliant file using 'path'. Empty if `display_command` is set.",
+          "description": "Empty if `display_command` is set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "reason": {
@@ -1915,7 +1921,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "\"\": \"\" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet",
+          "description": "`\"\": \"\"` Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
index 38ef8043d0d..4db9eb5c25f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
index 9b99b9ffb08..ebfb8246562 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220103",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptSettings": {
@@ -2853,6 +2853,10 @@
           "$ref": "GooSettings",
           "description": "Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules."
         },
+        "migInstancesAllowed": {
+          "description": "Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "postStep": {
           "$ref": "ExecStep",
           "description": "The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
index 70a5ed1e7a1..ffa8afdad2c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220103",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CVSSv3": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
index cc20697260d..ce799ec3f08 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211203",
+  "revision": "20220103",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptRepository": {
@@ -1440,6 +1440,10 @@
           "$ref": "GooSettings",
           "description": "Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules."
         },
+        "migInstancesAllowed": {
+          "description": "Allows the patch job to run on Managed instance groups (MIGs).",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "postStep": {
           "$ref": "ExecStep",
           "description": "The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
index 6c83c58b459..e8dddb59570 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211211",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
index 77338a9c18a..00599a394a5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211211",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
index 71f352f9b5e..9c7c7bfd058 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211211",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
index 1d2d824a011..ae641f3e3c6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditRefs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
index a95f299146d..f19cb01dade 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220110",
+  "revision": "20220117",
   "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1CancelSubscriptionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
index 5483bf65db5..ceb96138ad5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "create": {
-          "description": "Create a new contact group owned by the authenticated user. Created contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.",
+          "description": "Create a new contact group owned by the authenticated user. Created contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.",
           "flatPath": "v1/contactGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "people.contactGroups.create",
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Delete an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user by specifying a contact group resource name.",
+          "description": "Delete an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user by specifying a contact group resource name. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.",
           "flatPath": "v1/contactGroups/{contactGroupsId}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "people.contactGroups.delete",
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "update": {
-          "description": "Update the name of an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user. Updated contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error.",
+          "description": "Update the name of an existing contact group owned by the authenticated user. Updated contact group names must be unique to the users contact groups. Attempting to create a group with a duplicate name will return a HTTP 409 error. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.",
           "flatPath": "v1/contactGroups/{contactGroupsId}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "people.contactGroups.update",
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
     "otherContacts": {
       "methods": {
         "copyOtherContactToMyContactsGroup": {
-          "description": "Copies an \"Other contact\" to a new contact in the user's \"myContacts\" group",
+          "description": "Copies an \"Other contact\" to a new contact in the user's \"myContacts\" group Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.",
           "flatPath": "v1/otherContacts/{otherContactsId}:copyOtherContactToMyContactsGroup",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "people.otherContacts.copyOtherContactToMyContactsGroup",
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
     "people": {
       "methods": {
         "batchCreateContacts": {
-          "description": "Create a batch of new contacts and return the PersonResponses for the newly created contacts. Limited to 10 parallel requests per user.",
+          "description": "Create a batch of new contacts and return the PersonResponses for the newly Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.",
           "flatPath": "v1/people:batchCreateContacts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "people.people.batchCreateContacts",
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "batchDeleteContacts": {
-          "description": "Delete a batch of contacts. Any non-contact data will not be deleted. Limited to 10 parallel requests per user.",
+          "description": "Delete a batch of contacts. Any non-contact data will not be deleted. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.",
           "flatPath": "v1/people:batchDeleteContacts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "people.people.batchDeleteContacts",
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "batchUpdateContacts": {
-          "description": "Update a batch of contacts and return a map of resource names to PersonResponses for the updated contacts. Limited to 10 parallel requests per user.",
+          "description": "Update a batch of contacts and return a map of resource names to PersonResponses for the updated contacts. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.",
           "flatPath": "v1/people:batchUpdateContacts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "people.people.batchUpdateContacts",
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "createContact": {
-          "description": "Create a new contact and return the person resource for that contact. The request returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names",
+          "description": "Create a new contact and return the person resource for that contact. The request returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.",
           "flatPath": "v1/people:createContact",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "people.people.createContact",
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "deleteContact": {
-          "description": "Delete a contact person. Any non-contact data will not be deleted.",
+          "description": "Delete a contact person. Any non-contact data will not be deleted. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.",
           "flatPath": "v1/people/{peopleId}:deleteContact",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "people.people.deleteContact",
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "deleteContactPhoto": {
-          "description": "Delete a contact's photo.",
+          "description": "Delete a contact's photo. Mutate requests for the same user should be done sequentially to avoid // lock contention.",
           "flatPath": "v1/people/{peopleId}:deleteContactPhoto",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "people.people.deleteContactPhoto",
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "updateContact": {
-          "description": "Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `\"failedPrecondition\"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names",
+          "description": "Update contact data for an existing contact person. Any non-contact data will not be modified. Any non-contact data in the person to update will be ignored. All fields specified in the `update_mask` will be replaced. The server returns a 400 error if `person.metadata.sources` is not specified for the contact to be updated or if there is no contact source. The server returns a 400 error with reason `\"failedPrecondition\"` if `person.metadata.sources.etag` is different than the contact's etag, which indicates the contact has changed since its data was read. Clients should get the latest person and merge their updates into the latest person. The server returns a 400 error if `memberships` are being updated and there are no contact group memberships specified on the person. The server returns a 400 error if more than one field is specified on a field that is a singleton for contact sources: * biographies * birthdays * genders * names Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.",
           "flatPath": "v1/people/{peopleId}:updateContact",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "people.people.updateContact",
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "updateContactPhoto": {
-          "description": "Update a contact's photo.",
+          "description": "Update a contact's photo. Mutate requests for the same user should be sent sequentially to avoid increased latency and failures.",
           "flatPath": "v1/people/{peopleId}:updateContactPhoto",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "people.people.updateContactPhoto",
@@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220106",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Address": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
index 30cfdf5c3ce..2556c90952d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CustomApp": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json
index 9f7489a649f..509171b5cb3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211211",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1Activity": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json
index dc8e41daa92..0db28cbac9f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211211",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1beta1Activity": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json
index 589c0e948eb..f7d8da4bdca 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1AccessTuple": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json
index 62baab0c72b..e23fc822b17 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1betaAccessTuple": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
index 648a5e87512..51cb165e60b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
@@ -1462,6 +1462,41 @@
                 }
               }
             },
+            "managedPkis": {
+              "methods": {
+                "getIamPolicy": {
+                  "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/managedPkis/{managedPkisId}:getIamPolicy",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "privateca.projects.locations.managedPkis.getIamPolicy",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "resource"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
+                      "description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "resource": {
+                      "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/managedPkis/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Policy"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
+            },
             "operations": {
               "methods": {
                 "cancel": {
@@ -1590,7 +1625,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211201",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessUrls": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
index 55da7dbf7aa..5ffa6d2b547 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
@@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211201",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessUrls": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
index 72cc4830cdd..e2a98d32ea7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
@@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://prod-tt-sasportal.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SasPortalAssignment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
index c98561db883..fa3d437964d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211231",
+  "revision": "20220109",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
index 748bc481e8e..782fb73fd2d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211231",
+  "revision": "20220109",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
index 9b1e7d6b251..dde9421c4ba 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211231",
+  "revision": "20220109",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
index 73a9423a47b..881591a70a6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsublite.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
index d5db2480623..b334f398363 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220108",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
index 6164d5d1f03..88808b5f9e2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220108",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateBiddingFunctionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
index 7777ab905ed..9a3051b6cd3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": {
@@ -683,6 +683,11 @@
           "description": "Optional. The expected action for this type of event. This should be the same action provided at token generation time on client-side platforms already integrated with recaptcha enterprise.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "hashedAccountId": {
+          "description": "Optional. Optional unique stable hashed user identifier for the request. The identifier should ideally be hashed using sha256 with stable secret.",
+          "format": "byte",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "siteKey": {
           "description": "Optional. The site key that was used to invoke reCAPTCHA on your site and generate the token.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json
index 7c06e04c72b..540e023edce 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211211",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommendationengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
index 12f5c9310ae..fc000612987 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211213",
+  "revision": "20220109",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
index f474ded93a5..925811dbcf0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211213",
+  "revision": "20220109",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1CostProjection": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
index a5e1c82a548..2f308d4bc37 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211214",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Cluster": {
@@ -1049,6 +1049,10 @@
           "description": "Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. For READ_REPLICAS_ENABLED the default block size is /28.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "secondaryIpRange": {
+          "description": "Optional. Additional ip ranges for node placement, beyond those specified in reserved_ip_range. At most 1 secondary IP range is supported. The mask value must not exceed /28. Not supported for BASIC tier. Updates can only add new ranges, once added ranges cannot be changed or deleted. Values in this list cannot overlap with the reserved_ip_range. Not supported during instance creation.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "serverCaCerts": {
           "description": "Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.",
           "items": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
index 87cf583527c..e4dea79822c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211214",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Cluster": {
@@ -1056,6 +1056,10 @@
           "description": "Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. For READ_REPLICAS_ENABLED the default block size is /28.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "secondaryIpRange": {
+          "description": "Optional. Additional ip ranges for node placement, beyond those specified in reserved_ip_range. At most 1 secondary IP range is supported. The mask value must not exceed /28. Not supported for BASIC tier. Updates can only add new ranges, once added ranges cannot be changed or deleted. Values in this list cannot overlap with the reserved_ip_range. Not supported during instance creation.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "serverCaCerts": {
           "description": "Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.",
           "items": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
index c4dff607b18..baca3c14c2a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220109",
   "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Address": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
index 5cac6382440..5e19c3b39ef 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
index cd879dde524..c90c187e996 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
@@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220103",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Addressable": {
@@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudRunV1Condition": {
-      "description": "Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource",
+      "description": "Condition defines a generic condition for a Resource.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRunV1Condition",
       "properties": {
         "lastTransitionTime": {
@@ -2846,14 +2846,14 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "(Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go",
+          "description": "(Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "requests": {
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "(Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go",
+          "description": "(Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go",
           "type": "object"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
index 3b8713275b7..6567dbc411a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220103",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ConfigMapEnvSource": {
@@ -1108,14 +1108,14 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "(Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Setting 4 CPU requires at least 2Gi of memory. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go",
+          "description": "(Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Limits describes the maximum amount of compute resources allowed. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "requests": {
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "(Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Note: The only supported values for CPU are '1', '2', and '4'. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go",
+          "description": "(Optional) Only memory and CPU are supported. Requests describes the minimum amount of compute resources required. If Requests is omitted for a container, it defaults to Limits if that is explicitly specified, otherwise to an implementation-defined value. The values of the map is string form of the 'quantity' k8s type: https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go",
           "type": "object"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
index 9af238c6b62..23b7c8ca2bf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220103",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRunOpV2BinaryAuthorization": {
@@ -874,21 +874,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "GoogleCloudRunOpV2ContainerStatus": {
-      "description": "ContainerStatus holds the information of container name and image digest value.",
-      "id": "GoogleCloudRunOpV2ContainerStatus",
-      "properties": {
-        "imageDigest": {
-          "description": "ImageDigest holds the resolved digest for the image specified, regardless of whether a tag or digest was originally specified in the Container object.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "The name of the container, if specified.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "GoogleCloudRunOpV2EnvVar": {
       "description": "EnvVar represents an environment variable present in a Container.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudRunOpV2EnvVar",
@@ -1001,14 +986,6 @@
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
-        "containerStatuses": {
-          "description": "Output only. Status information for each of the containers specified.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunOpV2ContainerStatus"
-          },
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "array"
-        },
         "containers": {
           "description": "Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision.",
           "items": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
index 6a13a20c4ca..50f1c6c85ee 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211213",
+  "revision": "20220108",
   "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
index 764443cb793..5b36d766661 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleProtobufEmpty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
index 5c368cf8906..8d5493bba92 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
@@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211105",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://sasportal.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SasPortalAssignment": {
@@ -2562,37 +2562,6 @@
       "description": "The Deployment.",
       "id": "SasPortalDeployment",
       "properties": {
-        "allowedBillingModes": {
-          "description": "The allowed billing modes under this deployment.",
-          "items": {
-            "enum": [
-              "BILLING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
-              "MOBILE",
-              "FIXED_WIRELESS"
-            ],
-            "enumDescriptions": [
-              "Billing mode has not been specified.",
-              "Price is based on category of CBSD: Category A, Category B registered with SAS.",
-              "Price is based on type of CBSD: Base station or CPE."
-            ],
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "defaultBillingMode": {
-          "description": "Default billing mode for the deployment and devices under it.",
-          "enum": [
-            "BILLING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
-            "MOBILE",
-            "FIXED_WIRELESS"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Billing mode has not been specified.",
-            "Price is based on category of CBSD: Category A, Category B registered with SAS.",
-            "Price is based on type of CBSD: Base station or CPE."
-          ],
-          "type": "string"
-        },
         "displayName": {
           "description": "The deployment's display name.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
index b7f54395806..f22f04741ca 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://script.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Content": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
index 5805668449b..32ce2a0ba28 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://searchconsole.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApiDataRow": {
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unknown rule. Sorry, we don't have any description for the rule that was broken.",
             "Plugins incompatible with mobile devices are being used. [Learn more] (https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/6352293#flash_usage).",
-            "Viewsport is not specified using the meta viewport tag. [Learn more] (https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/6352293#viewport_not_configured).",
+            "Viewport is not specified using the meta viewport tag. [Learn more] (https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/6352293#viewport_not_configured).",
             "Viewport defined to a fixed width. [Learn more] (https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/6352293#fixed-width_viewport).",
             "Content not sized to viewport. [Learn more] (https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/6352293#content_not_sized_to_viewport).",
             "Font size is too small for easy reading on a small screen. [Learn More] (https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/6352293#small_font_size).",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
index bc256deb283..c1c0f3a1a01 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211105",
+  "revision": "20220108",
   "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSecretVersionResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
index d95b2581af5..a072fd0a469 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211105",
+  "revision": "20220108",
   "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSecretVersionResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
index 62c61d8da47..ce0db5b447c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
@@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211229",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Access": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
index 8bf90c8df9c..51039b71214 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211229",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Access": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
index 9853dd7f09f..c5d3520f68d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
@@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211229",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Access": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
index a811423bcb5..91276a5b04f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddTenantProjectRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
index 9f031e58b05..13c99af7b0d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Api": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
index b49d63079a1..f133dd07e56 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211130",
+  "revision": "20211230",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
index f90bb11cbae..76fa9a8d00b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211130",
+  "revision": "20211230",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Api": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
index d0484007233..43944923ea6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211202",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
@@ -933,6 +933,10 @@
           "description": "Immutable. The resource name for the endpoint in the format `projects/*/locations/*/namespaces/*/services/*/endpoints/*`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "network": {
+          "description": "Immutable. The Google Compute Engine network (VPC) of the endpoint in the format `projects//locations/global/networks/*`. The project must be specified by project number (project id is rejected). Incorrectly formatted networks are rejected, we also check to make sure that you have the servicedirectory.networks.attach permission on the project specified.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "port": {
           "description": "Optional. Service Directory rejects values outside of `[0, 65535]`.",
           "format": "int32",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
index 85cce1dbb9d..ba9cf2ff622 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211202",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
index f55e47b0f0b..48bf5c441f2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220117",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Advice": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
index b10e3502fc0..3b0113ba29f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
index 3eb50ecf5f3..797bedd8453 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
index af53e360ab1..8275dac0560 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdminQuotaPolicy": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
index 975dcc6d1aa..f4ea218af1f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdminQuotaPolicy": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
index fd47277a725..4d855389be0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
@@ -2037,7 +2037,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211228",
+  "revision": "20220103",
   "rootUrl": "https://spanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
index f3ceae0a18c..2ed7c40c635 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211221",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ClassItem": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
index 6df0d9d3dd8..f8c86dd2e19 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211221",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ClassItem": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json
index f2e1d366a95..942705cc8e4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211221",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ListOperationsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
index 7bd7211fbc2..222bc0f636b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   "description": "Stores and retrieves potentially large, immutable data objects.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/",
-  "etag": "\"3130353332353732323237383730333531393136\"",
+  "etag": "\"3136353137393030313734333731353930323633\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png",
     "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png"
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211216",
+  "revision": "20220114",
   "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Bucket": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
index 31fb54cda0b..30c54cf42d9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220113",
   "rootUrl": "https://storagetransfer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AgentPool": {
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@
       "properties": {
         "awsAccessKey": {
           "$ref": "AwsAccessKey",
-          "description": "Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. This field is required. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials)."
+          "description": "Input only. AWS access key used to sign the API requests to the AWS S3 bucket. Permissions on the bucket must be granted to the access ID of the AWS access key. For information on our data retention policy for user credentials, see [User credentials](/storage-transfer/docs/data-retention#user-credentials)."
         },
         "bucketName": {
           "description": "Required. S3 Bucket name (see [Creating a bucket](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/create-bucket-get-location-example.html)).",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
index 4bdc0f0fc77..cefa17f0fea 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
           "parameterOrder": [],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "Optional. The filter expression. For example: `placeId=ChIJj61dQgK6j4AR4GeTYWZsKWw`. The filters supported at the moment are: `placeId`.",
+              "description": "Optional. The filter expression. For example: `placeId=ChIJj61dQgK6j4AR4GeTYWZsKWw`. The filters supported are: `placeId`, `min_latitude`, `max_latitude`, `min_longitude`, and `max_longitude`. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more information.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
index 4e0212c6cb3..105f6338502 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIamV1Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
index c7c883c0180..301df0d95f3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211230",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIamV1Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
index b315f96ebb0..feff4cf8ce7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
index 0e01f771543..89fefff0355 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
@@ -3317,7 +3317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220104",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
index d94cb5452b0..0d29f6eaa29 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220116",
   "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Task": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json
index 120001c8db8..aec65885442 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211228",
+  "revision": "20220110",
   "rootUrl": "https://testing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
index b8c4e0e1d8d..1e6e464e63e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220110",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ANR": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json
index 54ff2568b70..a2274ef3674 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211220",
+  "revision": "20220117",
   "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchDocumentInputConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json
index 0c9b7f4a59c..f66fd5c3635 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211220",
+  "revision": "20220117",
   "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchDocumentInputConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json
index 57a2de3d275..bb716551af7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211206",
+  "revision": "20211225",
   "rootUrl": "https://vault.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccountCount": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json
index e5893f12b4c..0fe663f8c38 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220110",
+  "revision": "20220111",
   "rootUrl": "https://versionhistory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Channel": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
index 7a98736f78f..afc9162e80e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddProductToProductSetRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
index 51ea16b1e27..6b671981b25 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnnotateFileResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
index 4d638c89d63..4b64de1fbe5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211210",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnnotateFileResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
index d8cf0b761ce..c4819db33f8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220105",
+  "revision": "20220107",
   "rootUrl": "https://webfonts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Webfont": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
index 0733db98576..c3c01638d91 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211228",
+  "revision": "20220104",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelExecutionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
index 8b7cb8b882e..8a80cfa56c5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211228",
+  "revision": "20220104",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelExecutionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
index 296df3f1e7c..4ebd8d8052d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20211201",
+  "revision": "20220105",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
index 7e20cd6e93b..23f9fd6468a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
@@ -3789,7 +3789,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220109",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbuseReport": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
index 0715c8960d6..25c5c814937 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "EmptyResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
index 41449396a4e..052d2d3fcad 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20220107",
+  "revision": "20220112",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {

From 037778691c5c760ae548d377c628d11b198ff36b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: "release-please[bot]"
 <55107282+release-please[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Tue, 18 Jan 2022 22:46:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 4/4] chore(main): release 2.36.0 (#1663)

:robot: I have created a release *beep* *boop*
---


## [2.36.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.35.0...v2.36.0) (2022-01-18)


### Features

* **analyticsadmin:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/981bbe36878d2c3d5687c56e89bedf562ff9b619 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **artifactregistry:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0d1152f61591215b004f3f293cc37b995abe422c ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **content:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/195bfc241437417c544b89025ca16e9962915830 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **datapipelines:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3bb19370a5aac772774c64c703411c6cc7343e4e ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **dataproc:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2fc3a16831166c7ffe87864723f3fecc5edadf66 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **datastream:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d51a6ee7486c646b061964e8a960a4a7969c0fae ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **displayvideo:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/459a6363792c76c3b62f0351f6c11c19ebec69bd ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **drive:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/92ec7cf5969f4630ef6b626aaa102edbefcce2e9 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **eventarc:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8fd4b62bb45609f892902340386691d08916577b ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **metastore:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b7f92e49126ce0a2b51699f1cdcd9688050202a1 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **ondemandscanning:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e8a20085b2c69058644955733a2806e3e2ca7fa6 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **osconfig:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/974f389117b61e70dcae964a4cbbc09de3506c25 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **privateca:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f48c5289642548735424198ab5ed131521e5d680 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **recaptchaenterprise:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/edd3d24b7b41b0bcfe851358dbf58939be9e64cc ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **redis:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0a68f42ad8d594cb024d998e83b536d18d07d35a ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **run:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/59c518fb1802074b03a4e55be3efb9ab25692b84 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **sasportal:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1517d9dcd845edf8a55baaef3d27db88f4beaa54 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
* **servicedirectory:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/298a0e1617d486b3a6353b1b965def9dbc4f76e2 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))

---
This PR was generated with [Release Please](https://github.com/googleapis/release-please). See [documentation](https://github.com/googleapis/release-please#release-please).
---
 CHANGELOG.md               | 24 ++++++++++++++++++++++++
 googleapiclient/version.py |  2 +-
 2 files changed, 25 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md
index efe50a35a64..e379c94ffd2 100644
--- a/CHANGELOG.md
+++ b/CHANGELOG.md
@@ -1,5 +1,29 @@
 # Changelog
 
+## [2.36.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.35.0...v2.36.0) (2022-01-18)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* **analyticsadmin:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/981bbe36878d2c3d5687c56e89bedf562ff9b619 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **artifactregistry:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0d1152f61591215b004f3f293cc37b995abe422c ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **content:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/195bfc241437417c544b89025ca16e9962915830 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **datapipelines:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3bb19370a5aac772774c64c703411c6cc7343e4e ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **dataproc:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2fc3a16831166c7ffe87864723f3fecc5edadf66 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **datastream:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d51a6ee7486c646b061964e8a960a4a7969c0fae ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **displayvideo:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/459a6363792c76c3b62f0351f6c11c19ebec69bd ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **drive:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/92ec7cf5969f4630ef6b626aaa102edbefcce2e9 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **eventarc:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8fd4b62bb45609f892902340386691d08916577b ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **metastore:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b7f92e49126ce0a2b51699f1cdcd9688050202a1 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **ondemandscanning:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e8a20085b2c69058644955733a2806e3e2ca7fa6 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **osconfig:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/974f389117b61e70dcae964a4cbbc09de3506c25 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **privateca:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f48c5289642548735424198ab5ed131521e5d680 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **recaptchaenterprise:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/edd3d24b7b41b0bcfe851358dbf58939be9e64cc ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **redis:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0a68f42ad8d594cb024d998e83b536d18d07d35a ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **run:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/59c518fb1802074b03a4e55be3efb9ab25692b84 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **sasportal:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1517d9dcd845edf8a55baaef3d27db88f4beaa54 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+* **servicedirectory:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/298a0e1617d486b3a6353b1b965def9dbc4f76e2 ([4d5c983](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d5c983f4cb58820b1ae5fc1ee966216b056220c))
+
 ## [2.35.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.34.0...v2.35.0) (2022-01-13)
 
 
diff --git a/googleapiclient/version.py b/googleapiclient/version.py
index 1d53126f923..eff0fc5d0ce 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/version.py
+++ b/googleapiclient/version.py
@@ -12,4 +12,4 @@
 # See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 # limitations under the License.
 
-__version__ = "2.35.0" 
+__version__ = "2.36.0"